DTTL Tax Global Transfer Pricing Guide 2014

2014 Global Transfer Pricing
Country Guide
Planning for methods, documentation, penalties

and other issues
Contents
3 Foreword
4 Argentina
7 Australia
13 Austria
16 Belgium
19 Brazil
22 Bulgaria
25 Canada
29 Chile
32 China
37 Colombia
40 Costa Rica
43 Croatia
47 Czech Republic
50 Denmark
53 Dominican Republic
56 Ecuador
60 El Salvador
63 Estonia
66 Finland
69 France
72 Germany
76 Greece
80 Guatemala
83 Hong Kong
86 Hungary
90 India
93 Indonesia
97 Ireland
100 Israel
103 Italy
107 Japan
110 Kazakhstan
114 Kenya
117 Korea
120 Latvia
123 Lithuania
126 Luxembourg
129 Malaysia
134 Mexico
137 Netherlands
140 New Zealand
144 Norway
147 OECD
150 Peru
153 Philippines
156 Poland
160 Portugal
163 Romania
166 Russia
169 Singapore
172 Slovakia
175 Slovenia
178 South Africa
182 Spain
186 Sweden
189 Switzerland
192 Taiwan
195 Thailand
198 Turkey
201 Ukraine
204 United Kingdom
208 United States
211 Uruguay
213 Venezuela
216 Vietnam
219 Contacts
2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide 2
Foreword
The 2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide is one of
the most comprehensive and authoritative guides of its
kind, compiling essential information regarding the transfer
pricing regimes in 64 jurisdictions around the world and
the OECD. This 2014 edition of the Global Transfer Pricing
Country Guide has been reviewed and updated as of 31
December 2013.
Given the complexity of transfer pricing issues, the Global
Transfer Pricing Country Guide should be the starting
point rather than the finish line for all your transfer pricing
inquiries. With 97 percent of jurisdictions evaluated,
Deloitte ranked in the top two tiers in International Tax
Reviews Word Tax Ratings 2104. The transfer pricing
specialists in Deloitte member firms around the world have
the knowledge and experience to help you on your journey.
For more information regarding transfer pricing issues

in specific countries, and about Deloittes tax practice in
those jurisdictions, please see the list of Deloitte member
firm contacts at the end of the Global Transfer Pricing
Country Guide.
For further information about the Global Transfer Pricing
Country Guide and the transfer pricing practice of Deloitte
member firms in general, please contact Betty Fernndez
at [email protected], or visit
http://www.deloitte.com/tax.
2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide
Argentina
Whats new
The Argentinean tax authorities have recently taken
an active position regarding transfer pricing audits,
resulting in several tax court rulings. During 2013, the
tax authorities modified their documenting methodology, and now require the annual filing of the
transfer pricing report electronically.
For FY 2014, the tax authorities have introduced
a Record of Related Parties for taxpayers and/or
responsible persons residing in the country that are
related to parties residing in Argentina or abroad.
Additionally, a monthly reporting scheme has been
established that must be observed by those required
to get registered with the Record of Related Parties
regarding transactions carried out in the domestic
market with related parties.
General information
Tax authority and law
Argentine Tax Office (Administracin Federal de Ingresos
Pblicos); Law 20.628 and amendments (Article 8,
Article 15, and new article added after Article 15).
Regulations, rulings, guidelines
Decree 1344/98. General Resolution No. 1122/01.
Nature/extent of relationship between parties to a
transaction required for transfer pricing rules to apply?
Transfer pricing rules apply when transactions are entered
into with foreign affiliates, entities in tax havens, and
foreign entities with an economic link.
For FY 2014, the Argentine tax authorities have issued a
list of countries considered cooperative for tax transparency purposes; any country or jurisdiction not included on
the published list of cooperative countries will be deemed
to be a noncooperative country, and will be subject to all
tax provisions that apply to low- or no-tax jurisdictions.
The new list replaces the previous black list of jurisdictions considered tax havens.
Do the local transfer pricing rules or tax
authorities allow the use of transfer pricing
analyses to calculate profits attributable to
a permanent establishment or branch?
Neither the local transfer pricing rules nor the tax authorities prohibit or disallow the use of transfer pricing analyses
to calculate profits attributable to a permanent establish-
ment or branch. Transactions between the permanent

establishment/branch with foreign related parties should
be at arms length.
Methods and comparables
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the
resale price method, the cost plus method, the profit split
method, the transactional net margin method (TNMM),
and the quotation value of the asset on a transparent
market on the day the goods have been shipped (when
commodities are exported through an international
intermediary agent who is not the ultimate recipient of the
goods and the intermediary agent does not comply with
specific requirements).
Priority of methods
Argentina follows the best method rule, except in the case
of commodities exports when made through an international intermediary agent who is not the ultimate recipient
of the goods, in which case the quotation value of the
asset on a transparent market on the day the goods are
shipped is mandatory.
Availability of benchmarking/comparative data
International databases are used. The availability of
local information must be analyzed on a case-by-case
basis. Some information is available, but it is not
organized in a database.
Horacio Dinice
+54 11 4321 3002
[email protected]
Are foreign comparables acceptable to

local tax authorities?
Local regulations do not provide a clear answer. The use of
foreign comparables has not been questioned up to now,
and has been informally accepted when tax authorities
review the annual transfer pricing reports.
Services issues
Are management fees deductible?
Yes, but payments must satisfy the arms length standard
and have a direct relation with the income generated, and
documentation must be kept.
Are management fees subject to withholding?
Yes.
May stock option costs be included in the cost base
for intercompany services charges?
Yes, if the employee who benefits from the plan is included
in the subsidiarys payroll.
Commissionaire arrangements
Are commissionaire arrangements allowed?
Yes.
Cost sharing agreements
Are Cost Contribution Arrangements (CCA) or
Cost Sharing Agreements (CSA) accepted?
There is no specific provision on this issue. However, it
usually depends on the documentation and the way in
which taxpayers prove the rationality of the charges.
Are cost contribution or cost sharing
payments deductible?
Yes, but payments must satisfy the arms length standard
and have a direct relation to the income generated, and
documentation must be kept.
payments subject to withholding tax?
It depends on the nature of the charges; for example, does
the cost contribution or cost sharing payment
include services?
What is the payers tax treatment of payments to a
contributor of preexisting intangibles to a CCA or CSA?
Payments are deductible if they satisfy the arms length
standard, have a direct relation with the income
generated, and documentation is kept.
Documentation and tax return disclosures
Documentation requirements
Taxpayers must submit the following to the tax authorities:
Forms for transactions performed between foreign
related parties: F742 (semiannual), F743, and
F969 (annual);
Forms for transactions performed between foreign
unrelated parties: F741 (for commodities, semiannual),
F867 (for import and export of noncommodity
goods, annual);
Transfer pricing report and CPA certification on certain
contents of the transfer pricing report to be electronically
filed through Form F 4.501 (annual);
Form for transactions performed between local related
parties: F968 (monthly) for transactions entered into
after January 2014; and
Record of Related Parties: registration of related parties
(local and foreign).
Are the documentation requirements annual

requirements? If so, what do they involve each
year (for example, a complete report, a memo
identifying any changes and the updated
transaction values?) Must comparables be
refreshed or a new search performed?
The taxpayer must file the above-mentioned forms and
transfer pricing report with the tax authorities electronically
each fiscal year.
Deadline to prepare documentation
The due date for electronically submitting the transfer pricing
report (Form 4501) and the annual complementary documentation to the tax authorities is eight months after the
year-end. However, because the income tax return is due five
months after the year-end, it is advisable to have at least the
economic analysis to see if there is any impact on the income
tax return.
Deadline to submit documentation
Form 742 must be filed within five months from the end
of the first six-month period of the fiscal year;
Form 743, the financial statements (if appropriate), the
transfer pricing study, and the CPA certification (Form
4501) must be filed within eight months from the
year-end;
Form 969 must be filed within 15 days from the due
date for filing the income tax return (approximately five
months after the year-end);
Form 741 must be filed within five months of the end of
each semester of the fiscal year;
Form F 867 must be filed within seven months from the
year-end;
Form 968 must be filed each month (for transactions
entered into after January 2014; and
Record of Related Parties: must be filed in FY 2014 and
any update 10 days after the related-party relationship is
entered into.
Deadline to file income tax return
The income tax return is due five months after the tax
year-end.
Acceptable languages for documentation
Documentation must be in Spanish.
Tax return disclosures
Forms 742 and 743 require disclosure of related-party
transactions with foreign entities for the first six-month
period of each fiscal year and for the entire fiscal
year, respectively;
Form 741 (semiannual) requires disclosure of imports

or exports of assets with an international well-known
price (commodities), performed with independent
third parties;
Form 867 requires disclosure of import and export
transactions on noncommodities with unrelated parties
in excess of ARS 1 million (US $125,000), including
related mark-ups of such transactions;
Form 969 requires disclosure of related-party
transactions with foreign entities for the entire
fiscal year. This form requires more detailed
information than Form 743; and
Form 968 requires disclosure transactions with local
related-party for each month.
Transfer pricing adjustments
Must the transfer prices reflected on an
income tax return be the same as those
reflected in financial statements? In other
words, are book/tax differences allowed?
Local regulations do not provide a clear answer. Profitbased analyses are based on Argentinian GAAP audited or
segmented tested partys profit and loss statement.
Statute of limitations on assessment
for transfer pricing adjustments
Generally, six years from tax year-end.
Self-initiated adjustments
There is no formal procedure.
Taxpayer set-offs for other related-party transactions
There is no formal provision.
Interest and penalties
Additional assessment payment deadline
Additional payment is due when the assessment is issued;
interest is assessed from the original income tax return
filing due date (five months after year-end).
Penalty on transfer pricing assessment
Specific transfer pricing penalties apply for failure to file
transfer pricing returns (US $ 2,500/1,250); for failure to
comply with formal procedures (up to US $5,000); and for
underpayment of tax (one to four times the underpaid tax).
Is interest charged on penalties?
No.
Is interest payable when a refund

is due to the taxpayer?
Interest is paid on refunds pursuant to the
domestic tax rules, however there are not
refunds related to transfer pricing.
Reduction in transfer pricing penalties
There is no provision on this specific issue.
Advance Pricing Agreements (APAs)
Are APAs available?
APAs are not available.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
APA term of agreement
Not applicable.
Competent authority
When may taxpayer submit tax adjustment
to Competent Authority (CA)?
A request may be submitted after the amount of the
proposed adjustment is communicated to the taxpayer
in writing.
May CA develop new settlement positions?
CA may negotiate an agreement based on a
different position.
May taxpayer go to CA before paying tax?
Yes. The taxpayer could go to CA after the amount of
the proposed adjustment is communicated in writing to
the taxpayer.
Australia
Whats new
Australias transfer pricing landscape has changed
significantly over the past year. The enactment of
new transfer pricing laws represents the biggest
overhaul of Australias transfer pricing rules in 30
years. The new laws focus on Australian taxpayers
profitability and the commerciality of their relatedparty arrangements in totality, significantly broadening the ATOs ability to challenge taxpayers
transfer pricing positions. The new laws are selfexecuting in their operation, which means taxpayers
must now actively assess their transfer pricing
positions and proactively make adjustments to ensure
arms length outcomes on an annual basis.
General information
Relevant dates
Applicable legislation
For income years starting Subdivisions 815-B, 815-C

on or after 1 July 2013
and 815-D of the Income
Tax Assessment Act (ITAA)
1997 & Subdivision 284-E
of Schedule 1 of the Tax
Administration Act (TAA)
1953 (the new laws or
the new rules).
For income years starting Subdivision 815-A,
on or after 1 July 2004
ITAA 1997 (enacted in
to 30 June 2013
September 2012, with
retroactive application to
income years commencing
on or after 1 July 2004).
These provisions are applicable only to Australian
taxpayers that transacted
with affiliates in countries
with which Australia has a
double tax agreement.
Still in force (but
prospectively replaced
with Subdivisions 815-B,
C, D ITAA 1997 for
income years starting on
or after 1 July 2013)
Division 13 of Part III, ITAA

1936 (enacted in 1982).
The new laws apply to income years starting on or after 1

July 2013, prospectively replacing Division 13 ITAA 1936 and
Subdivision 815-A ITAA 1997. Subdivision 815-B applies to
entities, 815-C to permanent establishments, and 815-D to

partnerships and trusts.
New Subdivision 815-B applies when an entity gets a
transfer pricing benefit, defined as a lesser tax outcome due
to the cross-border conditions of its commercial or financial
relations with another entity differing from arms length
conditions. When this is the case, the new provision substitutes the arms length conditions for the actual conditions.
This focus on arms length profit and profit allocation is a key
difference with the former laws in Division 13 ITAA 1936,
which focused on the arms length consideration of transactions under international agreements. This potentially opens
the door for a broader inquiry by the ATO as to whether
a taxpayers profit outcomes are commercially realistic,
notwithstanding that particular cross-border related-party
transactions reflect market prices.
The new laws also include a specific provision enabling the
transfer pricing rules to be applied when a taxpayer has
received a withholding tax benefit by virtue of non-armslength conditions (for example, due to reduced interest or
royalty payments). Furthermore, when thin capitalization rules
apply, arms length interest rates on inbound debt must be
determined based on the rate that would have been applied
to a notional arms length amount of debt.
Jacques Van Rhyn

+61 8 9365 7122
jvanrhyn@
deloitte.com.au

The new laws must be applied to best achieve consistency
with the OECDs transfer pricing guidelines.
The following ATO Taxation Rulings address transfer pricing
matters (these rulings are being reviewed in light of the
new laws):
TR 92/11 Loan arrangements and credit balances
TR 94/14 Basic concepts underlying the operation of
Australias transfer pricing rules
TR 97/20 Pricing methodologies
TR 98/11 Documentation
TR 98/16 Penalties
TR 1999/1 charging for services
TR 2000/16 Relief from double taxation and the
Mutual Agreement Procedure
TR 2001/11 Operation of Australias permanent establishment attribution rules
TR 2003/1 Thin capitalization Applying the arms
length debt test
TR 2004/1 Cost contribution arrangements
TR 2007/1 Effect of determinations under Division 13
TR 2010/7 Interaction of Australias thin capitalization
rules and the transfer pricing provisions
TR 2011/1 Application of the transfer pricing provisions

to business restructurings by multinational enterprises.
The ATO has also issued a number of practice statements (PS LAs) that provide guidance on the practical
application of the transfer pricing laws in Australia. PS LA
2011/1 contains the ATOs guidance on advance pricing
arrangements.
The ATO plans to release a number of draft Taxation
Rulings and PS LAs in 2014 to assist taxpayers in interpreting the new laws. Rulings currently on the ATOs
agenda for release in 2014 relate to transfer pricing documentation, the Commissioner of Taxations new reconstruction powers, and penalties.
The new transfer pricing rules are applicable if an Australian
entity gets a tax benefit in Australia from cross-border conditions that are inconsistent with the arms length principle.
The parties involved in relevant transfer pricing arrangements need not be related to one another, and there are
no control requirements or ownership thresholds under the
new laws.
Do the local transfer pricing rules or tax authority allow
the use of transfer pricing analyses to calculate profits
attributable to a permanent establishment or branch?
For income years starting 1 July 2004 to the point in time
from which Subdivision 815-C applies for the taxpayer
(depending on whether they have a June or December
year-end), if no double tax agreement (DTA) is in place,
profits should be attributed to a permanent establishment by applying a single-entity approach. The taxpayers
actual income and expenses should be attributed to
a permanent establishment by undertaking a functional analysis and applying the arm's length principle
by analogy. This process is outlined in TR 2001/11.
When there is a DTA in place, the attribution of profits
should be in accordance with Article 7 of the relevant DTA.
The new laws are intended to ensure that the profit
taxed in Australia from an entity operating through
a permanent establishment is no less than it would
be if the permanent establishment were a separate
entity, dealing wholly independently with the other
part of the entity (Subdivision 815-C, ITAA 1997).
Under the separate-entity approach, taxpayers should

allocate the actual expenditure and income of the
entity between the permanent establishment and the
entity so that the profits attributed to the permanent
establishment equal the profits the permanent
establishment might be expected to make if:
The permanent establishment were a distinct and
separate entity
That separate entity were engaged in the same or
comparable activities under the same or comparable
circumstances; and
The conditions that operated between that separate
entity and the entity of which it is a permanent establishment, in relation to the conditions assumed because
of paragraphs (a) and (b) to operate, were arms length
conditions (Subdivision 815-C, ITAA 1997).
The Board of Taxation recently conducted a review on
the implications of Australia's adoption of a functionally separate entity approach as endorsed by the OECD.
The board provided its report to the Assistant Treasurer
in April 2013, but the timing for release of the board's
report to the public is unknown at the time of writing.
Acceptable methods
The various methods outlined in the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines are acceptable under the new rules
the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the
resale price method, the cost plus method, the profit
split method (contribution analysis or residual analysis),
and the transactional net margin method (TNMM).
These methods are not the only ones that can be used.
Consistent with the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, when
an alternative method (or combination of methods) gives
a more appropriate arms length outcome, that alternate
method (or combination of methods) may be used.
Priority of methods
An entity required to identify arms length conditions
under the new rules must use the method or methods
that produces the most appropriate and reliable
assessment of the conditions.
While there is recognition that transactional methods
are preferred when they may be reliably applied, the
ATO under the new laws also requires that, Australian
taxpayers support the commerciality of their overall
outcomes. Accordingly, in appropriate cases, performing
a TNMM as a secondary method may be helpful.

Financial data from published accounts is
available via numerous databases.
The ATO does not use secret comparables.
For purposes of analyzing comparable company financial
results when performing a TNMM benchmarking
analysis, the ATO usually considers the year under
review and the preceding four years (TR 97/20, paras
2.96-2.98). Thus, five-year (not three-year) weighted
average arms length ranges are typically calculated.
The ATO requires the use of the most reliable comparable
data available. In practice, the ATO has a strong preference for local comparable data. However, it may accept
foreign comparables when reliable local comparable data
are not available. Any analysis using foreign comparables
should take into account the differences in geographic,
economic and market conditions, etc., operating offshore
and other factors which may affect reliability of the data.
(TR 98/11, para. 10.11).
Services issues
Yes subject to the general rules of deductibility under s.
8-1, ITAA 1997.
No. However, taxpayers should ensure that the management fee does not relate to the use of intangible assets,
because the ATO may seek to recharacterize the transaction as a royalty. Withholding tax is charged on royalties.
Yes. Under Australian common law, commissionaire
arrangements take effect as undisclosed agencies. A
commissionaire arrangement may be ineffective at
reducing taxable Australian profit when it gives rise to a
dependent agent PE of the nonresident principal
Yes.
Yes, subject to the general rules of deductibility under s.
8-1, ITAA 1997.
No.
Consideration would have to be given to Australias
domestic tax treatment around revenue versus capital
expenditure and receipts, on a case-by-case basis.
When certain conditions are triggered, the IDS must
be lodged as part of the Australian taxpayers income
tax return. The IDS is a lengthy form that contains five
sections; section A is specifically related to transfer
pricing arrangements.

The provision of stock options and costs for running an
employee share scheme should be recharged. Methods
for valuing a recharge for stock options are included in the
OECD document, Employee Stock Option Plans: Impact on
Transfer Pricing.
There is a specific disclosure requirement for cross-border
stock option costs in the International Dealings Schedule
(IDS), a form filed as part of Australian taxpayers annual
income tax returns.
Section A of the IDS requires extensive disclosure of

a taxpayers international related-party dealings on a
transaction-by-transaction basis, including activity type,
dollar amounts, countries involved, transfer pricing
documentation maintained, and methodologies applied
to set/support intercompany pricing. Section A also
requires specific disclosures on employee share schemes,
cost contribution arrangements, restructuring events, and
branch operations.
While there is no mandatory legal requirement for
Australian taxpayers to prepare and maintain transfer
pricing records, the new laws contain specific provisions (Subdivision 284-E, Schedule 1, TAA 1953)
regarding transfer pricing documentation.
The new laws provide that the failure to prepare transfer
pricing documentation by the time the relevant tax return
is filed means that a reasonably arguable position (RAP)
cannot exist, which has implications from a penalty protection perspective. In practice, the failure to support a
transfer pricing position with a RAP will result in a minimum
penalty of 25 percent being applied to any subsequent
adjustment to taxable income imposed by the ATO.
While the new rules contain some direction on transfer
pricing documentation requirements (see section 284-255
of TAA 1953), there is currently significant uncertainty on
this topic. The ATOs proposed Taxation Ruling on transfer
pricing documentation to be released sometime in
2014 is expected to help to address this uncertainty.
In addition to greater emphasis on the timing of preparation of supporting transfer pricing documentation,
the content and focus of such documentation will be
required to change under the new rules, particularly
regarding substantiating arms length conditions and
aligning actual conditions to arms length conditions.
Furthermore, transfer pricing reports prepared offshore
for Australian taxpayers will have to be reviewed to
ensure that they comply with the new laws. For example,
appropriate material regarding the Australian businesss
operations, transactions, financial results, and market
conditions will have to be included. This may present a
challenge to MNCs that have centralized approaches to
the preparation of global transfer pricing documentation.
For income tax years covered by Division 13 ITAA 1936,
the ATO expects contemporaneous transfer pricing docu-
mentation to be prepared that complies with the ATOs

four-step process for documenting and reviewing
transfer pricing arrangements as set out in TR 98/11:
Step 1: Accurately characterize the international dealings
between the associated enterprises in the context of the
taxpayers business and document that characterization;
Step 2: Select the most appropriate transfer pricing
method or methods and document the choice;
Step 3: Apply the most appropriate method,
determine the arms length outcome; and
document the process; and
Step 4: Ensure documentation is complete and
implement support processes. Install review process to
ensure adjustment for material changes.
transaction values)? Must comparables be
Preparing transfer pricing documentation is required to
be an annual event, because taxpayers must self-assess
compliance with the new rules and disclose on their IDSs
whether they have contemporaneous transfer pricing
documentation to support the pricing of each transaction disclosed. However, a comprehensive report need
not be prepared each year if the nature, quantum,
terms, and conditions of the transactions, and the
taxpayers operations have not materially changed. A
short-form report or addendum may be prepared in
the first and second years following the preparation
of a comprehensive documentation report with fresh
benchmarking. Beginning in years two and three, the
financial data of the selected comparables should be
updated annually so as to determine updated arms length
results against which to test the taxpayers outcomes.
In practice, it is recommended that by year four
new transfer pricing documentation (as opposed
to an update report or addendums) containing
a fresh comparables search be prepared.
Transfer pricing documentation meets the timing requirements of subdivision 284-E TAA 1953 if it is prepared by
the date the entity files its income tax return relevant to the
transfer pricing matters covered in the documentation.
There is no formal requirement to file transfer pricing
10
documentation with the ATO, unless requested. In

an ATO transfer pricing review or audit scenario,
typical ATO practice is to expect documentation to
be supplied within 21 to 28 days of request.
Assuming a 30 June year-end, the filing due dates
of income tax returns are generally as follows:
15 January Tax returns for large/medium-sized
taxpayers (companies, partnerships, or trusts with annual
income greater than A$10 million or investments of
more than A$50 million) with 30 June year-ends; and
For companies with a substituted accounting period (for
example, December year-ends) income tax return
filing is due the 15th day of the seventh month after the
close of the substituted accounting period (that is, for 31
December year-ends, 15 July).
Australian entities transfer pricing
documentation must be in English.
Book/tax differences are allowed. In an IDS context, disclosures in Section A are mainly based on accounting records.
However, question 6 (royalties and license fees), question
15 (employee share-based remuneration) and question 18
(branches) are based on a taxpayers income tax records.
Under Division 13, ITAA 1936, the arms length consideration in respect of the supply or acquisition of goods
is deemed to be such amount as the Commissioner of
Taxation determines. There is no self-assessment requirement with respect to arms length prices under Division 13.
Under the new laws (for income tax years commencing
on or after 1 July 2013), transfer pricing is subject to a
self-assessment regime. Accordingly, the onus is now
on the public officer signing the income tax return to
confirm that the actual conditions operating between the
Australian taxpayer and its related party(ies) are in line with
arms length conditions as described in the new laws.
Under the new laws, self-initiated transfer pricing adjustments can only increase Australian taxable profits or reduce
taxable losses. That is, when non-arms length pricing
has led to insufficient Australian taxable income, upward

transfer pricing adjustments must be self-assessed
either through the accounts before year-end, or in the tax
return. However, downward transfer pricing adjustments
cannot be self-assessed post year-end in the tax return.
Intentional set-offs are allowed if on arms length terms
and conditions. Unintentional set-offs are considered
only in the context of mutual agreement procedures.
In an IDS disclosure context, amounts included in Section
A are on a gross basis, meaning that amounts must not be
set off against other transactions for disclosure purposes.
Under Division 13, ITAA 1936, there is no limitation on
how far back the Commissioner of Taxation can go to
make transfer pricing adjustments.
Under Subdivision 815-A, ITAA 1997, the Commissioner
can go back to 1 July 2004 to make transfer pricing adjustments, when there is an income tax treaty in place.
The new laws include a seven-year time limit on the
Commissioners ability to amend assessments to give effect
to transfer pricing adjustments.
Intentional set-offs are allowed if they are on arms length
terms and conditions. Unintentional set-offs are considered
only in the context of mutual agreement procedures.
In an IDS disclosure context, amounts included in Section
A are on a gross basis, meaning that amounts must not be
set off against other transactions for disclosure purposes.
The ATO will state the time frame for payment of any
additional tax within its notice of assessment or other
relevant notice. However, the time frame is typically
between 14 and 28 days.
A taxpayer may be subject to an administrative
penalty if it is liable to pay an additional amount of
income tax because the Commissioner of Taxation
amends an assessment for an income year (Subsection
284-145(2A), Taxation Administration Act 1953).
11
Under current law, the penalty rates are as follows:

50 percent of the tax avoided for transfer pricing
arrangements entered into with the sole or dominant
purpose of enabling a taxpayer to pay no or less tax; and
25 percent of the tax avoided for other transfer
pricing arrangements.

Are APAs available?
Yes. The ATOs APA program is outlined in ATO Practice
Statement Law Administration (PS LA) 2011/1. The practice
statement outlines the policies and procedures of the
ATOs APA program (which allows unilateral, bilateral, and
multilateral APAs).

A general interest charge (GIC) will also be imposed when
there is a late payment of a tax debt. The GIC rate is
updated quarterly and generally reflects the interest rate
charged by financial institutions on unsecured loans. When
an amount is left unpaid, GIC begins to accrue from the
due date until the amount is paid in full.
The APA program is currently being updated to reflect

changes to the global economy, the community, and the
ATOs profit-shifting work. Key changes include conducting
additional upfront workshops with internal experts to
address whole-of-tax code issues, and the selective use of
more-frequent transfer pricing review panels.

Generally, the ATO will pay interest when it takes more
than 30 days (after the income tax return is filed) to issue a
tax refund to the taxpayer.
APA filing fee

There is no fee for filing a unilateral APA application with
the ATO. Bilateral APA applications will incur a filing fee
when the overseas tax authority charges such a fee.

Under Division 13, ITAA 1936, the penalty rates are
reduced if a taxpayer has a reasonably arguable position
(RAP) as follows:
50 percent of the tax avoided for transfer pricing
arrangements entered into with the sole or dominant
purpose of enabling a taxpayer to pay no or less tax will
reduce to 25 percent of the tax shortfall if the taxpayer
has a RAP; and
25 percent of the tax shortfall for other transfer pricing
arrangements will reduce to 10 percent if the taxpayer
has a RAP.
Under Division 13 ITAA 1936, a penalty may also be
reduced to zero at the discretion of the ATO when
specified conditions apply (see TR98/16, para. 36).
Under the new laws, provided a taxpayer has prepared
quality, contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation
in accordance with Subdivision 284-E, Schedule 1, TAA
1953, it will have a RAP that will provide penalty protection. When a RAP exists, the applicable penalty will be
10 percent of the tax shortfall. When there is no RAP, the
applicable penalty will be 25 percent of the tax shortfall.
A draft ATO Taxation Ruling regarding penalties for tax
shortfalls arising from application of the new rules is due
for release in April 2014.

APAs with the ATO are generally for three-tofive income tax years. The method agreed to in
the APA may also be applied retroactively (that
is, rolled back), subject to the ATOs agreement
and the taxpayers facts and circumstances.
Competent authority
The Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP) article in most
of Australias income tax treaties permits taxpayers
to present a case to the competent authority within
three years from the first notification to the taxpayer of
the actions giving rise to taxation not being in accordance with the treaty. This may be before the issue of
formal notices of assessment/amended assessment.
The CA may negotiate an agreement based on a different
position from an ATO-initiated adjustment (unless an
adjustment is decided by an appellate body, such as
the Administrative Appeals Tribunal or a court).
Yes. A taxpayer may go to the CA after the amount of
a proposed adjustment is communicated in writing to
the taxpayer; this may be before payment of the tax.
12
Austria
Whats new
There have been no important changes to Austrias
transfer pricing regime during 2013. Discussions
regarding the OECDs base erosion and profit shifting
(BEPS) initiatives have been quite common within
the Austrian tax authorities. However, no concrete
transfer pricing measures in connection to BEPS have
been disclosed so far. Because Austria is part of the
OECD, the Austrian tax authorities are quite familiar
with current OECD discussions.
General information
Federal Ministry of Finance; Section 6 para. 6 Income Tax
Act, Section 8 para 1 and 2 Corporate Income Tax Act.
In October 2010, the Austrian Ministry of Finance issued
specific transfer pricing guidelines as a decree, which is
binding on the Austrian tax authorities but nonbinding
on taxpayers and the courts. These are the first domestic
transfer pricing guidelines ever published by the Austrian
Ministry of Finance, and they refer to the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines, as amended in 2010, as well as to the
OECD Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent
Establishments.
Two enterprises are deemed associated if one participates
directly or indirectly in the management, control, or capital
of the other, or if both are under common control.
The arms length principle is generally accepted when
profits attributable to a permanent establishment or
branch have to be calculated. The tax authorities apply
the authorized OECD approach (AOA) as long as it does
not contradict the old Article 7 of the OECD Model Tax
Convention on Income and on Capital.
Acceptable methods
method, and the transactional net margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
Austria follows the 2010 OECD transfer pricing guidelines,
whereby the selection of a transfer pricing method always
aims to find the most appropriate method for a particular
case. In cases when more than one method can be applied
in an equally reliable manner, the traditional transaction
methods are preferable to the transactional profit methods.
Pan-European data is used.
Are foreign comparables acceptable
to local tax authorities?
Yes.
Services issues
Yes. Austria follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in
this regard.
Generally, no. However, royalties and payments for the
provision of technical or commercial consulting services
carried out in Austria are subject to withholding tax.
Andrea Lahodny
+43 0 1 537 00 6200
[email protected]

The Austrian tax authorities have issued no specific
opinion regarding services. However, the Austrian transfer
pricing guidelines indicate that stock option costs must be
included in the cost base when applying the TNMM.
Yes.
Yes. Austria follows Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines in this regard.
Yes, provided the arms length payments to the CCA or
CSA are deductible according to general Austrian tax rules.
Generally, no. However, royalties and payments for the
13
provision of technical or commercial consulting services

carried out in Austria are subject to withholding tax.
In principle, under the Austrian Commercial Code it must
be decided if buy-in payments are deductible or amortizable over the useful life of the intangible.
No specific disclosure required.
Documentation should follow the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines. The Austrian Ministry of Finance accepts the
EU-TPD (from the Code of Conduct of the European Unions
Joint Transfer Pricing Forum). Information concerning documentation of cross-border transactions can also be found in
the Austrian transfer pricing guidelines.
There are no specific regulations as to whether documentation must be updated each year. Documentation could
cover multiple years. However, transfer pricing documentation must be updated if material changes occur. In Austria,
transfer pricing documentation is normally requested
during a tax audit, and should then refer to the specific
period under tax audit. Otherwise, a three-year-period
might be sufficient. The Austrian tax authorities expect a
new benchmarking study every three years.
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
The income tax return must be submitted by 30 June of the
year following the tax year if filed electronically. In the case
of hard copy filing, the income tax return must be submitted
by 30 April of the year following the tax year. Taxpayers
represented by a tax advisor may file their income tax returns
by 30 April of the second year following the tax year if the
tax office does not demand an earlier filing.

Generally, documentation should be prepared in German.
However, a tax auditor may accept documentation
in English, depending on his or her language ability.
According to nonbinding information from the Austrian
fiscal authorities, the Austrian country file prepared
pursuant to the European Commissions transfer pricing
Code of Conduct should be prepared in German. The
master file (pertaining to the foreign headquarters) may be
submitted in English.
The income calculation for tax purposes generally starts
with the income reflected in the financial statements by
applying several adjustments. If the figures turn out to be
incorrect (after a tax audit), they must be replaced.
An intercompany agreement is required in advance.
If transfer prices are determined to not be at arms
length, an adjusted tax return must be filed.
Austria follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines
with regard to international transactions; for domestic
transactions, more stringent limitations would apply.
Five to 10 years from tax year-end, depending on the
specific circumstances.
Payment is due one month after assessment, if no
suspension is granted.
There are no specific transfer pricing penalties. Interest may
be imposed on late payment of any additional corporate
income tax liabilities caused by a transfer pricing assessment. If a hidden dividend distribution is assumed, withholding taxes might be imposed.
Not applicable.
14

As of 2012, Sec. 205a of the Federal Fiscal Code offers the
possibility to receive interest on amounts under appeal (for
example, caused by a transfer pricing assessment) if the
appeal is successful. The main prerequisites are the filing
of a separate application and the payment of the pertinent
amount that is under appeal to the fiscal authorities.
There is no provision in this regard.
Are APAs available?
Effective January 1, 2011, two unilateral procedures are
available: (1) a ruling request, binding on the basis of good
faith; and (2) a formal unilateral APA procedure. Moreover,
bilateral or multilateral procedures may be possible based
on Article 25 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, the
mutual agreement procedure.
APA filing fee
Filing fees for bilateral or multilateral APAs are not
mandatory under Austrian tax law or the transfer pricing
regulations. However, we cannot exclude the possibility
that a fee might be imposed when implementing the
outcome of the APA procedure.
For formal unilateral APA procedures, the filing fee ranges
between EUR 1,500 and EUR 20,000, depending on the
taxpayers sales.
Not specified.
Competent authority
to competent authority (CA)?
A taxpayer may submit an application for mutual
agreement procedure during a tax audit after notification of the proposed adjustment and within the
deadline specified in the applicable income tax treaty.
Yes.
Yes, provided certain procedures are followed. Interest may
be assessed.
15
Belgium
Whats new
The Belgian tax authorities recently have increased
their focus on transfer pricing, seemingly in an effort
to prevent base erosion and profit shifting. Evidence
of this trend are systematic transfer pricing audits and
a significant expansion of their transfer pricing team
with regional tax inspectors. This increased scrutiny
has compelled taxpayers to pay significantly more
attention to the appropriateness of their transfer
pricing policies and documentation.
General information
Administration of Direct Taxes. In 2006, a Special Transfer
Pricing Audit Cell was created. General tax law on
avoidance of profit shifting applies (articles 26, 49, 54, 55,
56, 79, 207, and 344 of the Income Tax Code). Law of 21
June 2004 introduced transfer-pricing-specific cross-border
rules and correlative adjustments under Articles 185, 2,
and 235 ITC. For APAs, mutual agreement, or arbitration
procedure, the OECDs arms length standard, as introduced by article 185 2 ITC, applies.
Administrative Transfer Pricing Circular Letter of
28.06.1999; Administrative Arbitration Convention
Circular Letter of 07.07.2000 and Administrative Circular
Letter of 25.05.2003 (addendum to Circular Letter of
07.07.2000); Administrative Circular Letter of 04.07.2006
regarding article 185 2 ITC; Administrative Circular Letter
of 14.11.2006 on transfer pricing documentation and
transfer pricing audits.
Rulings are published (in French or Dutch) on
http://www.ruling.be/.
Belgium has a very broad interpretation of
interdependence criteria, which includes not only legal but
also factual control (e.g., common management).
authority allow the use of transfer pricing
The Belgian Tax Code does not contain any specific rules
on the attribution of profits to permanent establishments
or branches. The Belgian tax authorities endorse the OECD
guidance in this respect and rely on the Report on the

Attribution of Profits to Permanent Establishments.
Acceptable methods
method (contribution analysis or residual analysis), and the
transactional net margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method should be used. Belgium
follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines. Profit-based
methods (TNMM, profit split) are commonly accepted by
the Belgian tax authorities.
Financial data from published accounts is available via
numerous databases, primarily Amadeus and Belfirst.
Yes. The Belgian tax authorities allow the use of
pan-European comparables.
Services issues
Yes. Belgium follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines
in this regard.
No (except in certain limited circumstances).
Patrick Cauwenbergh
+32 2 600 69 27
pcauwenbergh@
deloitte.com
Andr Schaffers
+ 32 2 600 67 15
aschaffers@
deloitte.com
May stock option costs be included in the cost

base for intercompany services charges?
Belgium has no special rules on this issue. General OECD
transfer pricing guidelines principles apply.
Yes.
Yes. Articles 26, 49, and 185 2 of ITC.
Yes. Articles 26, 49, and 185 2 of ITC.
16

No.
Belgium follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in
this regard.
No specific tax return disclosures are required. For
accounting periods starting on 1 September 2008, certain
corporations are required to report material non-armslength transactions with related parties in their annual
accounts. Extensive reporting obligations apply to the
following corporations:
Corporations listed on a stock exchange;
Corporations whose shares are traded on a Multilateral
Trading Facility; and
Corporations that meet more than one of the criteria to
be considered a large group under article 161 of the
Belgian Companies Code.
These companies must report all non-arms-length
transactions with related parties. However, there is an
exemption for transactions between group members when
the subsidiaries involved are wholly owned by a member of
that group. The following information must be reported:
The amounts involved in the transactions;
The nature of the relationship with the related parties; and
All other information needed to ensure an accurate view
of the financial position of the corporation.
For payments made from January 1, 2010, there is a new
reporting obligation for companies to report all direct
and indirect payments to entities in tax havens. The new
reporting obligation applies to resident and nonresident companies. They must report all direct and indirect
payments insofar as these payments
Amount to at least EUR 100,000 in the taxable basis (on
a consolidated basis); and
Are made to persons located in countries that are
considered (i) uncooperative jurisdictions by the OECD,
throughout the entire taxable period, as not having
effectively or substantially implemented the OECD
standards on the exchange of information or (ii) tax
havens (zero-tax or low-tax jurisdictions).
The payments must be reported in euro on Form 275F,
which must be attached to the corporate income tax return.
Belgium has no statutory documentation requirements.
Recommended documentation should follow the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines. Administrative Circular of
14.11.2006 on transfer pricing documentation refers
explicitly to EU-TPD (from the Code of Conduct of the
European Unions Joint Transfer Pricing Forum). There is
no contemporaneous documentation obligation, but lack
of documentation creates a substantial risk of a thorough
transfer pricing audit and the imposition of penalties.
There are no formal requirements on timing/form for documentation. The Belgian tax authorities position, echoed
to some extent in the Belgian transfer pricing circulars,
is generally that documentation (including comparables
searches) needs to be OECD-compliant and updated every
three years, unless there is a change in facts and circumstances that may impact the transfer pricing policy.
There is no statutory deadline for the preparation
of documentation.
Within 30 days of a request. Administrative Circular
of 14.11.2006 on transfer pricing documentation
encourages tax inspectors to grant extensions if it is
practically impossible to provide transfer pricing
documentation within the 30-day period.
The deadline to file the income tax return is indicated
on the tax return form, and varies between one month
from receipt of the form and six months from the end
of the taxpayers accounting year. Individual extensions
are possible at the taxpayers request. However, on 29
April 2013, the tax authorities published Circular letter N
Ci.RH.81/626.947 (AA Fisc. N 15/2013), reiterating that
granting an extension for the filing of a tax return should
be an exception. Henceforth, extensions will be available
only if it can be justified by serious reasons or in case
of force majeure. In addition, the previously available
possibility of obtaining a collective extension has
been abolished.
17

Documentation may be in Dutch, English, French,
or German.
Transfer prices are reflected in the financial statements.
That is the basis for the corporate tax return, and in
principle should not differ from the financial statements
regarding transfer prices.
Not permitted in principle, but possibly allowed under
an APA.
Generally, three years from tax year-end (seven years in
case of fraud).
The tax authorities are traditionally reluctant to accept
set-offs. Intentional set-offs (direct or indirect) have been
accepted by tax courts.
Assessments must be paid within two months after the
notification is sent. Interest for late payment is due on
payments made after the deadline. If a taxpayer files a tax
protest, special rules are applicable for the payment of tax
and interest.
Ordinary penalties apply 10 to 200 percent of the
additional tax (10 percent penalty even in the absence of
bad faith).
Yes, late payment interest is due on the total amount of
taxes due if they are not paid within the legal deadlines.

No penalty is imposed if the taxpayer proves incorrect
reporting was due to circumstances beyond its control and
action was taken in good faith (assuming documentation
is present at the start of the tax audit). Penalties increase in
cases of bad faith and/or repeated infringement.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available under Law of 21.06.2004 introducing a
new ruling regime and (in the case of bilateral APAs) under
the mutual agreement procedure (MAP) of the applicable
double tax treaty.
APA filing fee
No fee.
Maximum term of five years, potentially renewable.
Competent authority
An application for MAP must be filed within two or
three years (or a shorter time frame, depending on the
applicable income tax treaty) of first notification of the
action resulting in double taxation.
The tax authorities may unilaterally withdraw or reduce
a tax adjustment (Article 376, Sec. 1 of ITC). In practice,
however, withdrawal is unlikely.
Yes. A MAP request can be filed before the tax is paid.
Usually, suspension of collection is granted as long as MAP
is pending.

In principle yes, but often in competent authority
procedures the Belgian CA asks the taxpayer to waive its
right to a refund.
18
Brazil
Whats new
The transfer pricing methods for testing the pricing
of intercompany transactions established by Brazilian
law vary according to the nature of the transaction
(import or export operations) rather than according
to the taxpayers functional profile. Brazils transfer
pricing methods establish maximum import prices
and minimum export prices. To avoid transfer pricing
adjustments, the import price charged should be
lower than the parameter price; conversely, export
prices should be higher. The law has recently been
changed to avoid misinterpretations of the rules
and possible uncertainties in the future. The resale
minus method (PRL), which is the most commonly
used transfer pricing method for import transactions, now provides for three different statutory
gross profit margins (40, 30, and 20 percent), which
vary in accordance with the sector or activity where
the imported products are applied. Despite significant changes, there is still a major gap between the
Brazilian transfer pricing rules and the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
General information
Brazilian Revenue Services (Receita Federal do Brasil
RFB); Laws 9,430/96 and 9,959/00 (generally applicable
to all calendar years before 2013) and Laws 12,715/12
and 12,766/12 (generally applicable to all calendar years
starting on or after January 1, 2013) and Normative
Rulings from the RFB.
Normative Rulings #243/02, 321/03, 382/03, 602/05,
703/06, 801/07, 898/08, 1,124/11, 1,312/12, and 1,322/13.
Article 2 of Normative Ruling 1,312/12 provides detailed
information on related entities. Entities located in jurisdictions Brazil considers tax havens or low-tax jurisdictions are
considered related for transfer pricing purposes, regardless
of investment equity.

There is no provision in Brazilian law in this regard.
Permanent establishment issues are virtually nonexistent in
Brazil. Branches of foreign entities are also rare. Taxpayers
are generally established as public or limited liability
companies. It is virtually impossible to operate outside
these two structures..
Acceptable methods
Several methods are allowed. These vary in accordance
with the nature (import or export) of the tested transaction. For import transactions: (i) PIC (comparable
uncontrolled price method); (ii) PRL (resale price method
- prescribes statutory gross profit margins from 20 percent
to 40 percent for calendar year 2013 onwards. The
gross profit margins vary in accordance with the business
segment for the imported goods, services, and/or rights.
For calendar years before 2013, the statutory gross profit
margins were 60 percent for imports of components or
raw materials and 20 percent for imports that were resold
in Brazil); (iii) CPL (production cost in the country of origin
plus 20 percent profit margin); and (iv) PCI (commodity
exchange import price).
Carlos Ayub
+55 11 5186 1227
carlosayub@
deloitte.com
For export transactions: (i) CAP (production cost plus 15

percent profit margin); (ii) PVEX (sales price on exports); (iii)
PVA and PVV (resale price minus 15 percent for wholesale,
30 percent for retail); and (iv) PCEX (commodity exchange
export price). Safe-harbor exceptions on exports are
available if certain conditions are met. Refer to Normative
Rulings 243/02, 382/03, and 1,312/12.
Priority of methods
Taxpayers may use the method that yields the lowest
taxable income. As an exception, commodity transactions
are subject to specific transfer pricing methods (see above).
Limited local data is available. Reliable international
information may be used to determine comparable prices.
The application of the methods for commodity products
should be based on reliable stock exchange prices and/or
reputable market institutions.
19
Are foreign comparables acceptable to local tax authorities?

Foreign comparables are acceptable only for purposes of
the PIC method in relation to import transactions, and the
PVA and PVV methods in relation to export transactions.
Information obtained from foreign stock exchanges and/
or reputable market institutions can be used to assess the
reasonableness of the prices charged on intercompany
commodity transactions.
Services issues
Foreign comparables are acceptable only for purposes of
the PIC method in relation to import transactions, and the
PVA and PVV methods in relation to export transactions.
Information obtained from foreign stock exchanges and/
or reputable market institutions can be used to assess the
reasonableness of the prices charged on intercompany
commodity transactions.
Yes, in general 25 percent withholding tax will be applied.
No specific regulation in this regard. Generally, Brazilian tax
legislation considers only the costs directly related to the
service performed as part of that service. Each situation
must be analyzed individually.
Yes.
There is no specific statutory authority, but limited cost
sharing may be possible.
Yes, provided the conditions for deductibility are met
the payments must have a direct relation with the income
generated and documentation must be kept.
Are cost contribution or cost sharing payments subject
to withholding tax?
Yes. Ordinary Federal Law 9.779/99.

Payments may be deductible, provided the conditions for
deductibility are met the payments must have a direct
relation with the income generated and documentation
must be kept.
Taxpayers must identify parties, selected transfer pricing
method, and transaction prices for the purchase and/or
sale of tangible goods, services, rights, and/or interests in
transfer pricing disclosure forms provided in the income
tax return. A taxpayer cannot change the selected transfer
pricing method after the start of a tax audit.
Detailed information is required to fill out the income tax
return. This is generally obtained from full-blown transfer
pricing studies. The tax authorities may request additional
information during tax inspection.
Yes. Taxpayers must select and apply a transfer pricing
method to assess the reasonableness of their intercompany
pricing. In practical terms, this process includes identifying
all relevant intercompany transactions, assessing the availability of third-party data, selecting and applying a transfer
pricing method, and summarizing the transfer pricing
method application in the Brazilian income tax return. This
process should be performed on a product-by-product,
service-by-service, and right-by-right basis. Because Brazil
does not follow the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, the
search for comparable companies is not necessary.
Transfer pricing adjustments (if any) are due on January 31
of the following fiscal year. The income tax return should
be filed annually on the last business day of June. Interest
between the period from January to June and penalties
apply on any transfer pricing adjustments that should
have been included in the Brazilian income tax and social
contribution basis payable on January 31.
20

Documentation must be submitted within 20 days
of request.
The income tax return must be filed by the last business
day of June.
Documentation must be prepared in Portuguese.
Generally yes. Differences associated with allowed/
required adjustments to improve reliability of
results, such as interest expense, are expected.
Adjustments of taxable income based on transfer
pricing study.
Statute of limitations on assessment for transfer
pricing adjustments
Five years from the date of filing the return.
Not applicable.
Generally, 30 days from the date of assessment. The
deadline may vary if the assessment is administratively
and/or judicially contested.

Ordinary penalties apply based on additional tax: 75
percent to 150 percent could increase to 112.5 percent
to 225 percent. In the case of incorrect or omitted
information on Audin, a penalty of 5 percent of the
transaction price, limited to 1 percent of annual gross
revenue would be imposed. Failure to submit electronic
files by the deadline would result in a penalty of 0.02
percent of net revenue, up to 1 percent of net revenue.
Yes, if the penalties are not paid by the due date.
Is interest payable when a refund is due
to the taxpayer?
Generally speaking, the same interest due on late tax
collection is also payable in the case of a refund to a
taxpayer because of excess tax collection.
Upon examination and assessment, taxpayers may
be granted a 50 percent reduction in penalties for an
uncontested payment.
Advance Pricing Agreements
Are APAs available?
No. Brazilian rules do not contemplate APAs. However, a
taxpayer is allowed to request, based on proper studies
and analysis, modifications of the statutory margins stated.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Competent authority
Upon filing of the income tax return (DIPJ).
Yes.
Yes. The taxpayer may go to CA for a formal
consultation to verify the correct application of
transfer pricing legislation.
21
Bulgaria
Whats new
Bulgarias tax authorities are showing increased
interest in transfer pricing issues. Some amendments
to the tax legislation focus specifically on relatedparty transactions and their disclosure. Beginning in
2014, taxpayers must declare their annual turnover
on those transactions in their annual tax returns.
Taxpayers are also encouraged to reveal distributions
of hidden profits. Voluntary disclosures would allow
taxpayers to benefit from penalty relief amounting to
20 percent of the hidden profit.
General information
The National Revenue Agency (NRA) at the Ministry
of Finance; Corporate Income Taxation Act (CITA) and
Ordinance H-9/14 August 2006 on the procedure for
application of transfer pricing methods.
Bulgarias revenue authorities released a Transfer Pricing
Manual in 2010 that follows closely the 1995 OECD
Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
and Tax Administrations. The EUs Code of Conduct for
Transfer Pricing Documentation for Associated Enterprises
also was used to develop the manual.
The transfer pricing manual is not legally binding.
However, adherence to its principles could mitigate
potential challenges by the authorities in the course of tax
audits or tax checks.
The TSSPC provides a broad definition of related
parties. The criteria for relatedness are: a minimum of
5 percent direct shareholding; employment; exercising
control; common control; common management bodies
(or persons participating therein); commercial agency;
donation; kinship. A specific legal definition of control
applies for this purpose.
A rebuttable presumption of relatedness applies if:
One of the parties is registered in a jurisdiction (outside
the EU) with a corporate income tax rate of 4 percent
or lower, and the tax administration of the country of
registration refuses or is unable to provide information
on the transaction/relationship under scrutiny, despite an
existing double taxation agreement in force;
Entities are controlled by persons under (i) above; or

The owners of the local party and the related parties
under (i) and (ii).
Generally, the practice of the Bulgarian authorities follows
the OECD Commentary on the model tax convention.
Domestic legislation provides specific rules regarding
transfers between a PE in Bulgaria and other parts of the
enterprise located abroad.
Acceptable methods
Priority of methods
As a general rule, the CUP method has priority, then transaction-based methods are preferred over profit-based methods.
For intragroup services, the CUP method and the cost plus
method are preferred (applied separately or in combination), then transaction-based methods are preferred over
profit-based methods.
For intangibles, the CUP method and the resale price
method are preferred if comparable transactions are
available. If there are no comparable transactions, the
profit split method is allowed.
Aleksandar Stefanov
+359 2 8023 186
astefanov@
deloittece.com
Georgi Sarakostov
+359 2 8023 118
gsarakostov@
deloittece.com
Availability of benchmarking /comparative data

Limited local data is available. Databases of the National
Statistics Institute, economic branch organizations, statistical reference books, online and paper publications, as
well as databases such as Amadeus and Orbis are admissible for transfer pricing purposes. The NRA does not have
access to Amadeus and Orbis.
Yes, provided that local comparables are not
available and foreign markets are deemed sufficiently
comparable. Pan-European comparables are normally
accepted. Taxpayers are allowed to present any relevant
evidence from abroad to prove the market terms of the
controlled transactions.
22
Services issues
Yes, according to the general rules of deductibility.
Yes, provided they include: (i) services of a consulting
nature; (ii) marketing research; or (iii) royalties. The
domestic tax rate is 10 percent, but it may be reduced or
eliminated under an applicable tax treaty.
No specific provisions in this regard.
Yes.
Yes. However, cost contribution arrangements (CCAs) are
not legally defined in Bulgarian legislation, and there are
no specific provisions for their tax treatment, only highlevel guidelines in the Transfer Pricing Manual. General tax
provisions are to be applied.
General rules of deductibility apply. To be allowed to
deduct payments, the taxpayer should provide evidence
of the actual receipt of CCA benefits and corresponding
actual expenses.
There are no legally binding transfer pricing documentation requirements in Bulgaria. It is recommended that
taxpayers follow the Transfer Pricing Manual guidelines
in this respect, which generally comply with the EUs
Code of Conduct for Transfer Pricing Documentation for
Associated Enterprises.
As a general rule, taxpayers bear the burden of proof
to evidence the arms length nature of related-party
transactions.
There is no requirement for annual submission of
documentation. The documentation could be requested by
the NRA during a tax audit or tax check.
Transfer pricing documentation prepared for a previous tax
period can be used for subsequent tax periods, provided it
reflects current market conditions.
There is no statutory deadline to prepare documentation.
However, if documentation is requested in the course of a
tax audit, the general time limit for administrative proceedings of 14 days is applied, if no specific term is set by the
tax authorities performing the tax audit.

The general rules apply. A case-by-case analysis is necessary.

.There is no requirement to submit documentation, other
than as requested by the tax authorities during the course
of a tax audit.

The general rules apply. A case-by-case analysis is
necessary.

March 31 of the year following the fiscal year for which
the income tax return is due. The fiscal year coincides with
the calendar year.

As of 2014, Bulgarian tax residents are required to submit
an appendix to their annual tax return (including for FY
2013) disclosing the annual turnover of transactions with
related parties. Failure to comply may result in an administrative fine ranging between 50 and 500.

Documentation should be in Bulgarian, or a certified translation if it is prepared in another language. If submitted in
another language, the authorities are allowed to translate
the documents at the taxpayers expense.
23

Book/tax differences are allowed. Transfer pricing adjustments (the difference between the agreed price and the
arms length price) should be reflected in the corporate
income tax return.
The CITA provides that all transactions between related
parties should be at arms length. Therefore, when
necessary, financial results should be adjusted for tax
purposes.
The general statute of limitation five years following the
year in which the liability should have been paid applies.
There are no tax provisions regarding set-offs in a transfer
pricing context. Generally, the tax authorities would
consider the set-off transactions separately and apply
general transfer pricing rules.
General rules apply.
If the tax authorities claim a hidden profit distribution
occurred, a penalty of 20 percent of the adjusted amount
may be levied. There are no other transfer-pricing-specific
penalties.

Taxpayer will benefit from penalty exemption in cases of
hidden profits distribution, if the taxpayer discloses such
distribution in its annual tax return.
Are APAs available?
APAs are not currently available.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Competent authority
The initiation of a mutual agreement procedure may
be based either on a tax treaty or the EU Arbitration
Convention. Taxpayers may address the Minister of Finance
the competent authority if the taxpayer considers
taxation as not being in accordance with the treaty or the
Convention. In general, the time limit to present the case
to the CA is three years from the first notification of the tax
assessment resulting in double taxation.
Yes, unless the taxpayer has received a court decision.
No specific rules.
An administrative penalty between 250 and 1,500 is

imposed if the taxable result is not correctly defined in the
tax return, resulting in an underpayment of tax.
Not if the penalties are imposed on individuals. For
penalties imposed on legal entities, this is a controversial issue. Because provisions in the law are unclear, the
decision is often left to the local courts.
Yes, interest is payable if the overpaid tax was caused by
the tax administration.
24
Canada
Whats new
The Canada Revenue Agency did not issue any new
policy statements, legislation, or memorandums
related to transfer pricing in 2013, but Canadian
courts did deal with transfer pricing questions.
The Tax Court of Canada held for the CRA in the
McKesson case involving what constitutes a reasonable discount rate in an accounts receivable factoring
arrangement. Conversely, the court held for the
taxpayer in Lehigh Cement Limited, relating to the
deductibility of dividends received from a related
nonresident corporation. And the Federal Court of
Canada in a case dealing with the complex nature
of the competent authority process, reviewed in
Tele Tech Canada the availability of double tax
relief under Articles XI and XXVI of the Canada-U.S.
income tax treaty.
General information
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA); Income Tax Act Section
247 (effective for tax years beginning after 1997).
CRA Information Circular 87-2R, International Transfer Pricing.
Canada generally follows the OECD Transfer Pricing
Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises and Tax
Administrations as amended on July 2010.
In addition, the CRA has published various Transfer Pricing
Memoranda (TPM) that provide general guidance and an
overview of the CRAs interpretation of transfer pricing rules.
Parent companies and subsidiaries are subject to
transfer pricing rules, as are companies subject to
common control. In addition, certain companies
that are deemed not to be dealing at arms length
are also subject to the transfer pricing rules.
Although the transfer pricing rules in section 247 of
the Canadian Income Tax Act (CITA) do not deal with
branches or permanent establishments, the arms length

principle and the OECD transfer pricing guidelines are
considered to provide guidance and are generally applied
in computing income attributable to a permanent
establishment or branch. The CRA will generally use
the principles and methods outlined in Section 247
and Information Circular 87-2R to determine the allocation of income between a permanent establishment or branch and other parts of the same entity.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price (CUP)
method, the resale price method, the cost plus
method, the profit split method, and the transactional net margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
In CRA TPM-14, dated October 31, 2012, the CRA
announced that it now accepts the most appropriate
method by stating that it endorses the application of the
arm's length principle and the 2010 version of the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines (which adopted the most
appropriate method standard) for the administration of
the Income Tax Act regarding transfer pricing matters.
Markus Navikenas
+14032671859
mnavikenas@
deloitte.ca

Numerous databases containing detailed information on
Canadian public companies are available.
Yes, foreign comparables are often used to supplement
a Canadian comparables set, provided the taxpayer
conducts additional analysis to account for any differences
in geographic markets and the taxpayer ensures that the
foreign comparables meet the comparability standards
required by the transfer pricing methods used in Canada.
Services issues
Yes, provided the charge is in accordance with the arms
length principle.
Yes; however, withholding tax is exempted
under most Canadian income tax treaties.
2013 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide 25

Stock option costs might be included in the cost base
for a Canadian outbound intercompany service charge,
but stock option costs are not deductible in Canada.
No.
Yes. Canada follows Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
Yes. Payments are currently deductible under either subsection 37(1) of the CITA if they qualify as scientific research
and experimental development or paragraph 18 (1)(a) if
they qualify as a regular business expense that is income
in nature. Payments are amortizable if capital in nature.
No, in accordance with subparagraph 212(1)(d)(viii) of the CITA.
Taxpayers must document pricing decisions in accordance with prudent business practices. Documentation
contemporaneous with transactions is required to avoid a
potential transfer pricing penalty. This policy is effective for
tax years beginning after December 31, 1997.
For each taxation year or fiscal period, if any, in which a
transaction continues from a prior year, and contemporaneous documentation regarding that transaction had
previously been provided to the tax authorities, records or
documents that completely and accurately describe each
material change in the year or period regarding these
transactions must be retained.
In addition, taxpayers are required to perform on an
annual basis a sanity check on transactions carried on from
prior years to identify any material changes and ensure
that the transactions continue to be conducted at an arms
length price.
Any new transactions must be fully documented.

Canada follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Payments are deductible or amortizable over the useful life
of the intangibles.
Form T106 requires disclosure of types of transactions,
dollar amounts, related companies and countries involved,
methodologies used, and whether the documentation
requirements have been met. The reporting person must
file Form T106 if the total reportable transactions (revenue
from and expenditure to, loan/advances/investment
increases and decreases, and derivative revenue from and
expenditure to) for all nonresidents combined exceeds
CAN $1,000,000.

Documentation must be prepared by the due
date for filing the annual income tax return.
Documentation must be submitted within three months
after a written request from the CRA.
Income tax returns must be filed within six months after
the taxation year end.
Documentation is accepted in both English and
French, the official languages of Canada.
Taxpayers are expected to make reasonable efforts to
26
determine and implement arms length transfer prices in

their transactions with nonresident related parties.
The arms length prices should be reflected in the
transactions during the course of the year at the time
the transactions occur.

A transfer pricing penalty of 10 percent of the total
transfer pricing adjustment may be imposed if the adjustment exceeds a threshold. This rule is effective for tax
years beginning after 1998.
When it is recognized that the transfer price recorded

during the year for some or all transactions did not
represent an arm's length price, it is acceptable practice to
record a compensating year-end adjustment to the transfer
price prior to filing the tax returns and after the books have
been closed.

Yes the Canadian tax authorities will charge interest on
penalties levied.
Adjustments should be made if a taxpayer recognizes that
its transfer prices are not arms length. Adjustments should
accrue in the year in which a transaction occurs and be fully
documented. Adjustments favorable to the taxpayer are
subject to the discretion of the Minister of National Revenue.
Self-initiated adjustments may not qualify for consideration
for competent authority relief from double taxation with
some countries, including the United States, because the selfinitiated adjustment is not considered equivalent to the action
of a contracting state under the mutual agreement procedure
of the relevant tax treaty.
For Canadian private corporations, six years from
the date of the initial assessment after return filing;
for foreign controlled corporations and public
corporations, seven years from that date.
The CRA is reluctant to accept set-offs, and prefers that
transactions be unbundled and priced separately;
set-off may be allowed for purposes of calculating a
penalty, subject to the documentation requirements.
TPM-06 provides information on the CRAs administrative positions regarding bundled transactions.
An additional payment is due when an assessment is
issued; interest begins to accrue from the due date of
the original tax return. However, provisions exist to allow
deferral of payment of additional taxes owed.

Interest on refunds of overpaid taxes is payable by the
government at rates that are set for each calendar quarter.
No penalty is imposed if the taxpayer made a reasonable
effort to determine an arms length price, including contemporaneous documentation. TPM-09 provides information
on the CRAs administrative positions on the meaning of
reasonable efforts.
Are APAs available?
Yes, under Information Circular 94-4R (International Transfer
Pricing: Advance Pricing Arrangements (APAs)). Unilateral,
bilateral, and multilateral APAs are available. The CRA issued
Information Circular 94-4R (Special Release), Advance
Pricing Arrangements for Small Businesses, on March 18,
2005, allowing only unilateral APAs for small businesses.
APA filing fee
A nonrefundable user charge for each accepted APA
request or renewal to cover estimated out-of-pocket
costs, such as travel and accommodation expenses, is
imposed. Any amount paid in excess of actual costs
will be refunded to the taxpayer. For Small Business
APAs, a flat fee of CAN $5,000 will be charged.
Depending on the proposal, industry, and the transactions
involved, the term is usually three to five years, but may
vary depending on facts, circumstances, and the resolution of the particular case. Taxpayers can roll back only
to taxation years that are not under audit or for which
a documentation request letter has not been received.
Rollbacks are not permitted for Small Business APAs.
27
Competent authority
A request may be submitted after the proposed adjustment is communicated to the taxpayer in writing.

The CA may negotiate an agreement based on a new
settlement positions, unless an adjustment has been determined by Appeals or the courts. CA cannot settle on an
amount higher than the amount initially reassessed.
For certain treaties, there are also specific

notification requirements.

Yes. A taxpayer may go to CA after a proposed
adjustment is communicated in writing to the
taxpayer. There are also rules allowing full or partial
deferral of payment of the taxes in dispute.
28
Chile
Whats new
There were no changes to Chiles transfer pricing
legislation during 2013. However, the Chilean IRS (SII)
issued a resolution regarding transfer pricing return
F.1907, as well as a resolution providing guidance
on advance pricing agreement procedures. The SII
was very active conducting tax audits for fiscal years
2009-2011, and collected USD 71 million related to
transfer pricing investigations.
General information
Internal Revenue Service (Servicio de Impuestos Internos
SII); Articles 38 and 41 E of Income Tax Law. The
SII has created a special Transfer Pricing Unit.
No transfer pricing regulations have yet been issued.
Article 38 of the Income Tax Law specifies that transactions
between related parties (as defined under Chilean law
and regulations) should be performed at market values.
It provides that parties are related when one participates,
directly or indirectly, in the management, control, or
capital of the other. Taxpayers that enter into transactions
with companies domiciled in tax havens must be considered related parties to those companies.
Article 41 E of the Income Tax Law specifies that crossborder transactions between related parties will be subject
to the transfer pricing rules. Parties are considered related:
When an entity or company is directly or indirectly
involved in the management, control, capital, profits or
income of the other party.
agency, branch or any other form of permanent
establishment with any related party.
Any transaction carried out with parties that are
resident, domiciled, established or incorporated in a
country or territory included in the list referred to in
number 2 of Article 41 D, except if a significant tax
information exchange agreement is signed or in force
with that country.
Natural persons that are spouses, directly related or
have kinship up to the fourth degree included.
When a party carries out one or more transactions with
a third party that, in turn, directly or indirectly carries out
with a related party of that party one or more transac-
tions, which are similar or equal to the transactions that

it carries out with the former one, regardless of the
capacity in which the third party or parties are involved
in such transactions.
There is no specific guidance in the law regarding
the use of transfer pricing analyses to calculate
profits attributable to a permanent establishment or branch. However, we believe transfer
pricing analyses could be used for this purpose.
Acceptable methods
method, the net margin method, and residual methods.
As an exception, if none of these methods is applicable,
other reasonable methods may be allowed, provided
the taxpayer provides justification for the exception.
Priority of methods
Taxpayers should use the most appropriate method
considering the characteristics and circumstances of every
case, the advantages and disadvantages of every method,
its applicability in accordance with the type of transactions
and the circumstances of every case, the availability of
information, and the existence of comparable transactions.
Alvaro Mecklenburg
+56 2 2729 8314
amecklenburg@
deloitte.com
Alejandro Paredes
+ 56 2 2729 8216
[email protected]

Limited local data is available.
Yes.
Services issues
Yes, as long as there is a direct and verifiable relationship
between the need for the service and the income.
Yes, payments made to entities or individuals not
domiciled in Chile for services rendered abroad are subject,
without any deductions, to withholding as the remuneration is paid, credited, or placed at the beneficiarys
disposal. Exemptions apply for residents of countries that
have entered into double taxation treaties with Chile.
29

No.
Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
Payments would most likely be subject to withholding tax.
No information on this subject is available.
A transfer pricing return must be submitted in June on an
annual basis.
Contemporaneous documentation must be prepared and
must be available in case the tax authorities request it.
A transfer pricing return must be submitted each year.
The transfer pricing study must also be maintained by the
taxpayer in case the SII requests it. There are no specific
requirements regarding the comparable companies information or refreshing of searches.
Chilean law does not specifically require the preparation
of a transfer pricing study, but taxpayers must keep all
documentation necessary to support the arms length
nature of their intragroup transactions. The documentation must be available by the transfer pricing return filing
date (June of each year). The transfer pricing rules also
provide penalty protection for taxpayers that provide
supporting documentation regarding their transfer prices.
The transfer pricing study must be submitted upon request.
The income tax return must be submitted in June on an
annual basis.
There is no specific statutory provision regarding this issue.
Adjustments are permitted.
The general statute of limitations is three years
from the date of the infraction or breach. The
period is extended to six years when a tax return
has not been filed, or in cases of fraud.
There is no formal provision in this regard.
The general rules for administrative assessments apply. Interest is applicable from the
date the tax would have been payable.
If a taxpayer cannot prove that transactions with
related parties were carried out at arms length, the
Chilean IRS will redetermine the prices to calculate
the tax due. The difference between the two prices
will be subject to additional tax, and a fine equal to 5
percent of the omitted amount will also be imposed.
30

No, interest is charged on the income tax
base omitted, not on penalties.

The year in which the APA is entered into and the
following three years.

Only an inflation adjustment.
Competent authority
A request may be submitted after the proposed adjustment is communicated to the taxpayer in writing.

No provision.
Are APAs available?
Yes. Resolution 68 (21 June 2013) establishes the relevant
requirements and procedures.

APA filing fee

No.
31
China
Whats new
Chinas State Administration of Taxation signed
the OECDs Multilateral Convention on Mutual
Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters, with the
goal of leveraging the international tax administrative coordination mechanism to improve tax service
and management for cross-border taxpayers, and to
prevent cross-border double nontaxation.
The SAT also released the 2012 Annual Advance
Pricing Report, which clarified the tax authorities
basic and technical points of view on APAs. The SAT
further strengthened its supervision of intragroup
services, and drafted regulations on the same,
which are expected to be released in 2014. The
SAT has conducted some audits on these transactions, including an approximate RMB 800 million tax
payment case that is the largest case on intragroup
service transactions by far.
General information
State Administration of Taxation (SAT); articles 36
and 51 of the Tax Collection and Administration
Law; articles 41 to 48 of the PRCs Enterprise Income
Tax (EIT) Law (Chapter 6, Special Tax Adjustments)
that entered into effect on January 1, 2008.
Articles 109 to 115 and articles 121 to 123 of the implementation rules for the new EIT Law govern the transfer
pricing regime;
Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on the
Issuance of the Implementation Measures for Special Tax
Adjustments (Trial Implementation) (Guo Shui Fa [2009]
No. 2);
Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on
Printing and Issuing the Annual Report on the Affiliated
Transactions of Enterprises of the People's Republic of
China (Guo Shui Fa [2008] No. 114);
Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the State
Administration of Taxation of Notice on the Tax deductibility of Interest Expense Paid to Related Parties (Cai Shui
[2008] No. 121);
Issuance of Requirements of Annual Reporting Forms for
Related-Party Transaction of Enterprises (2008 version)
(Guo Shui Han [2009] No. 72);

Collection of 2008 Enterprise Income Tax (Guo Shui Han
[2009] No. 134);
Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Enhancement
of the Follow-up Administration on Transfer Pricing
Adjustments (Guo Shui Han [2009] No. 188);
Strengthening Supervision and Investigation of CrossBorder Related-Party Transactions (Guo Shui Han [2009]
No. 363);
Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Notice
regarding the Status of Anti-tax Avoidance Efforts in
2009 (Guo Shui Han [2010] No. 84);
Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Notice
on Conducting Examinations of Contemporaneous
Documentation (Guo Shui Han [2010] No. 323);
Internal Work Rules of Special Tax Adjustments (Trial)
(Guo Shui Fa [2012] No. 13)
Panel Review Rules for Significant Special Tax Adjustment
Cases (Trial) (Guo Shui Fa [2012] No. 16);
China Advance Pricing Arrangement Annual Report
(2009-2011);
China Advance Pricing Arrangement Annual Report (2012);
Notice of the Ministry of Finance and the State
Administration of Taxation on Enterprise Income Tax
Treatment of Enterprise Reorganization (Caishui [2009]
no. 59); and
Measures for the Administration of Enterprise Income
Tax in Connection with Enterprise Reorganization (SAT
Announcement [2010] no. 4)
Eunice Kuo
+ 86 21 6141 1308
eunicekuo@
deloitte.com.cn

China has adopted a broad definition of associated enterprises, with a strong emphasis on control. An entity with
significant control over the taxpayer's senior management,
purchases, sales, production, capital financing, and the
intangibles and technologies required for the business is
defined as a related party.
Yes. According to Article 41 of the EIT law, business
transactions between Chinese enterprises (resident enterprises and nonresident enterprises, and permanent establishments of nonresident enterprises) and their related
parties should comply with the arm's length principle.
32
According to Circular Guo Shui Fa [2010] No.19, if an

entity is determined to have a permanent establishment
in China, the permanent establishment shall maintain
sound accounting books and records to calculate the
enterprise income tax by following the principle that
taxable income must be in line with the permanent
establishment's functional and risk profile. For PEs
without sound and complete accounting books and
records, the tax authorities can deem the taxable income
based on certain methods provided by the tax rules.
Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the transactional net margin method, the profit split method,
and other methods in compliance with the arm's length
principle according to article 111 of the implementation
rules to the new EIT Law, and to article 23-27 of Circular of
the State Administration of Taxation on the Issuance of the
Implementation Measures for Special Tax Adjustments (Trial
Implementation) (Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 2).
Priority of methods
There is no priority of methods; the SAT will accept a
reasonable method that follows the arm's length principle.
The tax authorities generally require the use of Chinese
comparable companies (listed on the Shanghai and
Shenzhen stock markets) but may also accept foreign
comparable companies if necessary. In Circular Guo Shui
Han [2005] No. 239, the tax authorities state that they
could use as a possible resource the BvD Osiris database
during a transfer pricing audit. Based on the implementation regulations, the tax authorities may use both public
and nonpublic information to analyze whether relatedparty transactions conform to the arms length principle.
If the tax authorities are convinced that no domestic
comparables are available, taxpayers may use foreign
comparables. However, the degree of acceptance is
subject to the local tax authorities discretion. Under Guo
Shui Han [2005] 239, taxpayers searching for comparable companies should use the BvD Osiris database.
Services issues
According to article 49 of the implementation rules to
the EIT law, management fees are not deductible. Fees
for specific services received may be deductible, but the
tax authorities will likely request extensive documentary
evidence on the services being provided, the reasonableness of the charging basis, and benefits derived by the PRC
entity from such services.
Management service fees are subject to China
enterprise income tax based on the portion of the
fee attributable to China source and the profit
generated from the China-source revenue.
Effective 1 January 2008, fees for services
rendered both in and outside the PRC are
subject to business tax at a 5 percent rate.
Effective 1 January 2012, China launched a pilot
value added tax (VAT) reform program that initially
applies to transportation and modern service industries in Shanghai. In late 2012, Beijing, Tianjin,
Jiangsu province, Anhui province, Zhejiang province
(including Ningbo), Fujian province (including Xiamen),
Hubei province, and Guangdong province (including
Shenzhen) were included in this pilot program, and
effective 1 August 2013 it was rolled out nationwide.
Fees for services rendered by overseas suppliers
will be subject to the applicable VAT rate (11
percent for transportation services, 17 percent for
leasing of moveable and tangible goods, and 6
percent for certain specified modern services).
Effective 1 January 2014, the pilot program will
be extended to railway transportation and the
postal service with a tax rate of 11 percent.
However, many issues arose during the programs
initial implementation stage that must be further
clarified. Affected taxpayers should follow up on
the development of relevant rules and seek clarification from the relevant tax authorities.
33

China has no formal provision on this issue. In practice,
stock option costs are not included in the cost base
for intercompany services charges, unless they are
included in the local statutory financial statements.
China has no specific provision on this issue.
However, a foreign principal would likely be deemed
to have a permanent establishment in China if
a commissionaire structure were adopted.
Yes. Chapter 7 of Circular of the State Administration of
Taxation on the Issuance of the Implementation Measures
for Special Tax Adjustments (Trial Implementation)
(Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 2) provides guidance on cost
sharing arrangement administration in China. An enterprise is required to report the cost sharing arrangement
to the SAT within 30 days of the arrangement being
concluded, and the arrangement should comply with
the cost-revenue matching principle. Generally, the tax
authorities prefer R&D arrangements; currently, service
cost sharing arrangements are acceptable for group
procurement and group marketing activities only.
Yes, provided the arrangement complies with the arm's
length principle and relevant supporting documents are
filed with the tax authorities upon their request, in accordance with article 112 of the implementation rules to
the EIT law. However, the allocated costs may become
nondeductible if there is a lack of commercial purpose
and economic substance; failure to comply with the arm's
length principle; failure to maintain documentation; or
if the enterprises operating period is less than 20 years
from the signing of the cost sharing arrangement.
China has no specific provisions on this issue.
China has no specific provisions on this issue.

The annual income tax return package includes a set of
nine related-party transaction disclosure forms requiring
disclosure of information on associated parties, relatedparty transactions (including sales and purchases, services,
financing, transfers of tangible and intangible assets),
CFCs, and outbound payments.
Taxpayers with related-party transactions are required to
prepare contemporaneous documentation, subject to the
following exemption criteria: (1) Foreign direct or indirect
ownership is less than 50 percent and all related-party
transactions are with Chinese resident companies; (2)
related-party purchase/sale of goods transactions are less
than RMB 200 million (when toll manufacturing transactions are determined based on customs declared import/
export prices of consigned materials and finished goods)
and all other related-party transactions are less than RMB
40 million (including services, interest, and royalties),
excluding transactions covered by APAs or CSAs; or (3) the
taxpayer has an APA with the tax authorities.
Guo Shui Han [2009] No. 363 requires loss-making
enterprises with limited functions and risks, such as toll
and contract manufacturers, limited-risk distributors, or
contract R&D service providers to prepare and submit
contemporaneous documentation and other relevant
materials to justify the structuring of related-party transactions and arm's length nature of their profits to the
relevant in-charge tax bureau. Regardless of whether these
companies exceed the minimum threshold of documentation requirement under Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 2, they
are required to prepare and submit contemporaneous
documentation by June 20 of the following year when the
company incurs losses.
Taxpayers that meet the threshold for the preparation of
contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation must
submit a report on their related-party transactions and
prepare the contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation in an annual income tax return.
34
Contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation should

be a complete report under Guoshuifa [2009] No. 2,
including organizational structure, overview of business
operations, information regarding related-party transactions, comparability analysis, and selection and application
of transfer pricing methods.
The comparable companies should be updated according
to the company's actual related transactions conditions
during the year.
For companies that meet the requirements of Guo Shui
Fa [2009] No. 2, documentation should be prepared by
the filing date of the annual income tax return (31 May).
For companies that meet the requirements of
Guo Shui Han [2009] No. 363, documentation
should be prepared by June 20 of the following
year when the company incurs losses.
Taxpayers are required to submit documentation within 20
days of a request by the tax authorities.
If taxpayers are in the follow-up monitoring period
after being investigated and assessed, they are required to
submit documentation before June 20 of the
following year.
Companies that meet the requirements of Guo Shui
Han [2009] No. 363 should furnish the documentation
voluntarily to the tax bureau by the deadline, as specified
in the circular.
The filing date of the annual income tax return is 31 May.
Documentation must be in Chinese.
Transfer pricing adjustments would not necessarily be
reflected in financial statements, whereas the corresponding adjusted tax amount should be regarded as the
tax liability and be reflected in the financial statements.
In practice, upward adjustments are permitted when filing
the annual income tax return after closing of the accounts.
The EIT law confirms that the statute of limitations on
assessments for transfer pricing adjustments is 10 years.
When transactions between related parties are
offset, the tax authorities will in principle restore
the transactions and evaluate each related-party
transaction separately when conducting a comparability analysis and making adjustments.
Payment is due within the time frame set by the
governing tax bureaus, normally between 15 days and
one month. An extension (for a maximum of three
months) for payment will be subject to approval by
the governing tax bureau at the provincial level.
Penalties apply for failure to file the related-party transaction disclosure forms (RMB 2,000 RMB 10,000); for
refusing to provide contemporaneous documentation
and other information on related-party transactions, or
providing false or incomplete information (RMB 10,000
RMB 50,000). Transfer pricing adjustments are subject
to interest (based on the RMB benchmark lending rate
published by the Peoples Bank of China) plus penalty
interest of 5 percent if the taxpayer has not complied with
the contemporaneous documentation requirements.
According to the EIT law, when the tax authorities
make tax adjustments for enterprises, they will impose
interest charges for the underpaid tax computed on a
daily basis from June 1 following the tax year in which
the tax is attributed, through the date when the additional
tax is paid.
When a taxpayer has paid excess tax, the taxpayer may
apply to the tax authorities for a refund of the amount
overpaid, and the relevant interest calculated based on the
prevailing bank interest rate, within three years from the
date of tax payment.
35

The 5 percent penalty interest may be waived if contemporaneous documentation is prepared.
Are APAs available?
APAs are allowed under Chapter 6 of the State
Administration of Taxation on the Issuance of the
Implementation Measures for Special Tax Adjustments
(Trial Implementation) (Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 2). An APA
generally includes six phases, including prefiling meeting,
formal application, review and evaluation, negotiations,
signing of the agreement, and monitoring and execution.
APAs may be unilateral, bilateral, or multilateral.
With the issuance of Chinas first Advance Pricing
Arrangement Annual Report [2009] in January 2011, the
Chinese tax authorities have signaled their willingness to
accept more APA applications going forward. The report
has become a periodic publication, with Advance Pricing
Arrangement Annual Report [2010] issued in April 2012
and an annual report for 2011 issued in December 2012.

After obtaining approval from the tax authorities of
the treaty partner, the affected enterprise will report
the adjustment, including the basis for the adjustment,
contents, covered time period, and detailed calculation,
in writing to its governing tax bureau. After review, the
governing tax bureau will report the case to the SAT,
which will deal with it accordingly. The enterprise should
apply for corresponding adjustments within three years
from the date the enterprise or its related parties receive
the transfer pricing adjustment notice. Late applications
will not be entertained.
Generally, no, because taxpayers must settle tax
liabilities with the governing tax bureau within the
prescribed time period. If payment is delayed for
valid reasons, an application must be filed within the
prescribed time period. Upon approval, tax payment
may be postponed for no more than three months.
APA filing fee

There is no fee for filing an APA request.
Generally three to five years forward; rollback is available
subject to approval from the tax authorities.
Competent authority
After obtaining approval from the tax authorities of the
treaty partner, the affected enterprise will report the adjustment, including the basis for the adjustment, contents,
covered time period, and detailed calculation, in writing to
its governing tax bureau. After review, the governing tax
bureau will report the case to the SAT, which will deal with it
accordingly. The enterprise should apply for corresponding
adjustments within three years from the date the enterprise
or its related parties receive the transfer pricing adjustment
notice. Late applications will not be entertained.
36
Colombia
Whats new
The Colombian tax authorities on December 27,
2013, issued regulatory Decree 3030, which substantially modified Colombias transfer pricing regime.
One of the principal changes Decree 3030 introduced
establishes the instances in which taxpayers must file
an informative transfer pricing return and prepare
and file the corresponding supporting documentation. Further, taxpayers are now expected to include
information regarding transactions entered into with
related parties located in free trade zones and tax
havens. The decree generally augments the amount
of information required of taxpayers.
General information
Colombia Tax Office (Direccin de Impuestos y Aduanas
Nacionales-DIAN); Book 1, Title I, Chapter XI, Articles
260-1 to 260-11, 319, 20 -2 of the Tax Code.
Tax Code Articles 260-1 to 260-11. Decree 3030 of 2013.
Decree 3030 modified the definition of related parties,
which includes entities with direct or indirect ownership
of more than 50 percent. Administrative, economic, or
commercial (sales) control variables also apply. Transactions
with related parties located in Free Trade Zone, and transactions with companies located in tax havens are subject
to the transfer pricing rules.
Decree 3030 establishes that operations carried out by
a Colombian permanent establishment with its related
parties abroad, related parties located in Free Trade Zones,
and companies located in tax havens must comply with
the arms length principle. The permanent establishment
has to prepare an analysis of functions, assets, and risks. In
accordance with Article 20-2 of the Colombian Tax Code,
the branch must keep this document and make it available
in case of request by the tax authorities.

Acceptable methods
Under article 260 3 of the Colombian Tax Code, there
are five possible methods: the comparable uncontrolled
price (CUP) method, the resale price method, the cost plus
method, the profit split method and its residual version,
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method must be chosen, according
to the transactions circumstances.
There is public information about private companies, but
no formal position from the tax authorities on its use as
benchmark. Decree 3030 provides that priority must be
given to internal comparables, if available.
Yes. The tax authorities position is that the information
must be public.
Services issues
Yes. Formal requirements apply, including: (i) there must be
a written agreement; (ii) the agreement must be registered, when necessary; and (iii) tax must be withheld when
required.
Jos Erney Guarn

+57 1 426 2315
[email protected]
However, compliance with the formal requirements does

not guarantee that expenses for services will be deemed
deductible for income tax purposes. In addition, the
payments must meet the arms length principle and the
services must be necessary and proportional to the taxpayers activities.
According to the tax regulations in effect, these services
are deemed to be rendered in the national territory
of Colombia, regardless of where they were actually
rendered. A single withholding rate of 10 percent
applies to these types of payment, and they are
100 percent deductible.
37
Yes.
Yes.
Yes, but only if the payments meet the general deductibility
requirements: (i) the expenditure must be real; (ii) expenditure causality; (iii) spending needs; and (iv) proportionality
of the expenditure. Article 107 of the Tax Code.
Yes, depending on the type of service.
Payments are deductible or amortizable if tax has
been withheld.
Article 260-9 of the Tax Code requires taxpayers to file
an annual informative transfer pricing return, which must
include transactions entered into with related parties
abroad, related parties located in free trade zones, and
companies located in tax havens. The return is usually
submitted in July, depending on the taxpayers tax ID.
Taxpayers are also required to prepare annually a transfer
pricing study, and submit it to the tax authorities upon
request, if the taxpayers total amount of transactions
entered into with related parties located abroad or located
in free trade zones exceeds 61.000 tax unit values (U.V.T.
from the Spanish acronym), or if the value of all transactions exceeds an amount equivalent to 32,000 U.V.T., equal
to approximately $420,000.
Additionally, taxpayers must report transactions entered
into with companies located in tax havens, if the total
amount of those transactions exceeds 10,000 UVT, equal
to approximately $131,000.
Documentation to support transfer prices is required, and
must be provided to the tax authorities in July, depending
on the taxpayers ID.
Taxpayers subject to the transfer pricing regime must
submit a complete transfer pricing report every year. The
comparable companies used must be in the same fiscal
period as the taxpayer; however previous years of information may be used for the comparables, as long as that use
is justified.
Under Decree N002972, dated December, 2013, Articles
19 and 20, documentation the transfer pricing study
and the informative return must be submitted with the
income tax return.
Under Decree N002972, dated December, 2013, Articles
19 and 20, documentation the transfer pricing study
and the informative return must be submitted with the
income tax return.
Documentation must be in Spanish; however, some appendixes could be submitted in English, but the tax authorities
could request a translation.
All information used for transfer pricing purposes must
be in accordance with Colombian generally accepted
accounting principles, and could have some differences
from the fiscal/tax information. Differences are accepted
because for fiscal purposes there are deductions or other
concepts that do not apply.
38

The general rule is two years from the date of filing the
income tax return.
Additional payment is due when the assessment is issued;
interest is assessed from the due date of the original filing.
Ordinary penalties of up to 160 percent of unpaid tax may
apply.
There is a special regime for transfer pricing penalties
for late submission of the declaration or documentation, inconsistencies, or omissions in the information and
recidivism.
No.
Yes.
Reduction in Transfer Pricing Penalties
Decree 3030 provides that if taxpayers self-assess any
penalties, the inconsistencies, omissions, or large filings will
not be taken into account for purposes of the application
of the penalty for repeated infractions.

Are APAs available?
APAs have been available since 2004.
Competent authority
APA filing fee

The filing fee for an APA application has not
been established.
The total term of an APA is five years. The APA will be
effective in the year the agreement is entered into, the
previous year, and the three subsequent fiscal years. The
tax authorities will have nine months immediately after the
filing of a request for a unilateral agreement to accept or
reject the request.
39
Costa Rica
Whats new
On September 2013, the Costa Rican government
issued Executive Decree No. 37898, which established for the first time enforceable legal provisions
dealing with transfer pricing regulations. The new
law is expected to provide certainty to taxpayers and
the tax authorities, given that previously any transfer
pricing issues that arose were settled using the
substance over form principle. To date, the government has not made any additional modifications to
the decree or to the Costa Rican tax laws and regulations, but because 2014 is a presidential election year,
the new government is expected to include fiscal
policy in its agenda.
General information
The competent authority that deals with all tax issues is the
General Tax Directorate (Direccin General de Tributacin),
under the supervision of the Ministry of the Treasury.
The transfer pricing law is found in Executive Decree No.
37898-H, issued by the ministry on September 13, 2013.
No regulations have been issued under Decree No.
37898-H, issued by the Ministry of the Treasury. The
Income Tax Law, as well as the Costa Rican Tax Code, is
also applicable in the absence of a specific provision.
The definition of control for transfer pricing purposes refers
to the parties that participate directly or indirectly in the
direction, control, or capital of the taxpayer, or when the
same entity/individual participates directly or indirectly in
the direction, control, or capital of both taxpayers, or any
other objective cause that may systematically affect the
decisions and pricing. Transfer pricing rules also apply to
beneficiaries of the Free Trade Zone regime and exclusive
distributors located on Costa Rican territory.
There is no written regulation that either allows or
prohibits the use of transfer pricing analyses to attribute
profits to a PE or branch.

Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price method (CUP),
the resale price method, the cost plus method, the
profit split method, and the transactional net margin
method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
The best (most reliable) method is required.
Multiple databases containing sufficient qualitative and
quantitative information to identify comparables exist, and
information from those databases is acceptable to the local
tax authorities.
Ordinarily, comparables should be derived from the
geographic market in which the tested party operates.
Geographic market is any geographic area in which the
economic conditions are substantially the same, and may
include multiple countries. Adjustments may be necessary
to render comparables adequate for the conditions in the
market where the tested party operates. As long as they
serve as reasonable comparables, they should be acceptable to the tax authorities.
Rafael Gonzalez
+506 22568192
rafgonzalez@
deloitte.com
Services issues
In accordance with the Costa Rican Tax Code, any expense
that is useful, pertinent, and necessary for creating taxable
income will be deductible for tax purposes, as long as it is
supported by proper accounting records.
Yes, but the applicable rate will differ, depending on the
type of service that is rendered, and taking into considering any applicable double income tax treaties.
There are no specific regulations that deal with stock
options, but applying the principles of the Income Tax
Code, it may be concluded that as long as such stock
options may be construed as necessary, pertinent, and
useful for creating the taxable income, they may be
included in the cost base for intercompany services charges.
40
Commissionaire arrangements are not forbidden,
therefore, under section 28 of the Constitution of
Costa Rica, they are allowed, but every arrangement
should be analyzed on a case-by-case basis to eliminate
any possible contingency.
CCAs are not common in Costa Rica, but they are not
forbidden. However, they would require a case-by case
analysis to confirm their validity.
Yes, as long as the payments are useful, pertinent, and
necessary for creating taxable income and proper records
of the payments are kept.
Payments should be analyzed on a case-by-case basis,
because depending on the type of service or product that
is being jointly contributed to, withholding tax may or may
not apply, and the applicable tax rate may vary.
Because CCAs and CSAs are not common in Costa Rica,
such payments should be analyzed on a case-by-case basis.
In general terms, payments may be construed as royalty
payments and therefore taxed at a 25 percent rate, unless
a double tax treaty is applicable.

No, there are no annual requirements. Considering that
the economic conditions under which a set of comparables
was extracted may change, then to sustain the soundness
of the comparables, it would be advisable to refresh them.
There is no deadline for the preparation of documentation; however, documentation must be available to the tax
authorities at the time an audit is performed.
There is no deadline to submit documentation,
but it should be available in the event of an audit
by the tax authorities.
In general terms, the Costa Rican fiscal year runs from
October 1 through September 30, and the income tax
return must be filed within two months and 15 days after
the end of the tax year. Subsidiaries of foreign companies
may request permission to use the parent companys fiscal
year in filing their returns. In addition, certain agricultural
companies may use the calendar year or other fiscal year.
Even though the decree does not specify the language
that must be used for documentation, all documentation
filed with the Costa Rican tax authorities must be filed in
Spanish or with an official translation performed by an
official translator.

The following taxpayers are obligated to prepare a tax
return disclosure:
Those who engage in domestic and international intercompany transactions; and
Those classified as large taxpayers, large regional
companies, or individuals or companies that perform
their activities under the free zone regime.

It is not specified on the local regulations, but any difference between financial and tax accounting must be
resolved at the trial balance.
Required documentation should be sufficient to demonstrate to the tax authorities that the intercompany transactions comply with the arms length principle.
The local regulations do not provide for self-initiated
adjustments, but in general terms, taxpayers are allowed to
amend their tax returns.
41

The statute of limitations for corporate income tax
four years if the company has proper accounting records,
or 10 years if the company had irregular or inexistent
accounting applies.

Are APAs available?
Yes.

Transactions with the same controlled taxpayer in the
same year are taken into account if there is a double tax
treaty with the county of the related party, and if the
other countrys tax authorities performed a transfer pricing
adjustment that results in a higher income than that
obtained in the original intercompany transaction.

Three years.

General Tax Code rules apply for assessments made by the
tax authorities.
The local regulations do not provide transfer pricingspecific penalties, but the general Tax Code provisions
apply. Under those rules, the amount of the penalty varies
depending on how long the assessment was overdue,
the amount of the additional assessments, and other
circumstances.
APA filing fee

The local regulations do not specify a filing fee.
Competent authority
At any moment through the filing of an amendment to the
D-101 (Income Tax) Form.
No specific provision.
Yes.

No.
The provisions of the Tax Code allow the collection of
interest on a refund for undue payments.
There are no specific transfer pricing rules, but applying the
Tax Code, if a new assessment is self-initiated before the
tax authorities issue an official notification, a discount of
up to 80 percent may be applicable.
42
Croatia
Whats new
Croatias tax authorities in 2013 established the Office
for Large Taxpayer Audits, which includes a transfer
pricing department focused on performing transfer
pricing audits of large taxpayers.

The local transfer pricing rules prescribe that the transfer
pricing regulations apply to PEs and branch offices.
The tax authorities also issued guidelines for filing the

corporate income tax return, which prescribe that
large taxpayers that enter into related-party transactions must provide transfer pricing documentation or
a statement on the transfer pricing methods used to
assess the arms length character of those transactions with their corporate income tax return.

Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price method (CUP),
method (TNMM).
The Croatian tax authorities have shown interest in

moving toward a risk-based audit selection approach,
although they generally do not publicize their risk
assessment process.
General information
Ministry of Finance; Croatian Corporate Income Tax Act,
article 13, Croatian Corporate Income Tax Regulations,
article 40; General Tax Act, article 41 paragraph 2.
Guidelines for auditing transfer prices for tax inspectors,
issued in 2009 in the tax authorities gazette.
Guidelines for filing the corporate income tax return, which
prescribe that large taxpayers that enter into transactions
with related must provide transfer pricing documentation
or a statement on the transfer pricing methods used to
assess the arms length character of the related-party transactions when filing their corporate income tax return.
The Croatian transfer pricing regulations require that all
transactions between related parties must be conducted
at arm's length. According to article 13 of the Income Tax
Act, parties are considered related if one of them participates, directly or indirectly, in the management, control,
or capital of the other party, or if the same persons participate, directly or indirectly, in the company's management,
control, or capital.
Priority of methods
There is no hierarchy in the usage of transfer pricing
methods. The taxpayer is allowed to use the most appropriate method for each transaction.
Tax authorities prefer benchmarks that include Croatian
companies and companies from the CEE region. If there
are not enough comparable entities in the CEE region,
pan-European benchmarks may be used.
Usually, the Amadeus Bureau Van Dijks date base is
used. However, if there are other ways to obtain relevant
financial data available for comparable companies, that
information may be used.
Draen Nimcevic
+385 1 2351 917
dnimcevic@
deloittece.com

If there are not enough comparable companies from
Croatia, the benchmark analysis may be broadened, first to
the CEE region and then, if there are not enough comparable entities in the CEE region, pan-European benchmarks
can be used.
Services issues
Management fees are tax deductible if the taxpayer has
transfer pricing documentation that shows the arms
length character of the related-party transaction and documentation showing the economic benefit the Croatian
taxpayer received from the services.
Management fees are not subject to withholding taxation
if a relevant income treaty is in place and a valid certificate
of tax residence is provided to the Croatian tax authorities.
43

Croatia has no official guidelines or ruling on this subject.
Generally, all costs related to the provision of a service
should be included in the cost base of that service.
Yes, commissionaire arrangements are allowed.
CCAs and CSAs are accepted if the process of cost allocation is properly documented. Local transfer pricing documentation should illustrate how the Croatian company
benefits from the services received and should provide
details regarding the allocation keys used. The allocation
keys used should demonstrate consistency in application.
These types of arrangements are carefully scrutinized by
the Croatian tax authorities.
Yes, provided there is transfer pricing documentation that
thoroughly describes the CCA/CSA terms. Moreover, the
financial reports of the related parties based on which the
costs are allocated should be disclosed to verify the costs
on which the agreements are based. The allocation keys
used should demonstrate consistency in application.
Generally, payments are not subject to withholding tax;
however, a case-by-case analysis is necessary if no transfer
of know-how is performed.
What is the Payers tax treatment of payments to a
Payments are deductible or amortizable. Costs can be
capitalized.
Taxpayers must maintain transfer pricing documentation
and provide it to the tax authorities upon request. Large
taxpayers must file the transfer pricing documentation or
statement on transfer pricing methods used for relatedparty transactions together with their income tax returns.
Large taxpayers are defined as those that meet one of the

following conditions:
Revenue in excess of 19.646.000;
Engaged in insurance, leasing, or telecommunications
activities, with revenues in excess of HRK 1,964,600;
Banking institutions, regardless of their total revenue; and
Large projects.
Transfer pricing documentation should follow the
guidelines provided in the Croatian transfer pricing
regulations, which follow the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines. The required content of transfer pricing
documentation is described in the guidelines on
auditing transfer prices for tax inspectors, issued
in 2009 in the tax authorities gazette.
Taxpayers must update their transfer pricing documentation and benchmark analysis annually. Comparables should
be refreshed every year, and after a three-year period a
new benchmark analysis must be prepared.
Croatian legislation does not set a deadline for preparation
of transfer pricing documentation, but the documentation
must be available at any time the tax authorities request it.
Large taxpayers must disclose their transfer pricing documentation and/or their statements on the methods used to
assess the arms length character of related-party transaction when they file their corporate income tax return.
Small and medium-sized taxpayers must submit their
transfer pricing documentation upon request by the tax
authorities. Large taxpayers must provide their transfer
pricing documentation or statement on the transfer pricing
methods used for related-party transactions by 30 April
of the current year for the previous fiscal year, or no later
than four months after the expiration of the period for
which profit tax is assessed.
44

The corporate income tax return must be filed no later
than four months after the expiration of the period for
which the corporate income tax is assessed. Corporate
income tax is normally assessed for a calendar year.
However, the tax authorities may agree, at the taxpayers
request, that the tax period need not correspond with
the calendar year, but the tax period may not exceed
12 months.
The only acceptable language for transfer pricing documentation is Croatian.
The tax return does not include any information related to
transfer pricing transactions. However, information about
intercompany transactions is included in the taxpayers
financial statements.
Thus, the values related to intercompany transactions
are the same in the income tax return as in the financial
statements.
Self-initiated adjustments are allowed. The procedure for
such adjustments is regulated under the Croatian General
Tax Act.
The Croatian General Tax Act prescribes an adjustment
period for the corporate income tax return the 12-month
period from the deadline for submitting an ordinary
corporate income tax return.
Croatian legislation does not include guidance on the
performance of set-offs. The tax authorities would look to
the OECD transfer pricing guidelines for guidance.

First-instance tax resolutions an additionally established
tax obligation must be paid within 30 days of receipt of
the first-instance tax resolution issued by the tax authorities upon completion of an audit. Submission of an appeal
suspends execution of the tax resolution until the case has
been resolved by the second-instance body.
Second-instance tax resolution an additionally established or confirmed tax obligation must be paid immediately upon receipt of the second-instance tax resolution.
Penalties ranging 262 to 26,194 are prescribed for
taxpayers that are legal or natural persons if the corporate
income tax base is not defined in accordance with the
Corporate Income Tax Act.
Penalties ranging from 262 to 2,619 are prescribed for
the responsible persons of the legal entity.
The standard corporate income tax rate of 20 percent is
applicable on the difference between market prices, and
thus charged in transactions between related parties.
Penalty interest is equal to 12 percent.
Interest is not charged on penalties.
If a refund is paid after the period prescribed by law, the
taxpayer may request the payment of interest; however, if
the taxpayer does not file for a refund, interest will not be
paid automatically.
Transfer pricing penalties could be reduced to zero, if
documentation is complete and intercompany transaction
prices are in compliance with the arms length principle.
45

Are APAs available?
APAs are not available in Croatia.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Competent authority
Taxpayers may submit a tax adjustment to CA when the
related-partys tax authority performs adjustments on the
transaction carried out with the Croatian taxpayer.
The competent authority may reconsider and develop
a new settlement position if the arms length principle
is not met.
Yes, but the established tax obligation remains due.
46
Czech Republic
Whats new
Many significant changes to Czech legislation
were enacted pursuant to the Czech private law
recodification effective as of 1 January 2014.
However, these changes affected the transfer pricing
rules only in a minor way (mostly changes in wording)
and the essence of the transfer pricing regime
remains the same. Thus, no significant changes
were made in the transfer pricing area in the Czech
Republic during 2013.
General information
Ministry of Finance; Section 23 para. 7 of the Income Taxes
Act (effective January 1, 1993).
Decree D-332 on the application of international
standards to the taxation of transactions between related
persons; Decree D-333 on binding ruling over the transfer
pricing policy used in related-party transactions (APAs);
Decree D-334 on the recommended scope of transfer
pricing documentation (in accordance with EU transfer
pricing documentation).
Regarding intercompany services, new Decree D-10 on
Low-Value-Adding Intragroup Services was adopted
effective January 2013. Decree D-10 is based on the
European Commissions communication endorsing the
work of the EU Joint Transfer Pricing Forum on the subject.
The Czech transfer pricing regulations require that all
transactions between related parties must be effectuated
at arms length. According to section 23 para. 7 of the
Income Taxes Act, parties are related if one party has direct
or indirect ownership of more than 25 percent of the
capital or voting rights of another party, or if it participates
in the management or control of the other entity.
The Czech transfer pricing regulations require that all
transactions between related parties must be effectuated
at arms length. According to section 23 para. 7 of the
Income Taxes Act, parties are related if one party has direct
or indirect ownership of more than 25 percent of the
capital or voting rights of another party, or if it participates
in the management or control of the other entity.
Acceptable methods
Priority of methods
Pan-European database Amadeus is available to the Czech
tax authorities. Companies are entitled to support their
transfer pricing arrangements with benchmark analyses.
Czech comparables are preferred, but if not
available, relevant foreign comparables may be
considered. Pan-European benchmark searches are
generally accepted by the Czech tax authorities.
Marek Romancov
+420 246 042889
mromancov@
deloitteCE.com
Services issues
Generally, yes; however, tax deductibility is determined on
a case-by-case basis.
It depends on the pertinent tax treaty. In most cases,
there is no withholding tax on management fees.
Generally, yes. However, Czech tax legislation does not
provide any guidance on this subject, and the Czech
tax authorities position is unknown due to the lack of
practical experience.
Yes.
47

Yes. The Czech Republic follows Chapter VIII
of the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
No.
Payments are deductible or amortizable.
There is no legally binding provision on the obligatory
scope of transfer pricing documentation. However, the
Ministry of Finance issued Decree No. D-334, effective
1 January 2011, on the recommended scope of transfer
pricing documentation, which complies with the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines and the EU TPD. The recommendations are not legally binding but are generally accepted.
There are no formal annual documentation requirements. However, transfer pricing documentation is usually
requested during the course of a tax audit, and the
number of tax audits addressing transfer pricing issues has
increased dramatically.
of documentation.

There is no statutory deadline for the submission of documentation. Documentation could be requested by the tax
authorities during a tax audit.
A corporate income tax return must be submitted
at the latest by the end of the third month of the
year following expiration of the annual tax period.
If a taxpayer has a financial statement verified by
an auditor, or the taxpayers return is prepared and
submitted by his tax advisor, the time limit for filing the
tax return is extended to the end of the sixth month
of the year following expiration of the tax period.
The tax administration officially accepts documentation
in the Czech or Slovak languages; however, a particular
tax office might accept documentation prepared in other
commonly spoken languages the tax office is familiar with,
such as English.
The same transfer prices shall be used both for accounting
and tax purposes. In case of any deviations, the tax base
must be adjusted. Hence, book/tax differences are not
directly allowed, but if necessary, the tax base can be
adjusted to comply with the arms length principle.
Upward adjustments are permitted; it is unclear
whether a decreasing adjustment is available.
The general provisions apply: the general statute of limitation is three years from the date when the deadline for
submitting an ordinary tax return passed, or when a tax
liability became due. In some cases, the period can be
extended up to 17 years.
Set-offs are generally not permitted.
48

Additional tax is payable within 15 days of receipt of
an assessment.
Ordinary penalties apply. Interest on late payments: the
interest rate applies for each day of the tax arrears: repo
rate of CNB p.a. + 14 percentage points (for a maximum
five years of tax arrears). Penalty: f the discrepancy was
discovered by the tax authorities, the taxpayer must pay
a penalty of 20 percent on the additional tax assessed (1
percent if decreasing a tax loss).
No interest is charged on penalties.
Yes, if the overpaid tax was caused by the tax
administration, it will refund the overpaid tax, including
interest determined as the repo rate of CNB p.a. + 14
percentage points.
There is no provision on this issue. Penalties may be reduced
or waived through negotiation on a case-by-case basis.
Are APAs available?
APAs have been available since 1 January 2006.
APA filing fee
CZK 10,000 (approx. $500, 365).
Maximum three years.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure. The Czech Republic follows
the mutual agreement procedures for the pertinent treaty.
Yes.
Yes, but liability to pay tax will not be avoided.
49
Denmark
Whats new
Transfer pricing has been a focus area for the Danish
tax authorities for many years. The tax authorities
have intensified their interest on consistent loss
makers, large groups, insurance branches located in
Denmark, intellectual property rights, tax havens, and
intragroup financing, and they appear set to continue
to focus on these issues during 2014.
Effective for income years starting March 1, 2013,
Denmark has issued a regime requiring an auditors
statement for transfer pricing documentation for
certain taxpayers, but the legislation has not been
applied yet.
General information
Ministry of Taxation (Skatteministeriet); Tax Assessment
Act Section 2 and Tax Control Act Section 3B.
Regulation no. 42 of January 24, 2006, on Transfer Pricing
Documentation, Danish administrative guidelines 2014-1,
section C.D.11 on Transfer Pricing; Danish guideline of 15
January 2013 on valuation.
Transfer pricing legislation is applicable to transactions
between companies that are under common control, that
is, the same shareholder or group of shareholders, directly
or indirectly, control more than 50 percent of the share
capital or more than 50 percent of the voting power.
Even if the more than 50 percent threshold is not met,
companies are also deemed to be under common control if
the shareholders have agreed to exercise common control
or the companies in question have joint management.
Yes.
Acceptable methods
Priority of methods
Denmark follows the 2010 OECD transfer pricing
guidelines, whereby the selection of a transfer pricing
method always aims to find the most appropriate
method for a particular case. When more than
one method can be applied in an equally reliable
manner, the traditional transaction-based methods
are preferable to the transactional profit methods.
Statutory financial results of Danish companies are publicly
available, and can be found via Danish databases.
Yes, but Danish or Nordic comparables are preferred.
Services issues
Yes, but the payments must satisfy the arms length
principle and have a direct relation to the income
generated; that is, no shareholder costs should be included
in the management fee and the management services
should provide an actual benefit to the recipient of the
management services. Management fees related to an exit
situation are not deductible unless the service provided is
performed to acquire, secure, and maintain the operation
of the company.
Asger M. Kelstrup
+45 30 93 45 96
[email protected]

No. However, management fees that include a royalty
component are subject to a withholding tax of 25 percent.
Withholding tax may be reduced under income tax treaties.
No. Stock option costs must be allocated at market price
on the date of the allocation.
Yes.
Yes. According to Danish administrative guidelines
2014-1, section C.D.11.4.3.5, Denmark follows
Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
50

Yes, as long as the costs have a direct
relation to the expected income.
No. However, if payments can be considered
royalty payments, they will be subject to withholding tax. The withholding tax may be reduced
under income tax treaties, or provided the royalty
falls within the scope of Directive 2003/49/EC.
Taxpayers must disclose information regarding all
controlled transactions engaged in by the taxpayer. The
requirement includes foreign citizens or foreign companies
with permanent establishments in Denmark. Form 05.021
must be completed with the income tax return (the English
version is Form 05.022).
According to Danish transfer pricing documentation requirements, a transfer pricing documentation
report must include a number of elements (stipulated in
Regulation no. 42 of 24 January 2006), including but not
limited to:
A description of the group's legal and organizational
structure, including a specification of the primary
business activities of the taxpayer and of the related
parties with whom the taxpayer has had controlled
transactions;
A summary showing the last three years' revenue and
earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of the taxpayer
and of the related parties with whom the taxpayer has
entered into controlled trans-actions;
Functional analysis (functions, assets, and risks);
Choice of transfer pricing method(s); and
A description of comparable data relied on in applying
the relevant transfer pricing method(s).
An exemption from the full documentation requirements is
available for small and medium-sized enterprises.

Yes, the documentation requirements are annual.
However, taxpayers can update previous documentations
as long as the set-up and pricing policies have not
changed significantly during the years in question.
Comparables can be refreshed. However, the tax
authorities might challenge studies, especially if the
economic circumstances have changed.
Transfer pricing documentation should be prepared
by the filing date of the income tax return.
Transfer pricing documentation must be submitted,
upon request from the Danish tax authorities, within
60 days of the official notification. The tax authorities
do not grant extensions of the submission deadline.
Given that the income tax year follows the calendar
year, the deadline for submitting the income tax return
is 30 June of the following year. There is no formal
requirement regarding the submission of transfer pricing
documentation by the income tax return filing date.
Documentation may be in Danish, English,
Swedish, or Norwegian.
The transfer prices reflected in a financial statement
can deviate from the transfer prices reflected
on an income tax return of that income year.
However, the financial statement is the basis
for assessing arms length transfer pricing.
Adjustments are generally likely to be acceptable, if they
are made pursuant to a prior agreement and they result in
arms length pricing.
51

Five years and four months from the tax year-end.
Denmark follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines on
this issue.
Additional assessments are payable the first day of the
month following the additional assessment (Corporate Tax
Act, Section 30(2)).
The Danish tax authorities may impose penalties on
companies for not submitting sufficient transfer pricing
documentation within the deadline. The initial penalty
may amount to twice the cost saved by not preparing the
documentation, and will usually be determined as 250,000
DKK per income year per company not meeting the
Danish documentation requirements. If an initial penalty is
imposed and the outcome of the audit is a transfer pricing
adjustment, a further penalty equal to 10 percent of the
adjustment may be imposed.
As stated above, taxpayers must disclose information
regarding all controlled transactions in Form 05.021
(05.022) together with the income tax return. As of 1 July
2012, the penalty for deliberately or neglectfully providing
incorrect or misleading information will be the higher of
two amounts:
0.5 percent of revenues up to DKK 500 million, 0.1
percent of the remainder up to DKK 1 billion, and 0.05
percent of revenues over DKK 1 billion (no cap).
DKK 250,000 for companies with up to 50 employees,
which increases by DKK 250,000 for every 50 employees
in the company up to 500 employees. In companies
with more than 500 employees the penalty will be
DKK 2.5 million.

Yes, when a refund is due to the taxpayer the taxpayer
is entitled to interest on the amount refunded.
The initial penalty of DKK 250,000 for not submitting
adequate documentation before the deadline may be
reduced by half if sufficient documentation is
subsequently prepared.
Are APAs available?
Yes, unilateral and bilateral APAs are available.
APA filing fee
There is no filing fee for APAs.
There are no fixed terms. Actual terms are
negotiated on a case-by-case basis.
Competent authority
A request may be submitted after the final assessment
by the tax authorities is communicated to the taxpayer.
Different rules of limitation apply.
Yes, unless a decision has been made by a higher entity
than the competent authority.
Yes. An extension to pay the tax may be obtained upon
application. If an extension is granted, the taxpayer incurs
variable nondeductible interest.
All penalties are cumulative and may be increased by 50

percent if the breach relates to a systematic breach of the
taxation rules, which is the case if more than one of the
above penalties are imposed.
Penalties that are not paid in due time will be transferred
to collection by the Danish tax authorities.
52
Dominican Republic
Whats new
The Dominican Republics most recent changes to
the transfer pricing regime were introduced in 2012,
effective for fiscal year 2013. Those changes included
the application of the transfer pricing rules to local
related-party transactions, the introduction of thin
capitalization rules, the extension of advance pricing
agreement availability to all taxpayers, and the introduction of the concept of unrelated intermediary.
General information
Direccin General de Impuestos Internos (DGII).
Dominican Tax Code (DTC), Law 11-92 and amendments
introduced by Law 253-12. General Norm 04-2011.
Relationships between two or more entities are defined
by General Norm 04-2011. Transactions between related
parties must be at arms length. New regulations include
domestic related-party transactions.
Yes.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the resale
price method, the cost plus method, the profit split method
(contribution analysis), and the transactional net margin
method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method rule applies. Traditional
transaction methods are preferred in practice to transactional profit methods.
Financial information from databases is available,
and interest rates from the Central Bank.
Services issues
Yes, but applicable withholding taxes must be paid during
the year under review.
Yes. The rate is 29 percent under article 305 of the DTC.
No information is available on this subject.
Yes. Commissionaire arrangements may be
allowed and are subject to analysis.
Yes.
Yes. When applicable, tax withholding must be paid.
Richard Troncoso
+1 809 563 5151
ext. 4717
[email protected]

Yes, under article 305 of the DTC.
The expense must be incurred to maintain or create
taxable income in the Dominican Republic; withholding
tax must have been paid to deduct the expense.
Only transfer pricing adjustments. However, Norm 04-2011
states that an informative return of transactions entered
into with related parties should be filed yearly.
Taxpayers subject to the transfer pricing regime must file
an annual informative return on transactions entered into
with related parties (DIOR, from its Spanish acronym).
Taxpayers should also perform a transfer pricing analysis of
its transactions with related parties during the fiscal year.

Yes.
53

Documentation requirements are annual. That applies to
the transfer pricing report and the informative return.

The statute of limitations on assessments for transfer
pricing adjustments is three years. The period begins on
the due date for compliance

Documentation should be contemporaneously prepared
each tax year. DIOR should be prepared in the 180-day
period after fiscal year-end.

No due date has been determined by law.

The transfer pricing study is submitted to the tax authorities only upon request. The annual informative return on
transactions entered into with related parties (DIOR) is
due 60 days after the due date for filing the corporate tax
return, which is 120 days after the fiscal year end.
The income tax return is due 120 days after the
fiscal year end.
All documentation must be in Spanish.
The Dominican income tax return does not include transfer
pricing disclosures, unless an adjustment is included. In
terms of the DIOR, the prices will not necessarily be the
same as those reflected in the financial statement, because
the material nature of transactions is taken into account
when preparing the financial statement note regarding
operations carried out with related parties, whereas in the
DIOR it is not.

Set-off of other related-party transactions is not allowed.

The Dominican Republic Tax Code provides for the imposition of surcharges (10 percent for the first month or
fraction thereof, and 4 percent thereafter), and interest
(1.73 percent for each month or fraction thereof) counting
from the date when the Corporate Income tax was filed.
Interest is charged on omitted tax, that is, on
the tax resulting from the transfer pricing adjustment, but no interest is charged on penalties.
No.
The law allows a 40 percent discount on surcharges
when the taxpayer files a voluntary amended return.
Are APAs available?
Yes.
APA filing fee
There is no fee for filing an APA request
Three years forward.
Dominican legislation does not provide specific guidelines
in this regard. Given that taxpayers are not prohibited
from making self-initiated adjustments, they may include
adjustments in their corporate tax returns or amended
returns, depending on when the adjustment is made.
54
Competent authority
55
Ecuador
Whats new
Early in 2013, Ecuador amended its transfer
pricing rules to require taxpayers who engage in
transactions with foreign and domestic related
parties worth over $3 million to file a transfer pricing
appendix to their income tax return. In addition,
the Transfer Pricing Report must be submitted by
taxpayers who have entered into transactions with
foreign and domestic related parties worth in excess
of a cumulative $6 million.
General information
Internal Revenue Service (Servicio de Rentas Internas, or
SRI); Executive Decree No. 2430, published in the Official
Gazette No. 494 of 31 December 2004.
The transfer pricing regime has been applicable in Ecuador
since fiscal year 2005, following a reform to the Regulation
for Application of the Tax Law on December 31, 2004.
That regulation was in effect from 2005 to 2007. On
December 29, 2007, a reform to the tax law was issued,
introducing the transfer pricing regime that has been in
effect from 2008 to date.
An important change applicable since 2008 requires
taxpayers domiciled in tax havens and jurisdictions with
lower tax rates to be considered related parties.
Through Resolution No. NAC-DGER 2008-0182, the SRI
issued a list of 89 countries considered tax havens and
deemed preferential tax regimes, that is, those countries
in which the income tax rate is 60 percent below the
rate in Ecuador.
Another significant change effective from 2008 is that
the Regulation for Application of the Tax Law establishes
a precedent regarding application of transfer pricing
methods, as well as providing for the possibility of
taxpayers consulting the tax administration on valuations
of operations undertaken with related parties.
On December 23, 2009, Ecuador approved a reform to
the Tax Law (applicable for 2010 and thereafter) whereby
related parties are deemed to include those individuals or
companies with which an entity undertakes 50 percent or
more of its sales or purchases of goods, services, or any
other type of operation.
Taxpayers that meet the following requirements are

exempt from application of the transfer pricing regime:
Tax liability exceeds 3 percent of taxable income;
No transactions are entered into with residents in tax
havens or preferential tax regimes; and
No contracts for the exploration and exploitation of
nonrenewable resources are entered into with the state.
On January 28, 2011, through Resolution No.
NAC-DGERCGC11-00029, the SRI determined that
taxpayers exempt from the transfer pricing regime that
have entered into transactions with overseas related parties
must file information returns concerning such operations.
The pertinent information must be filed with the SRI in a
digital file (nonrerecordable CD), using Microsoft Excel 97
or a subsequent format, attaching a letter signed by the
taxpayer or responsible individual.
On July 16, 2012, the SRI issued Circular No. NACDGCCGC12-00013 whereby taxpayers are reminded
that as of the publication of Resolution No. NAC-DGER
2008-0182 on February 29, 2008, domains, jurisdictions,
territories, associated states or preferential tax regimes in
which the income tax rate is less than 60 percent of the
income tax rate in Ecuador must be considered tax havens.
In addition, in accordance with the referred resolution, as
of 2008 the following countries are deemed tax havens:
Estonia
Bulgaria
Macedonia (Fyrom)
Ireland
Montenegro
Serbia
Legal entities constituted as limited liability companies
(LLC) whose owners are not U.S. residents and when
neither they, the company, nor its owners are subject to
federal income tax
The states of Delaware, Nevada, Wyoming, and Florida.
Jorge Saltos
+593 2 3815100
ext. 2203
[email protected]
Martha Cerda
+593 2 3815100
ext. 2236
[email protected]
On December 18, 2012, the SRI issued a new income tax

form. This form includes boxes to report operations undertaken with local related parties during the fiscal year.
Related parties are defined as follows:
Individuals or legal entities, domiciled in Ecuador or
overseas, when one party participates, either directly
or indirectly, in the management, control, or capital
56
of another; or when a third party participates, either

directly or indirectly, in the management, control, or
capital of the others.
Entities domiciled, constituted, or located in a jurisdiction with lower tax rates (less than 15 percent) or in tax
havens, and whose taxpayers engage in transactions with
Ecuadorian taxpayers, are also considered related parties.
Parties with whom Ecuadorian taxpayers maintain 50
percent or more of operations related to the purchase or
sale of goods, services, or other types of operations.
Ecuadorian legislation states that transfer pricing rules
apply to transactions entered into by Ecuadorian taxpayers
with overseas or local related parties. Therefore, transfer
pricing adjustments applicable to local taxpayers that
understated their income tax can be determined.
Ecuadorian legislation does not make a distinction
regarding the tax treatment applicable to a permanent
establishment or a branch.
Acceptable methods
method, the residual profit split method, and the transactional operating profit margins method.
Priority of methods
Art. 82 of the tax law establishes the following priority
or hierarchy for selecting the most applicable method:
(1) CUP; (2) resale price; (3) cost plus; (4) profit split; (5)
residual profit split; and (6) transactional operating profit
margins method.
At the local level, there is no comparative data, because
the number of companies listed in the Ecuadorian stock
exchange is minimal, and the available information is
also very limited (financial statements audited by Control
Entity). The available information does not include details
of the business activity, clients, or commercialization levels,
which are needed to perform a functional analysis and the
comparability required for a transfer pricing study.

Yes.
Services issues
Yes, provided the corresponding withholding tax
has been withheld.
Yes, the withholding tax rate is 24 percent for fiscal year
2011, 23 percent for fiscal year 2012, and 22 percent for
fiscal year 2013.
There are no local tax regulations determining the
treatment of stock option costs.
Yes.
Yes.
fiscal year 2013.
Yes.
fiscal year 2013.
Payments are deductible, provided the cost is related to the
business activity of the Ecuadorian taxpayer and provided the
corresponding withholding tax has been withheld. The withholding tax rate is 24 percent for fiscal year 2011, 23 percent
for fiscal year 2012, and 22 percent for fiscal year 2013.
57

The income tax return must include the amount of the
adjustment determined in the transfer pricing study to
determine the taxable income and corresponding income
tax. If no transfer pricing adjustment is included in the
income tax return that must be filed in April, the taxpayer
may subsequently file a correcting return to pay income tax
due plus the appropriate interest.
NAC-DGER No. 2008-0464. Under the new rules, the

transfer pricing report must include detailed information regarding searches in databases to find comparable
companies. Specifically, the report must include each of the
search screens used at each step of the process, followed
sequentially from the beginning of the search process to
the resulting parable companies with which the analysis
will be continued for the application of the method used.
For 2012 and subsequent years, income tax returns must

include the total amount of transactions performed with
overseas and local related parties during the tax year,
disaggregated as follows: assets; liabilities; income; and
expenses (informative data).

The documentation requirements are annual; each year
taxpayers who exceed the applicable transaction thresholds must file an appendix to the income tax return and
a transfer pricing report. Taxpayers must perform a new
comparables search for purposes of the transfer pricing
report every year.
On April 25, 2008, the SRI issued Resolution NAC-DGER
2008-0464 establishing the information to be included
in the transfer pricing report. The report must include an
index, be bound and numbered, and must be signed by
the taxpayers legal representative.

The appendix of operations with foreign and/or local
related parties and the transfer pricing report must be
prepared by March of the following fiscal year, to comply
with tax obligations regarding transfer pricing on a timely
basis.
On January 16 2013, the SRI issued Resolution NACDGERCGC 13-00011, which modifies Resolution
NAC-DGER No. 2008-0464. The resolution changes the
minimum values and the transactions types for the submission of the appendix and the transfer pricing report (IPT).

The appendix of operations with foreign and/or local
related parties and the transfer pricing report must be
submitted two months after filing the income tax return
(June of the following fiscal year; the specific day will
depend on the taxpayers I.D. number).
In addition, the income tax return also must include the

total amount of transactions performed with overseas
related parties during the tax year, disaggregated as
follows: assets; liabilities; income; and expenses (informative data).
The transfer pricing appendix must be submitted by

taxpayers who have entered into transactions with foreign
and/or domestic related parties within the applicable
period in excess of $3,000,000.
The transfer pricing report must be submitted by taxpayers
who have entered into transactions with foreign and/or
domestic related parties within the applicable period in
excess of $6,000,000. The IPT must be submitted in hard
copy and in magnetic form in PDF-Text.
On December 18 2013, the SRI issued resolution No.
NAC-DGERCGC 13-00859, which also modifies Resolution

The income tax return must be filed by April of the
following year. The appendix of operations with foreign
and/or domestic related parties and the transfer pricing
report must be filed by June of the following year.
In Ecuador, no extension to the filing date may be
requested.
58

Taxpayers engaged in transactions with related parties
(foreign and/or domestic) at arms length prices must
reflect those prices in the accounting records and in
documents supporting such records.

Not applicable.
For taxpayers engaged in transactions with related parties

(foreign and/or domestic) at prices other than arms length
prices, the difference between the agreed price and the
arms length price (transfer pricing adjustment) must be
reflected in the income tax return.

Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Tax liability prescribes in three years if the income tax
return was filed accurately and on time, and in six years if
the return was incomplete or filed late.

Are APAs available?
Not applicable.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Competent authority
The procedure and timing will depend on the pertinent
tax treaty.
No clear guidance on this issue is available.
No.

Not applicable.
Not applicable.
An unnumbered article following Art. 22 of the tax law
states that the failure to file a transfer pricing appendix or
transfer pricing report, or filing with errors or with differences with respect to the income tax return is subject to
fines of up to US$15,000.
The late submission of the transfer pricing report (IPT) and/
or the annex (AOPR) qualifies as a regulatory type "C"
offense, and carries a fine of US $166.50 to US $333.
No, interest is not charged on penalties.
Yes, if the taxpayer files a request for reimbursement with
the tax authorities.
59
El Salvador
Whats new
El Salvador did not enact any changes to its
transfer pricing legislation in 2013. However,
the tax administration intensified its oversight of
transfer pricing matters, and filed final supplementary
tax assessments, which has resulted in tax litigations
in this area.
General information
The Salvadorian Tax Administration: Treasury Department
(Ministerio de Hacienda) and the Directorate of
Internal Taxes (Direccin General de Impuestos
Internos); Salvadorian Tax Code and guidelines.
The Tax Code was amended through Legislative Decree
No. 233, including articles 62-A; 124-A; 135, section.
F; 147, section e; 199-B; 199-C; 199-D; 247, section
l. Subsequently, guidelines on the treatment of operations with related parties and tax havens were issued.
Related parties are defined as follows:
A person or company with direct or indirect participation
in at least 25 percent of the capital stock or voting rights
of another;
Corporations that belong to the same unit of decisionmaking or business group;
Salvadoran entities that have economics ties with
a foreign supplier for exclusive distribution and/or
purchases from the foreign entity that represent
more than 50 percent of the Salvadoran entities total
volume; and
Salvadoran entities that enter into transactions with
entities located in tax havens.
Do the local transfer pricing rules or tax authorities
allow the use of transfer pricing analyses to
calculate profits attributable to a PE or branch?
There are no specific guidelines in the regulations
that allow the use of transfer pricing analyses to
calculate benefits attributable to a permanent
establishment or branch.

Acceptable methods
price method, the cost plus method, the profit split method,
the transactional net margin method, and the market price
method under article 199-B of the Tax Code (a specific
method established by the Salvadorian Tax Code, not an
OECD method).
Priority of methods
First, the applicability of the market price method
established under article 199-B of the Tax Code must be
evaluated. If application of the market price method is not
possible, the taxpayer must proceed to use the transfer
pricing methods accepted by the OECD, and the best
method must be used.
Public information on companies and operations is very
limited; thus, taxpayers generally use foreign comparables.
Yes.
Federico Paz
+503 2524 4100
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes, as long as the taxpayer is able to prove that the
services were actually received, that they were necessary
for the business, and that the amount agreed upon
complies with arms length principle.
Yes. The withholding rate is 20 percent, except when the
recipient persons/entities are domiciled, established, or
located in countries of low or zero taxation, or tax havens,
in which case the withholding rate is 25 percent.
No information is available on this matter.
Not regulated.
There is no specific regulation on CSAs.
60


Documentation must be presented to the tax authorities
only when requested.


The deadline for filing the income tax return is four months
after the conclusion of the tax period (April).


All documentation must be in Spanish.

The income tax return must include the amount of the
adjustments determined in the transfer pricing study.
In addition, taxpayers are required to file an annual
information return on operations conducted with related
parties (Form F982), provided the total amount of such
operations exceeds $571,000. The form must be filed no
later than three months after the end of the tax period.
Taxpayers must document their operations with related
parties, and that documentation must be available to
the tax authorities in the event of an audit. The taxpayer
must keep the documentation for a period of 10 years.
Transfer pricing documentation must be prepared annually.
There is no specific deadline for preparing the transfer
pricing study, but ideally, documentation should be
prepared before the deadline for filing the information
return on operations with related parties (March).
In addition, the transfer pricing study must be presented
to the external tax auditor, who should issue the corresponding report in May.

The income tax return does not include specific disclosures
on transfer pricing; however, the calculation for the determination of income tax due must consider the information
regarding operations with related parties. That information must coincide with what is reflected in the companys
audited financial statements, and with what is detailed in
the information return, Form F982; the taxpayer should
justify any differences in the event of an audit.
It is possible to make voluntary adjustments, provided
no notification regarding the commencement of an
audit has been received. If voluntary adjustments
decrease the amount payable or increase the
balance in favor of the taxpayer, they must be
made within two years following the filing deadline,
again provided that no audit has commenced.
The statute of limitations is three years.
Not regulated.
There are no specific provisions in this regard.
61

Yes.
Are APAs available?
APA filing fee
Competent authority
62
Estonia
Whats new
Estonias transfer pricing regime did not experience
any changes in 2013. However, a Tallinn Circuit
Court decision discussed intragroup loans and the
acceptability of the applicable interest rate. The case
concerned an intragroup loan transaction (a prepayment made by a subsidiary to the parent company that
was transformed into a loan). The tax authorities relied
on the Bank of Estonia loan statistics to determine
the arm`s length interest rate on the loan. The court
found that the taxpayer`s application of deposit rates
in the current case was irrelevant, and that only the
loan statistics of the Bank of Estonia were relevant to
determine the arms length interest rate.
General information
Estonian Tax and Customs Board (Maksu- ja Tolliamet).
Estonian Income Tax Act (Article 14 sections 7 and 8;
Article 50 sections 4-8); Regulation No. 53 of the Minister
of Finance of 10 November 2006, Methods for determining values of transactions between related persons.
The Tax and Customs Board has issued guidelines on its
website on the determination of arms length prices for
related-party transactions, but these guidelines are not
binding on taxpayers.
Regulation No 53 of the Minister of Finance stipulates that
it is recommended that taxpayers follow the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines to the extent the guidelines do not
contradict the Estonian regulation.
Transfer pricing rules apply to transactions between related
parties, as defined in Article 8 of the Income Tax Act.
Persons are deemed to be related if they have common
economic interests, or if one person has dominant
influence over the other. The law also includes a list of situations whereby persons are always deemed to be related,
for example, companies belonging to the same group.
Generally, arms length pricing (including transfer pricing
analyses) is applicable to permanent establishments.

However, the tax authority has explained in its guidelines
that arms length pricing should not be used in specific
cases, because a permanent establishment is not an
independent person and thus the foreign head office
needs to support the start-up of the permanent establishment. For example, furniture or services required for a
start-up permanent establishment should be priced at cost.
However, this deviation is not allowed if the head office
sells the same goods or services to unrelated parties (in
which case arms length pricing should be used).
Acceptable methods
and the transactional net margin method (TNMM). Other
methods could be used if the interested party (the taxpayer
or the Tax and Customs Board) explains why those other
methods are more appropriate.
Priority of methods
None of the methods has priority over the
others. Estonia follows the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines best method rule.
Ivo Vanasaun
+372 6406557
ivanasaun@
deloittece.com

The annual reports of Estonian companies are publicly
available, but usually there are not enough comparables in
Estonia. Instead, pan-European studies could also be used.
Usually, pan-European comparables are acceptable. For
certain types of transactions (such as royalty payments) the
Tax and Customs Board also has accepted comparables
from non-European countries. For interest rates, the Tax
and Customs Board tends to prefer Estonian data.
Services issues
Yes, if the service has actually been received, it is related to
the recipients business, and the price is at arms length.
Shareholders costs should be excluded from the cost base.
Only if the service was rendered in Estonia and the service
provider is a tax resident of a country that does not have a
valid tax treaty with Estonia (10 percent) or is tax resident
in a low-tax territory (21 percent). If the service provider is
63
tax resident in a low-tax territory, it is irrelevant where the

service was rendered or used.
Management fees are also subject to 10 percent withholding tax if the service was rendered in Estonia by a
tax resident of a country that has a valid tax treaty with
Estonia but no tax residence certificate is presented to the
Estonian recipient of the service.
Yes. A stock option program may be taxed as a fringe
benefit (subject to income tax and social tax) if certain
criteria are not met.
Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
Depends on the nature of the arrangement.
No guidance available.
It is not necessary to disclose any related-party transactions
in the corporate income tax return. As an exception to this
rule, companies can declare differences between prices
used in related-party transactions and arms length prices
and pay corporate income tax on the difference.
An Estonian tax-resident company or Estonian permanent
establishment of a nonresident is obligated to compile detailed
documentation describing transactions entered into with its
related parties if it meets at least one of the following criteria:
It is an Estonian resident credit institution or
insurance company;
It is an Estonian resident company listed on a

stock exchange;
It is an Estonian resident company or a nonresident
that has a permanent establishment in Estonia, which
has, taking into account all Estonian and foreign
related entities:
At least 250 employees;
Annual turnover at least EUR 50 million; or
Value of consolidated assets of at least EUR 43 million.
In addition, any other company that has entered
into a transaction with a person located in a
low-tax territory is also obligated to compile
the documentation mentioned above.
For the structure of detailed documentation, Estonia has
adopted the master file/local file approach. The master file
comprises unified documentation for all companies in the
group. The Estonian country-specific file is supplementary
to the master file and comprises information related to the
transactions entered into by the relevant company only.
Yes. Detailed transfer pricing documentation must
be completed every financial year and must include
any changes and updates applicable. If no other
changes apart from transaction values are in place,
then only the latter changes are expected. There is
no need to update comparables annually if the terms
of the transaction and the market situation have not
changed (or the changes have been insignificant).
No deadline is stipulated in the law.
Upon request, the tax authority will stipulate a deadline
that cannot be shorter than 60 calendar days.
In Estonia, the taxable period for corporate income tax is
a calendar month. The deadline for corporate income tax
returns is the 10th day of the month following the taxable
period. There is no need to submit transfer pricing documentation with the tax return.
64

The Tax and Customs Board may accept documentation
in languages other than Estonian (for example, English is
generally accepted). However, should a tax dispute result in
litigation, translation into Estonian would likely be required.

Penalties are not widely used in Estonia. Instead,
additional corporate income tax plus interest on
late tax payment (0.06 percent per calendar day,
or 21.9 percent per annum) will be due.

Under the Estonian corporate income tax system, only
profit distributions are taxable. Retained profits are not
subject to corporate income tax in Estonia. Unlike other
countries, Estonias taxation period is a calendar month
(instead of calendar or financial year). Due to the nature
of Estonian corporate income tax, Estonian companies
(and Estonian permanent establishments of nonresidents)
declare only profit distributions and deemed profit distributions (including nondeductible expenses, gifts made, etc).
There is no need to declare profits or transfer prices. As
an exception, companies can declare differences between
prices used in related-party transactions and arms length
prices and pay corporate income tax on the difference.
Usually, penalties are imposed if a taxpayer repeatedly

fails to present detailed transfer pricing documentation.
Self-initiated adjustments to transaction
conditions are generally possible as long as the
tax authority has not commenced an audit.
APA filing fee

Not applicable.

The general statute of limitations is three years. However,
in cases of intentional failure to pay tax, the period is five
years. In the latter case the tax authority must prove the
taxpayers intent. The period begins to run on the due
date for the submission of the tax return that was not
submitted or that contained information which caused an
amount of tax to be calculated incorrectly.
Additional payment is due when the assessment is issued.

No.
Yes, if the overpayment was caused by an incorrect tax
assessment by the Tax and Customs Board. The interest rate
is 0.06 percent per calendar day or 21.9 percent per annum.
Not applicable.
Are APAs available?
No.

Not applicable.
Competent authority
No formal rules, but generally within the
general statute of limitations (three years).
Yes.
No formal rules. A dispute over a tax assessment does
not stop the interest calculation. Immediate payment
of tax would minimize the potential cost of interest
for the taxpayer. If the taxpayer successfully defends
its position and overpaid tax is refunded, the tax
authority must pay interest (0.06 percent per calendar
day or 21.9 percent per annum) to the taxpayer.
65
Finland
Whats new
Finland did not enact any major changes to transfer
pricing legislation in 2013. A limitation on deductible
interest in some cases and circumstances entered
into force on 1 January 2013. The tax office for
large corporations is continuing its transfer pricing
project, which started in 2012. Under this project,
many publicly noted tax audits have been conducted
in Finland, resulting in major tax assessments.
Unfortunately, the appeals process takes time, and
the courts have not yet issued any decisions on
these matters.
General information
The Finnish Tax Administration (Verohallinto). Sections 14
a-c and 31 Tax Procedure Act.
The Finnish Tax Administration issued a guidance letter on
documentation on 19 October 2007. The English version,
Transfer Pricing Documentation Requirements, was issued
on 16 April 2009.
The control test requires a company to have direct or
indirect ownership of more than 50 percent of the capital
or voting power, the right to appoint more than half the
members of the board of directors, or other means of
control of another company.
Yes. A transfer pricing analysis may be used to calculate
profits attributable to a permanent establishment or
branch located in Finland. Under the Finnish transfer
pricing rules, the taxable income of the Finnish permanent
establishment is calculated in accordance with the arms
length principle as if the permanent establishment were a
standalone and distinct entity.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price method (CUP, the
Priority of methods
No priority of methods is established under
domestic law. Finland follows the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines regarding the selection and the
use of transfer pricing methods.
Comparative data is available; Finnish companies
must file their financial statements with the public trade
register annually.
Are foreign comparables acceptable to local tax authorities?
Yes. Pan-European comparables are accepted, but comparability is analyzed on a case-by-case basis, depending on
the location of the tested party, for example.
Services issues
Yes, provided the services benefit the company and the
pricing of the services meets the arms length pricing
requirements. Proper documentation should be in place to
support the arms length nature of the management fees.
No.
Jouni Honka-aho
+358 0 20 755 5344
jouni.honka-aho@
deloitte.fi

An award settled using newly issued shares does not give
rise to a deductible cost for the company. However, if an
award is settled using shares purchased from a common
stock exchange by the company, the amount paid for the
shares will be deductible, provided some requirements for
tax deductibility are met.
Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
66

It depends on the nature of the arrangement.
Payments are deductible directly or amortizable over the
useful life of the intangible, over a maximum of 10 years.
A taxpayer must state in its tax return whether it
engaged in related-party transactions and whether it
was required to prepare transfer pricing documentation. Information on the main functions at a high level,
profitability, and related-party transactions is requested
in Form 78, to be appended to the tax return. Form
78 is used for risk analysis and is not strictly speaking
part of the tax return; inaccuracies in the information
provided in the form do not generate any penalties.
The documentation requirements are applicable to
accounting periods starting on or after 1 January 2007.
Documentation requirements are in line with the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines. Documentation drafted in
accordance with the EU Code of Conduct is acceptable.
Documentation must include:
A description of the taxpayers business activities;
A description of the connection between the associated
companies;
Information on transactions undertaken with associated
companies;
Functional analysis of the transactions undertaken
with associated companies, providing information on
functions performed and risks assumed;
A comparability analysis, including information on
comparable transactions or companies, validating the
arms length level of the applied transfer pricing; and
A description of the selected pricing method and
its application.
It is recommended that transfer pricing documentation
be prepared on an annual basis, but it should be provided
to the Finnish tax authorities upon request only. As a

rule, searches on an annual basis are not required, and
depending on the case, a search might be applicable for
three years.
It is recommended that transfer pricing documentation be
prepared annually and submitted to the Finnish tax authorities upon request. There is no specific filing time for documentation or disclosure obligations with the tax return.
Documentation must be provided within 60 days from
a request by the tax authorities, but the tax authorities cannot request the documentation earlier than four
months after the end of the fiscal year. If additional
requests are made, 90 days response time is allowed.
Discretionary extensions may be possible.
Income tax returns must be filed within four months
from the end of the accounting period. Transfer pricing
documentation need not to be filed with the tax return,
but a specific transfer pricing form (Form 78) must be
attached to the tax return if certain conditions are met.
According to the Finnish Tax Administrations Guidance
Letter, documentation drafted in Finnish, Swedish, or
English is acceptable. If English is used, a translation of
key points into either of the official languages Finnish
or Swedish may be requested.
IIn general, the transfer prices reflected on an income
tax return must be the same as those reflected
in financial statements. Book/tax differences may
be allowed in exceptional adjustment cases.
Through standard tax assessment and appeal mechanisms.
pricing adjustments
General rules apply; five years from finalization of the
actual assessment of the filed tax return (in practice, six
years from tax year-end).
67

General rules apply. Penalties and interest may also
be applicable.
Under 31 Tax Procedure Act, a punitive tax increase
applies, at a maximum rate of 30 percent, on the reassessed amount of income. The increase is payable in all
cases, whether or not actual tax for the reassessed amount
of income is payable (for instance, if the taxpayer is still in
a loss-making position after the adjustment). In court ruling
KHO 2013:36, a different approach was adopted and the
court adopted a significantly lower punitive tax increase
based on a different section of 32 Tax Procedure Act.
The maximum penalty for noncompliance with documentation requirements is 25,000 per request. In practice,
penalties related to noncompliance with documentation
have been imposed quite rarely.
Yes. Penalty interest/interest on overdue payments is the
reference rate based on the Interest Act (633/1982) plus
7 percent.
Interest payable for refunds is determined annually and in
2013 and 2014 is 0.5 percent.
Reductions are possible at different phases of the
litigation process.
Are APAs available?
No formal APA legislation is in place, but the tax authorities
have indicated that taxpayers have the ability to obtain a
MAP APA under a treatys mutual agreement procedure.
Taxpayers may also apply for a general advance ruling on
transfer pricing issues.
APA filing fee
There is no APA filing fee. A fee for an advance ruling is
payable upon receipt of the ruling and depends on the
complexity of the ruling.

There is no APA filing fee. A fee for an advance ruling is
payable upon receipt of the ruling and depends on the
complexity of the ruling.
Competent authority
The provisions of pertinent tax treaties, the European
Unions Arbitration Convention, and the domestic statute
of limitation must be observed. Taxpayers may submit a tax
adjustment request to CA after the final tax assessment.
If the taxpayer has made an application to an appeals
body, Finland will not start negotiations until that body has
issued its decision.
Yes.
Generally, tax must be paid. Limited options for
postponing/delaying the tax payment exist, subject to a
decision by the tax authorities or the Ministry of Finance.
68
France
Whats new
The French legislature in December 2013 enacted a
new transfer pricing documentation requirement. The
purpose of the new provision is to provide the French
tax authorities additional tools to select more efficiently companies to be subject to a dedicated transfer
pricing audit. Taxpayers subject to the new rule now
must file extracts from their full transfer pricing documentation with the French tax authorities within six
months of filing their annual tax return.
The French tax authorities have shown a higher level of
aggressiveness in connection with tax audits, focusing
specifically on transfer pricing matters. Audits regularly
lead to bad faith penalties, and a police search of the
taxpayers premises may be used by the tax authorities
to find material evidence of a permanent establishment. The tax authorities recently issued a transfer
pricing assessment exceeding 1 billion against a
taxpayer, clearly illustrating the current focus on
transfer pricing issues.
General information
French Tax Administration; General Tax Code Article 57
(profit transfer), Articles 238 A and 209 B (CFC rules),
Tax Procedure Book : Article L.13 B for specific transfer
pricing questions from the tax authorities, Article L.13AA
for general transfer pricing documentation requirements
and Article L.13AB for additional requirements for transactions with uncooperative havens as defined in Article
238-0-A of the French Tax Code; Article L 80 B 7 (APAs)
and Supreme Tax Court case law on Abnormal Act of
Management, L. 188A (extension of statute of limitations
when FTA makes request from foreign tax authorities).
Administrative Doctrine on Article 57 (BOI-BICBASE-80-20), Adopted Procedures L.13AA and L.13AB
(22 December 2009), Administrative Instruction on the
MAP (BOI-INT-DG-20-30), Administrative Instructions on
APAs (BOI-SJ-RES-20), OECD Transfer Pricing Guidelines
(generally accepted in practice).
Direct or indirect dependence link; dependence can be de
jure or de facto.

Frances position is in line with the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled profits (CUP) method, the
Priority of methods
No priority of methods, in accordance with the revised
OECD transfer pricing guidelines issued July 2010.
However, in case of equal reliability, the CUP prevails over
other traditional methods, and traditional methods over
the other profit-based methods.
French comparables information is readily available
through an authoritative local database (Diane).
No, except pan-European benchmarks, and only to the
extent they include a meaningful sub-set of French entities.
Gianmarco Monsellato
+33 1 55 61 6346
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes, provided they meet the arms length standard
(benefits test and mark-up).
No, except for any portion rejected as not meeting the
arms length standard (deemed dividend).
Administrative costs related to stock option plans could
be recharged in the framework of a Management Fees
Agreement. General rules of deductibility apply for French
tax purposes.
Yes, but such arrangements are heavily targeted
for tax audits.
69

Yes. France follows Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
their magnitude. Thus, this information must be updated

annually. Comparables data should also be refreshed, given
that a new analysis should be prepared from time to time
(for example, every three years) to ensure that the results
and conclusions remain valid.

Yes. General Tax Code, CGI, ART; 38 and 39-1-1.

As of fiscal year 2010, contemporaneous transfer pricing
documentation must be made available to the tax
inspector as of the first day of the tax audit. For companies
whose fiscal year ends after September 8, 2013, extracts
from the full transfer pricing documentation must be sent
to the French tax authorities within six months of filing the
income tax return.

No.
If a deemed acquisition, no current-year deduction is
available, but the payments are amortizable over the useful
life of the intangible asset (General Tax Code, art. 39, 1-2).
If the payment is a deemed royalty payment, a current
deduction is permitted.
Companies with fiscal year-ends after September 8, 2013,
must file extracts of their full transfer pricing documentation
with the French tax authorities on an annual basis within six
months following the filing of their annual tax return (under
article 223 quinquies B of the French Tax Code).
Yes, dynamic and contemporaneous documentation
requirements are in place as of January 2010 following
the adoption of procedures under articles L13AA and
L13AB. Article L13AA also requires that rulings granted
to related parties by foreign tax authorities should be
disclosed to the FTA.
Contemporaneous documentation requirements have
been in place since January 2010, and extracts of the
documentation now must be sent to the French tax
authorities within six months following the filing of the
annual tax return. The document to be sent to the tax
authorities must detail the current transaction flows, and

Documentation should be provided to the French tax
authorities the day a tax audit begins. If documentation
is not available, the tax authorities will send an official
request to provide the documentation within the next 30
days. Failure to do so will trigger a penalty.
The corporate tax return must be filed by the 1st day of
the fourth month after the closing of the books, with
an exception for companies that have a December 31
year-end, which must file by the 1st day of the fifth month
(that is, a May 1 deadline for Dec. 31 year-end closing).
One to two additional weeks are usually granted for electronic filing.
If documentation is not in French, the tax authorities
are entitled to request a translation into French. Barring
additional guidance from the French tax authorities on this
subject, the annual filing of the extracts of transfer pricing
documentation should be in French.
Yes, the transfer prices reflected on a tax return must be
the same as those reflected in the financial statements.
Thus, book/tax differences are not allowed.
Permitted if substantially justified.
70

Three years plus the current year, but the period can be
extended if tax losses are imputed or carried forward.
An extension is possible in case foreign tax authorities
assistance is required (Tax Procedure Book, L. 188A).
There is no formal provision; France follows the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines.
The general tax assessment rules apply.
As of 1 January 2010, companies subject to the transfer
pricing documentation requirements are subject to a
penalty, per audited year, amounting to up to 5 percent of
the transfer pricing reassessment basis, with a minimum of
10,000 in case of failure to provide information on time
or providing only partial information. Bad faith penalties
amounting to 40 percent of the tax reassessment may also
apply, and can amount to 80 percent in case of fraud or
150 percent in specific cases.
No.
Yes.
Are APAs available?
Bilateral and unilateral agreements are available (in specific
cases). Multilateral agreements may be possible.
APA filing fee
There is no fee.
Competent authority
In most cases, from six months to three years following
receipt of a notice of tax reassessment (depending on the
relevant tax treaty).
Yes, unless the taxpayer has entered into a closing
agreement or received a court decision..
As of January 2014, a CA procedure will not automatically
defer payment. Therefore, taxpayers are likely to pay tax
while going to CA.

Three to five years forward.
71
Germany
Whats new
Germanys Federal Fiscal Court (BFH) in a 2013
decision ruled on the compatibility of Germanys
transfer pricing documentation requirements with EU
law. The BFH examined Germanys transfer pricing
documentation rules, which apply only to cross-border
transactions with related parties, not to domestic
related-party transactions. The court held the rules
violate the fundamental EU principle whereby services
can be provided freely within the EU under the EU
Treaty, but that the different treatment can be justified
by overriding reasons of public interest, namely,
ensuring effective fiscal control. The court also noted
that without documentation, it would not be possible
for the German tax authorities to test the arms length
nature of cross-border transactions, and obtaining
the information through the mutual assistance of tax
authorities in other countries could not be guaranteed.
General information
Federal Ministry of Finance; Section 8 para. 1 and 3
Corporate Income Tax Act (KStG); Section 4 para. 1 Income
Tax Act (EStG); Section 1 Foreign Tax Code (AStG); Section
90 para. 3 and section 162 para. 3 and 4 General Tax Code
(AO). Decree-law on the manner, content, and extent of
documentation in the sense of section 90 para. 3 of the
General Tax Code (GAufzV), decree-law on relocation of
business functions (FVerlV).
Principles for the Examination of Income Allocation in
the Case of Internationally Related Enterprises of Feb. 23,
1983; Principles for the Examination of Income Allocation
by Cost Sharing Arrangements between Internationally
Related Enterprises of Dec. 30, 1999; Principles for the
Audit of Income Allocation between Internationally
Affiliated Enterprises in Cases of Employee Secondments of
November 9, 2001; Principles for the Audit of the Income
Allocation Between Related Parties with Cross-Border
Business Relations in Respect of the Duty of Determination,
the Duty of Cooperation, Adjustments, Mutual Agreement
Procedures, and EU Arbitration Procedures of April
12, 2005; Principles for the Examination of Income
Allocation between Affiliated Companies in the Case of
International Relocation of Functions, dated October 13,
2010; Principles for the Application of Section 1 Foreign
Tax Code to Cases of Marginal Amortizations and other
Depreciations on Loans Issued to Foreign Related Entities,
dated March 29, 2011.

The related parties doctrine under sec. 1 para. 2 of
the Foreign Tax Code applies. A person is related to the
taxpayer: (1) if that person holds, directly or indirectly,
a participation of at least in the taxpayers capital, or
if that person is able to exercise, directly or indirectly, a
controlling influence or vice versa, if the taxpayer holds a
substantial participation in that persons capital or is able
to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence on
that person; (2) if a third person holds a substantial participation both in that persons and the taxpayers capital,
or is able to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling
influence on both of them; or 3) if that person or the
taxpayer is able, in agreeing on the terms and conditions of a business relationship, to exercise influence on
the taxpayer or on the person based on facts beyond the
business relationship, or if one of them is personally interested in the other partys earning of such income.
Germany basically implemented the Authorized OECD
Approach (AOA, as set out in article 7 of the 2010 OECD
model treaty and commentary) into its domestic law,
which applies to fiscal years beginning after December 31,
2012. Under the AOA, the arms length principle must be
applied to the cross-border profit allocation between a PE
and the enterprise of which it is a part; for this purpose,
the PE must be treated as a separate and independent
entity. Germanys Ministry of Finance published a draft
decree on August 5, 2013, that specifies how profits are
to be attributed and allocated to a PE. The draft decree
is aimed at ensuring that the principles of the AOA are
applied consistently. The decree will apply to both a
German enterprise maintaining a foreign PE and to a
foreign business that operates a PE in Germany.
Jobst Wilmanns
+ 49 0 69 75695 01
jwilmanns@
deloitte.com

Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the transactional net margin method (TNMM) and profit split
methods. There is a hypothetical arms length test in case
the other methods do not apply. The hypothetical arms
length test must be observed, especially in the case of
transactions involving intangibles.
72
Priority of methods
According to Sec. 1 para. 3 sentence 1 Foreign Tax Code,
the CUP, resale price, and cost plus methods are the
preferred methods if fully comparable arms length prices
can be determined. If fully comparable arms length data
cannot be determined, limited comparable data shall be
used after making appropriate adjustments under the
application of an appropriate transfer pricing method (CUP,
resale price, cost plus, profit split, TNMM). If even limited
comparable arms length data cannot be determined, the
taxpayer must perform a hypothetical arms length test.
plan, whether the costs for the stock options are economically not borne by the service provider but by its shareholders must be examined, for example, if new shares are
issued (Federal Fiscal Court 25.8.2010 - I R 103/09). In the
latter situation, the German tax authorities may partially
deny the tax deductibility of the service costs to the extent
they include such stock option costs.

External comparable data on German comparables is hardly
available.

Yes, see Principles for the Examination of Income Allocation
by Cost Sharing Arrangements between Internationally
Related Enterprises, dated December 30, 1999 (the Cost
Sharing Principles).

Pan-European benchmarks are often accepted by the
German tax authorities.
Services issues
Generally, yes. However, if shareholder costs are included
in management fees, the German tax authorities generally
refuse tax deductibility. The German tax authorities use a
very broad definition of the term shareholder costs that
is not in line with the OECD approach (cf. Sec. 7.9 of the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Generally, no. Withholding taxes may be triggered if
management activities also involve the transfer of
intellectual property.
No specific rules; according to the general rules for the
cost plus method, the service charge is based on the
appropriate costs related to the provision of intercompany
services plus an appropriate mark-up. Generally, service
costs are based on the costs as shown in the statutory
accounting of the service provider (cf Sec. 2.1 Principles
for the Examination of Income Allocation by Cost Sharing
Arrangements). Consequently, as long as the relevant
portion of the salary cost including the stock option costs
of the employee providing the intercompany services
is appropriate and a cost item for service provider, the
service charges should be deductible in Germany. However,
depending on the structure of the individual stock option
Commissionaire Arrangements
Yes.

Yes, see Chapter 2 of the Cost Sharing Principles.
Generally, no. Withholding taxes may be triggered if cost
contribution or cost sharing activities also involve the
transfer of intellectual property.
For the payer, buy-in payments are deductible or amortizable over the useful life of the intangible. Buy-in payments
may result in taxable gains for the recipient.
No specific disclosures are required.
The economic and legal basis for arms length prices
and conditions in cross-border transactions with related
parties must be documented. Details are determined in the
decree-law on the manner, content, and extent of documentation in the sense of section 90 para. 3 of the General
Tax Code (GAufzV). Further details on documentation
requirements are outlined in the administrative principles as
of April 12, 2005, issued by the Federal Ministry of Finance.
73

There is no specific requirement to prepare annual transfer
pricing reports (except for extraordinary transactions).
Regarding the update of benchmarking studies there is no
strict rule in the law, decree-law, or administrative principles, so the general principles for a reasonable economic
analysis apply. In practice, benchmarking studies are often
fully updated every three years (basically, a new search is
performed) with only financial updates being run in the
interim periods.
(for example, different rules for depreciation/amortization

if items are capitalized or limitation of the deductibility of
certain costs). If the financial statements do not correctly
reflect the arms length standard and therefore German
taxable income is too low, German tax law requires that
this be considered in the tax return.

Documentation must be prepared contemporaneously
for extraordinary business transactions, that is, within six
months after the end of the fiscal year when the extraordinary transaction took place. Extraordinary business
transactions are transactions that have a substantial impact
on the amount of the taxpayers income, such as business
restructurings. For regular business transactions, there is no
deadline to prepare documentation.

Four years from the end of the year within which the
return is filed; 10 years in case of tax evasion or fraud.

Within 60 days of auditors request for regular business
transactions, and within 30 days for extraordinary
business transactions.
The tax return generally must be filed by May 31 of the
year following the tax year. German tax authorities usually
accept a tax return filed by December 31 of the year
following the tax year if the taxpayer is represented
by a tax advisor.
Documentation must be in German; however, taxpayers
may ask for approval to prepare English documentation. In
practice, taxpayers mostly use English documentation and
provide translations upon request from the tax auditors.
Generally, income tax returns are based on the financial
statements, with certain modifications required by tax law
Year-end adjustments are generally expected to be based
on agreements concluded in advance. However, a recent
decision of Germanys Federal Fiscal Court (BFH), dated
October 11, 2012, should provide more flexibility in
this respect. Upward adjustments are required by law if
German taxable income is too low due to non-arms-length
transfer prices.

Set-offs are permissible only if: (a) unrelated parties would
also agree to such balancing; (b) the benefits provided/
received may be quantified for each transaction; and (c)
the set-off arrangement was made in advance (this requirement may be applied in a more flexible manner, following
the BFH decision of October 11, 2012) and was conducted
at arms length.
Payment is due one month after the assessment, if no
suspension is granted.
If documentation is not submitted, or if the documentation
is essentially unusable, or if, in case of doubts regarding the
appropriateness of the transfer prices, the foreign transaction partner does not cooperate in clarifying the doubts,
the tax authorities can make an estimate. In that case, the
German tax authorities are entitled to adjust to the most
unfavorable point of the arms length range. A penalty
of 5 percent to 10 percent of the income adjustment will
be assessed, with a minimum surcharge of 5,000 if the
documentation is not provided or if the documentation
is essentially unusable. In case of delayed submission, the
surcharge may be up to 1 million, at least 100 per day.
Penalty payments are not deductible (sec. 162 para. 4
General Tax Code).
74

No (sec. 233, sec. 3 para. 4 General Tax Code).
Yes, 0.5 percent interest per month is payable in case of
both a tax refund and an additional tax payment. The
interest begins to run 15 months after the end of the
calendar year in which the tax becomes due (for example,
April 1, 2013, for fiscal year ending December 31, 2011)
and ends on the day the (modified) tax assessment is issued.
If the failure to fulfill documentation requirements is
excusable, the tax authorities may refrain from imposing a
penalty.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available; details on the implementation of APAs
are outlined in the Federal Ministry of Finances ordinance
of October 5, 2006.
APA filing fee
There is a 20,000 application fee.
The Federal Ministry of Finance ordinance states that the
APA term should be no less than three years, but should
not exceed five years.
Competent authority
In principle, taxpayers may submit applications during a
tax audit if the proposed adjustment is communicated to
the taxpayer. Specific timelines may vary according to the
pertinent tax treaty.
Yes, but the taxpayer is asked for approval before
settlement.
Yes. Taxpayers may go to CA after the amount of the
proposed adjustment is communicated to the taxpayer,
before paying the tax. After the tax assessment, the
payment could be suspended.
75
Greece
Whats new
2013 was quite an active year for Greek transfer
pricing legislation, given that the new Greek Income
Tax Code and the Tax Procedures Code include specific
provisions that supplement and amend the previous
Greek transfer pricing legislative framework.
The previous double legislative framework for
transfer pricing documentation (both the Ministry of
Development and the Ministry of Finance had issued
rules) was finally consolidated, and existing legislation
was rationalized and optimized. All transactions carried
out between related entities are now examined under
the scope of transfer pricing provisions. New thresholds concerning the documentation of intercompany
transactions were established, and new deadlines
for compilation of the documentation file and electronic filing of the Summary Information Table were
announced. The new documentation rules do not
apply to fiscal year 2011 and prior years.
APAs were also introduced, effective 1 January
2014, which will enable taxpayers to obtain advance
approval of their transfer pricing practices.
General information
Tax authority: Ministry of Finance (MoF).
Applicable laws:
Law 2238/2013, as amended by L.3775/2009,
L.3842/2010 and L.4110/2013;
Law 4172/2013 (new Income Tax Code applicable from
1.1.2014), Law 4174/2013 (Tax Procedures Code, also
applicable from 1.1.2014);
Law 3728/2008 for transactions realized in FYs 2008,
2009 and 2010.
Ministerial Circular 1179/2013, Ministerial Circular
1220/2013, Ministerial Circular 1284/2013, L.4170/2013,
and L.4182/2013.
The guidelines, rulings, and regulations contained in this
legislation apply to intercompany transactions that take
place from FY2012 onwards.

Under recently amended provisions, two entities are
considered related in the following cases:
Participation of one entity in another entitys share
capital through direct or indirect ownership of stock,
shares, or any other participation rights of at least 33
percent in terms of value or number;
Relation to any other entity that directly or indirectly
owns stock, shares, voting rights, or any other participation rights of at least 33 percent in terms of value or
number of any of the related entities;
Relation to any other party with which a substantial
direct or indirect administrative dependence or control
exists, or any other party that exercises or is capable of
exercising decisive influence in relation to an entitys
decision-making, as well as common control or dependence or influence by a third party.
Transfer pricing regulations apply to branches and
permanent establishments.
Eftichia Piligou
+30 210 6781100
[email protected]

Acceptable methods
L.4172/2013 explicitly states that the tax authorities
should take the OECD transfer pricing guidelines regarding
transfer pricing methods into consideration.
Priority of methods
According to Ministerial Decision 1179, the traditional
methods are preferred, because they offer a more direct
measure for assessing whether intercompany transactions
follow the arms length principle. If traditional methods are
not applicable (justification should be provided for this),
the company may apply the transactional methods.
Financial data from published accounts is available via
numerous databases.
No specific provisions exist on this issue. European comparables are expected to be acceptable.
76
Services issues
Management fees are deductible, subject to general
deductibility conditions:
All expenses must be incurred in the interest of or during
the companys ordinary course of business;
The expenses must correspond to an actual transaction
and the value of the transaction cannot be higher or
lower than the actual value (measured on an indirect
basis); and
The expenses must be reported in the accounting books
for the relevant period in which they were incurred, and
they must be supported by proper documentation. Based
on tax authority requirements and common practice,
the taxpayer should provide a comprehensive analysis of
said charges, including a description of the methodology
used in the calculation of the cost base, the allocation
keys used, as well as documentation of the arms length
nature of any markup applied on the relevant costs.

Yes, they are deductible, subject to general deductibility
conditions as described above regarding management fees.
Written agreements are strongly recommended; the

nature of the expense must be described in detail in the
relevant invoice.

Greek companies and branches of foreign MNEs are
required to submit annually a Summary Information Table
(SIT). This table is electronically submitted to GSIS no later
than four months after the end of each fiscal year. The SIT
should provide quantitative and qualitative information
for all intercompany transactions exceeding the 20,000
threshold per category of transaction and related party.

In principle, they are treated as services; thus, the
20 percent withholding tax rate applies, unless an
income tax treaty exists and the recipient does not have
a permanent establishment in Greece, in which case no
withholding tax is due. In practice, there is a risk that
management fees would be treated as royalties, in which
case they would be subject to withholding tax at a rate at
20 percent, subject to override by income tax treaties and
the EU royalties directive.
There are no specific provisions on this issue.
While Greek tax law does not explicitly prohibit the use
of commissionaire arrangements, they are generally
discouraged because they give rise to permanent
establishment issues.
Yes.

Yes. If payments are considered royalties, they are subject
to withholding tax at a rate of 20 percent, subject to
override by income tax treaties and the EU royalties
directive; if they are considered services, again the 20
percent withholding tax rate applies, unless an income
tax treaty exists and the recipient does not have a
permanent establishment in Greece, in which case
no withholding tax is due.
Companies operating in Greece are obligated to prepare a
Transfer Pricing Documentation File for their transactions
both with domestic and foreign affiliated entities.
Transactions between related entities that do not exceed
100,000 annually and in total are exempted from the
documentation obligation, provided the domestic entitys
turnover does not exceed 5,000,000. Conversely, if
the domestic entitys turnover exceeds 5,000.000, the
pertinent threshold is 200,000 annually and in total.
As stated in Circular 1179/2013, issued on July 18, 2013,
the Transfer Pricing Documentation File must be prepared
on an annual basis (that is, for every fiscal year). The docu2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide
77
mentation file should include the following information:

A general description of the taxpayers group;
A general description of the groups business activities
and business strategy, including any changes to the
business strategy in comparison with the previous
fiscal year;
A general description and implementation of the groups
transfer pricing policy;
A general presentation of transactions concluded
between the Greek subsidiary and its associated parties;
A general description of the functions performed and the
risks assumed by the associated parties, including any
changes in comparison with the previous fiscal year;
Ownership of intangible assets that belong to the group,
and royalties paid or received for such assets;
A list of APAs concluded between group entities and
foreign tax authorities, if any;
Detailed information regarding the Greek taxpayer;
A description of the transactions that were concluded
between the Greek subsidiary and the associated parties,
and for which a documentation obligation exists;
A comparative analysis (including functional analysis,
economic circumstances, etc.); and
A description of the adopted transfer pricing method
and argumentation for that selection.
Financial data of the comparable companies should be
updated annually to be included in the relevant Transfer
Pricing Documentation File. Although no specific guidance
has been issued regarding the possibility of updating
only the financial data of an initial benchmarking study,
in practice such an update would be acceptable for two
years, at most, following the initial study.
The purpose of this is to ensure that at least one year
of financial data from the initial study is included in the
updated version.
Although not explicitly stated, the Greek tax authorities
expect a new benchmarking study to be conducted at least
every three years (following older guidance issued by the
Ministry of Development as part of the first Greek transfer
pricing regulations).
The Transfer Pricing Documentation File should be
prepared before the issuance of the Tax Compliance Report
(Tax Certificate) by the companys certified auditors and, in
any case, no later than four months after the end of each
fiscal year.

The Transfer Pricing Documentation File should be made
available to the tax authorities within 30 days of a request.
The corporate income tax return must be filed by the sixth
month following the end of the companys fiscal year.
According to Ministerial Circular 1179/2013, in the case of
foreign group entities, the sections of the Transfer Pricing
Documentation File that refer to group-related information
(industry analysis, pricing policy, etc.), may be written in an
internationally acceptable language, preferable in English,
with the obligation to translate into Greek within 30 days
after a request by the tax authorities. The sections of the
file that refer to the Greek entitys information (functions,
risks, assets used, etc.), as well as the financial analysis of
the intercompany transactions should be in Greek.
Book/tax differences are generally allowed.
No specific provisions exist. Self-initiated adjustments on
the corporate income tax return should be acceptable if
they increase taxable income. Greek tax auditors tend to
view adjustments via credit/debit notes issued by group
companies negatively, especially if issued at year-end and if
they lead to a reduction of the Greek taxpayers profits.
Five years (under the generally applicable statute of limitations for corporate income tax). However, there are several
exemptions whereby that period could be extended when
a particular fiscal year is nearly subject to limitation.
Additional assessments are paid within 30 days from notification of the assessment act.
78

If a transfer pricing assessment results in additional tax for
the taxpayer, the following penalties are triggered:
10 percent on the difference, when the additional tax
is between 5 percent and 20 percent of the tax amount
resulting from the initial tax return;
30 percent on the difference, when the additional tax is
greater than 20 percent and less than 50 percent of the
tax resulting from the initial tax return; or
100 percent on the difference, when the additional tax
amount is greater than 50 percent of the tax resulting
from the initial tax return, and that inaccuracy is proved
to be intentional by the taxpayer.
In the case of late filing of the Summary Information
Table (SIT), or nonsubmission of the Transfer Pricing
Documentation File to the tax authorities within the
provided deadline of 30 days, a one-off penalty calculated at 0.1 percent of the taxpayers revenue is imposed.
However, the penalty cannot be less than 1.000 and
cannot exceed 10.000.
Likewise, in cases of nonfiling or inaccurate/incomplete
filing of the SIT or the Transfer Pricing Documentation
File, the one-off penalty is calculated at 1 percent of the
companys revenues, and it cannot be less than 10.000 or
exceed 100.000.
In case of a second instance of noncompliance with
the filing obligations within five years from the first
infringement, the penalties imposed are doubled. In
case of a third instance within those five years, the
penalties are quadrupled.
Yes, interest begins to accrue on a monthly basis from the
day when the additional tax amount should have been
paid (i.e. from the filing due date of the tax return) until
the day of the actual payment. The relevant interest rate
will be defined in a Ministerial Decision to be issued by the
Minister of Finance.
In case of undue payment of taxes, interest begins to
accrue after 90 days from the day of filing the relevant tax
refund claim with the tax authorities.

No reduction in transfer pricing penalties is possible.
Are APAs available?
Yes. The provisions regarding APAs are effective
1 January 2014.
APA filing fee
The APA filing fees are as follows:
1,000, payable with the submission of an application
for preliminary consultation; and
5,000, payable with the submission of an
APA application.
If a request for consultation with foreign tax authorities
is made, a fee of 10.000 must be paid for each of the
countries involved in the APA application.
The term of the agreement may not exceed four years, nor
may the agreement apply to a fiscal year preceding the
date of the application.
The agreement can be renewed up to two times, without
a change in terms, provided no significant change relating
to the information on which the initial approval was based
has taken place. The term of any renewal may not exceed
two years.
Competent authority
A CA request may be submitted after the tax adjustment is
notified to the taxpayer in writing, and within a period of
three years from that notification.
Yes.
Yes; however the CA request will not suspend the payment
of the tax amount.
The relative interest rate will be defined in a Ministerial

Decision to be issued by the Minister of Finance.
79
Guatemala
Whats new
A brand new Income Tax Law became effective in
Guatemala in January 2013, including for the very
first time transfer pricing rules. New Income Tax
Regulations, containing broad transfer pricing norms,
were published in May.
The transfer pricing rules were in force from January
1 to December 20, 2013; on that date, a decree was
published that included a waiver in the application
of the transfer pricing rules, which will reenter into
application on January 1, 2015. In spite of this waiver,
the same decree empowers the Superintendence of
Tax Administration to require taxpayers to file information regarding their transactions with nonresident
related parties and other aspects pertaining to their
transfer pricing, enabling the tax administration to
construct its data bases.
General information
Superintendence of Tax Administration SAT. Decree
10-2012, Book I, Income Tax, Chapter VI, Special
Valuation Rules Between Related Parties.
Government Agreement 213-2013 Chapter III, Special
Valuation Rules Between Related Parties.
The scope of application of Guatemalas transfer pricing
rules includes any transaction between a taxpayer that
is a resident in Guatemala and a nonresident related
party when it affects the determination of the tax basis
for the period in which the operation is conducted and
subsequent periods.
The following are also considered related parties, and the
transfer pricing rules apply:
A person resident in Guatemala and its permanent establishments abroad; and
A permanent establishment located in Guatemala
and its parent company that is a nonresident, another
permanent establishment of the same entity, or a person
related to it.

Yes.
Acceptable methods
Guatemala has six acceptable methods. The first five are
found in the OECD transfer pricing guidelines: the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the cost plus
method; the resale price method; the profit split method;
and the transactional net margin method (TNMM). The
sixth method is the valuation method for imports and
exports of goods.
Priority of methods
Traditional methods are preferred over transactional profit
methods. If the transaction involves commodities, the sixth
method applies.
Internal and external benchmarking are acceptable. If
external, databases should be well known.
Because local comparables are scarce, foreign comparables
are expected to be acceptable to local tax authorities.
Byron Martinez
+ 502 2384-6500
bymartinez@
deloitte.com
Services issues
To consider management fees deductible, the company
must meet these two transfer pricing conditions: (a)
demonstrate how much an independent party would have
paid for this service; and (b) specify the benefits obtained
by the taxpayer as a result of the service.
In addition, the fees must meet the standard requirements
for deductible expenses.
Management fees are subject to 15 percent
withholding tax.
There is no reference in the law or the regulations on
this matter; consequently, such costs could be included,
as long as the relevant contract mentions them as costs to
be transferred.
80
Yes.
These kinds of agreements are not specifically provided for
under local law; thus, they would likely not be accepted by
under local law; thus, they would likely not be accepted by
under local law; thus, they would likely not be accepted
by the tax authorities. In any case, any remittance to a
nonresident would be subject to 15 percent withholding
tax (for fees or royalty payments) or 25 percent withholding tax (for all other payments).
under local law; thus, they would likely not be accepted
by the tax authorities. In any case, any remittance to a
nonresident would be subject to 15 percent withholding
tax (for fees or royalty payments) or 25 percent withholding tax (for all other payments).
Transfer pricing information may be required by the tax
authorities as an annex to be filed jointly with the annual
income tax return, or separately, at the discretion of the
Superintendence of Tax Administration.
The transfer pricing report should have information
regarding the taxpayer and the corporate group the
taxpayer belongs to. This may include:
A general description of the organizational, legal,
and operational structure of the group, as well as any
relevant change in the group, including the identification
of the persons who, within the group, conduct operations that affect the taxpayers operations.
A general description of the nature and amount of the

operations between companies of the group, in so far as
they affect the operations the taxpayer participates in.
A general description of the functions and risks of the
group companies, in so far as they are affected by the
operations conducted by the taxpayer, including any
change with respect to the previous period.
A description of the ownership of patents, brands,
commercial names, and other intangible assets, in
so far as they affect the taxpayer and its related
operations, as well as details on the consideration
derived from their use.
A description of the groups transfer pricing policy, if
any, or in its absence, a description of the method or
methods used in the different operations.
A description of the contracts for the provision of
services between related parties and any others that the
taxpayer is a party to, or if the taxpayer is not a party to
them, that directly affect the taxpayer.
A description of advance pricing agreements that
affect the members of the group with respect to the
operations described.
A group report or equivalent annual report.
Complete identification of the taxpayer and the different
parties related to the taxpayer.
Detailed description of the nature, characteristics, and
amount of the taxpayers operations with related parties,
indicating the method or methods of valuation used. In
the case of services, it should include a description of the
services, their nature, the benefit or profit they produce
for the taxpayer, the method of valuation agreed upon
and its quantification, and if applicable, the form of
distribution between the parties.
A detailed comparability analysis.
Reasons for the selection of the method or methods
used, as well as the procedure for its application and
the specification of the value or interval of values the
taxpayer used for determining the price or amount
of its operations.
Yes. Each year a complete annual report is required,
including a new comparables search.
81

The law does not establish a specific deadline.
Documentation should be prepared contemporaneously
with the filing of the annual income tax return, which is
due March 31 of each immediately following year.
The law establishes that documentation should be
available to tax authorities within 20 business days from
the date of notification of the request.
March 31 of each year.
Yes. Adjustments should be reflected on both the income
tax return and the financial statements.
These adjustments are allowed, if made before filling the
annual income tax return.
Guatemala has a four-year statute of limitations that would
also cover assessments for transfer pricing adjustments.
Set-offs are not permitted.
Assessments are notified for the taxpayer to file its
arguments in an administrative hearing that is followed
by a number of administrative and judicial appeals.
Consequently, the additional assessment payment deadline
would vary depending on the taxpayers defense strategy.

No.
Interest may be payable to the taxpayer on income tax
excess payments from the refund date established by the
tax administration.
Reductions are available at the different stages of the
administrative and judicial processes; consequently, the
final net amount payable would vary depending on the
taxpayers defense strategy.
Are APAs available?
Yes.
APA filing fee
The law and regulations do not specify a filing fee.
Four years following the date on which the agreement
was approved.
Competent authority
After filing its annual income tax return, which is due
March 31.
Yes. CA will notify the taxpayer of the new
settlement positions.
Yes, but it is not recommended.

A 100 percent penalty would be applicable on the amount
of excess tax liability determined by the tax administration.
Interest is charged on the amount of excess tax liability at
an annual rate of approximately 13 percent.
82
Hong Kong
Whats new
In 2013, Hong Kongs Inland Revenue Department
continued to focus on expanding Hong Kong's treaty
network. The IRD also began to conduct transfer
pricing training for its staff, and stepped up its
transfer pricing audit efforts, with a number of asset
managers in the city being selected for audits. These
trends are expected to continue in 2014.
General information
Inland Revenue Department; Inland Revenue Ordinance.
Departmental Interpretation and Practice Notes No. 46 and
No. 48.
Both domestic and cross-border transactions could be
under attack, if they do not comply with the arm's length
principle and result in a tax benefit obtained.
Yes, but only when it does not contradict the sourcing rule
under the Inland Revenue Ordinance.
Acceptable methods
and other methods if sufficiently supported.
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method is required. Transactionbased methods are preferred over profit-based methods.
Financial data from published accounts of Hong Kong
listed companies is available via numerous databases.
Taxpayers generally will rely on common databases
provided by vendors (such as BVD's Osiris).

In the absence of local comparables, yes, as long as they
can be proved to be comparable to the tested party.
Services issues
Generally yes, but subject to the general deductibility
condition under Section 16(1) of the Inland Revenue
Ordinance, as well as the arm's length requirement.
No, but if the foreign company renders the services in Hong
Kong, the fees will be subject to tax in Hong Kong itself.
Hong Kong does not have specific guidelines on this issue.
Relevant factors may include the definition of the cost base
in the service agreement and the accounting treatment.
Yes. However, the use of commissionaire arrangements is
generally ineffective, because they give rise to significant
permanent establishment issues in Hong Kong for the
foreign principal.
Patrick Cheung
+852 28521095
patcheung@
deloitte.com.hk

Hong Kong does not have specific guidelines on this issue.
Hong Kong does not have specific guidelines on this issue;
taxpayers must rely on the general deduction rule, Section
16(1) of the Inland Revenue Ordinance.
withholding will apply if the payment is for the use of
intangibles specified in Section 15(1)(a), (b), (ba) of the
Inland Revenue Ordinance.
taxpayers must rely on the general deduction rule, Section
16(1) of the Inland Revenue Ordinance.
83

Taxpayers are required to disclose the countries of incorporation of related parties that entered into transactions with
the Hong Kong taxpayer.
Hong Kong does not have a contemporaneous
documentation requirement, but the tax authorities
encourage preparation of appropriate transfer pricing
documentation as part of good business practice. The tax
authorities can ask a taxpayer to submit documentation
to prove its compliance with transfer pricing rules and the
arm's length principle.
There is no specific guidance.
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Tax returns are normally due for filing within one month
from issuance, but an extension of time may be granted
if a reasonable request is filed with the Inland Revenue
Department. In Hong Kong, the IRD would generally issue
the tax returns in early April; hence, the standard filing
date would be the end of April.
Tax representatives who handle the tax returns of clients in
bulk may apply for block extension as follows:
For businesses with accounting periods ending in
December, the due date is extended to 15 August;
For businesses with accounting periods ending
between 1 January and 31 March, the due date is
extended to 15 November;
For businesses with accounting periods ending between
1 April and 30 November, no extension is granted and
tax returns are due for submission at the end of April.
English and Chinese.

Hong Kong allows book/tax differences.
Adjustments are permitted after year-end if the net
effect is to increase taxable income. If the net effect is
to decrease taxable income, the adjustment (true-down)
must be done before closing the accounts for the current
financial year, and the taxpayer must demonstrate that
there was a binding agreement with its related supplier
obligating a retroactive true-down/up to ensure profit
complies with the arms length requirement.
Six years after the year of assessment in which the
transaction took place.
Set-off of transactions is subject to the Inland Revenue
Department's agreement, and taxpayers are required to
explain and support the set-off, upon query by the IRD.
Generally 40 to 50 days from the date of assessment.
No transfer-pricing-specific penalty is applicable. However,
if there are tax evasion or tax avoidance motives, a
maximum penalty of 300 percent of the tax underpaid due
to the non-arm's-length transfer pricing arrangement may
be imposed.
No.
No.
Taxpayers can make representations that there were no tax
evasion or avoidance motives, or that a reasonable attempt
was made to comply with the arms length principle, for
the tax authorities consideration.
84

Are APAs available?
The Inland Revenue Department issued a new
Departmental Interpretation and Practice Notes (DIPN) in
April 2012 that allows Hong Kong to enter into bilateral/
multilateral APAs with countries that have double tax
arrangements with Hong Kong.
DIPN 48 sets out different thresholds based on the nature
of the related-party transaction to be covered by the APA,
as follows:
HKD 80 million per year for the purchase and sale
of goods
HKD 40 million per year for the provision of services
HKD 20 million per year for the use of intangible assets
(for instance, a royalty).
A taxpayers related-party transactions must meet the
relevant threshold for the category of transaction for each
year covered by the APA. The IRD may consider a lower
threshold in cases involving complex transactions with high
transfer pricing risk.
APA filing fee

None.
An APA in Hong Kong will cover a period of three to
five years, and the taxpayer may request a renewal for
another three to five years, but at least six months before
expiration of the original APA.
Competent authority
MAP requests will be entertained after a taxpayer receives
in writing a transfer pricing adjustment proposed by the
tax authority of the other contracting state.
It is possible.
Yes. A taxpayer may go to MAP after the amount of the
proposed adjustment is communicated in writing to the
taxpayer this may be before the tax is paid.
85
Hungary
Whats new
Transfer pricing has been the focus of the Hungarian
tax authorities audits, with special interest on lossmaking companies, or if the profitability of the
Hungarian company decreases significantly. Legislative
changes enacted in 2013 modify the profit margin
(safe harbor) applicable to low value adding services,
which should now be in the range between 3 percent
and 10 percent. For transactions covered by an APA,
transfer pricing documentation need not be prepared
for those calendar years in which the resolution is valid,
including the tax year in which the APA application
was submitted, and the year in which the APA expired.
In practical terms, this change extends the term of an
APA to six years. Finally, controlled-party transactions
valued at less than HUF 50 million are exempt from the
documentation requirements.
General information
Hungarian Tax Authority (HTA); Corporate Income Tax Act
Article 18 (transfer pricing rules), Article 4/23 (definition
of related parties) and Article 31/2 (reference to OECD
transfer pricing guidelines); Tax Procedures Act Article 1 (8)
on arms length principle, Article 132/B-C on APAs, Article
176/A on the application of the Arbitration Convention.
The Hungarian Ministry of Finance issued Decree no.
22/2009 on transfer pricing documentation requirements
(modified as of 1 January, 2012, by the Ministry of National
Economy Decree no. 54/2011 and further modified as
of 18 June 2013 by the Ministry of National Economy
Decree no. 20/2013). The Hungarian Ministry of Finance
issued Decree no. 38/2006 on APAs (also modified as of 1
January, 2012, by Ministry of National Economy Decree no.
54/2011); VAT Act Article 67 (determination of tax base if
consideration is not arms length); modification of the Act
on Accounting Article 47, 73, and 78, as of 30 June 2013.
Ruling 1999/103 on the possibility of unilateral adjustments performed by the tax authorities; rulings
on several transfer pricing documentation-related
issues, for example, 2004/37, 2005/55, 2007/49,
2007/77, 2007/97, 2007/133, 2007/139, 2008/13,
2008/32, and 2010/21, 2012/2, 2013/3.
If a company owns directly or indirectly more than 50
percent of the voting rights in another company, or holds

by way of any agreement with another member of the
company more than 50 percent of the voting rights in the
company, or is entitled to appoint/dismiss the majority of
the executive officers or the supervisory board members
of another company, the companies will be deemed
related. Foreign head offices and Hungarian branches,
or Hungarian head offices and foreign branches are also
deemed to be related parties.
According to the related-party definition in the Corporate
Income Tax Act, both Hungarian head office and foreign
PEs/branches, as well as Hungarian PEs/branches and
the foreign head office qualify as related parties; thus,
the transfer pricing rules also apply to these enterprises.
Therefore, transfer pricing documentation (including
transfer pricing analyses) must be prepared for transactions
between a nonresident entrepreneur and its Hungarian
branch, or between a taxpayer and its foreign branch.
However, in practice the application of the pertinent rules
could trigger several issues.
Peter Gemesi
+36 1 428 6722
pgemesi@
deloitteCE.com

Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the transactional net margin method (TNMM), and the profit split
method are the designated methods. Other methods may
be applied if the arms length price cannot be supported
by these methods.
Based on recent publications and statements by the HTA,
the calculation of the interquartile range is the preferred
statistical method that should be used for the determination of the arms length range based on comparative
data. Therefore, the whole range between minimum and
maximum values will probably not be accepted as an arm`s
length range.
Priority of methods
Hungary establishes no priority of methods. Other methods
may be used after the listed ones have been eliminated.
Limited local data is available; however, pan-European data
may be used for transfer pricing purposes.
86
Are foreign comparables acceptable to local tax

authorities?
Yes.
Services issues
Yes, if they are business-related expenses. Service fees
are deductible if the taxpayer can prove that they have
a business purpose, which generally means that (i) the
management services were actually rendered, (ii) they were
incurred in the companys business interest, and (iii) the
fees paid are at arms length.
Withholding taxation has been abolished in Hungary as of
1 January 2011.
Hungary has no formal guidelines or rulings on this
subject. Generally, all costs related to the provision of a
service should be included in the cost base of that service.
Yes.
There are no specific regulations or guidelines on the
acceptance of such agreements. The Hungarian tax
authorities would likely take into consideration the OECD
No formal guidelines or rulings exist, but these costs
should be deductible in accordance with standard
deductibility rules.
Withholding taxation has been abolished in Hungary as of
1 January 2011.
Payments are deductible or amortizable. Costs can
be capitalized.

As of 1 January 2010, taxpayers may choose to prepare
documentation based on the stand-alone Hungarian
documentation requirements or follow the EU master
file concept (centrally prepared master file and countryspecific documentation). The taxpayers choice to follow
the master file concept must be indicated in the corporate
income tax return submitted for the respective year. The
relevant rules are incorporated in Decree no. 22/2009 on
transfer pricing documentation requirements.
As of 2012, transfer pricing documentation must be
prepared for all related-party transactions (with the
exception of transactions covered by a valid APA ruling,
third-party cost recharges in unchanged amounts in certain
cases, and minor transactions). For low value adding
services, simplified documentation may be prepared if
certain conditions are met. These exceptions could be
applied also for 2011 if documentation did not have to
be prepared by Dec. 31, 2011. Different documentation
requirements could be applicable for previous years.
There are no specific rules under the Hungarian regulations regarding the annual updates; however, based on
the general rules, the transfer pricing report must be
updated if certain conditions have changed in the tested
financial year, and those changes have an effect on the
pricing mechanism. Furthermore, in a recent change, the
Hungarian tax authorities prefer benchmark updates on a
yearly basis.
The statutory deadline for the preparation of documentation is the filing date of the corresponding year's income
tax return.
Documentation does not have to be submitted to the tax
authorities; however, it should be provided immediately
upon request.
87

The deadline for filing the corporate income tax return is
31 May for calendar year taxpayers. For non-calendar year
taxpayers, the filing deadline is the last day of the fifth
month following the last day of the financial year.
Transfer pricing documentation and supporting documentation may be compiled in languages other than
Hungarian, but the taxpayer is liable to present a
Hungarian translation of documentation prepared in
languages other than English, French, and German, at the
tax authorities request, by the deadline specified.
Book/tax differences are allowed. Transfer pricing
adjustments are allowed for corporate income tax
purposes (for example, in the case of deemed interest
on a non-interest bearing loan). The adjustment is not
required to be reflected in financial statements.
Taxpayers may initiate adjustments. Reduction of the tax
base is possible (except if the related party is a controlled
foreign corporation) if a document signed by both parties
declaring the difference between the arms length price
and the price used is available and the other party is
subject to Hungarian corporate tax or a similar tax abroad.
Furthermore, if the taxpayer fails to present appropriate

transfer pricing documentation at the request of the tax
authorities, it may be fined up to HUF 2 million per relatedparty transaction. In case of repeated violations of the
documentation obligation, the taxpayer may be fined up
to HUF 4 million, and in case of repeated default related to
the same transfer pricing report, the taxpayer may be fined
up to HUF 16 million per related-party transaction.
Late payment interest is levied based on the tax assessed.
No late payment interest should be paid on default
penalties levied for not having appropriate transfer pricing
documentation.
Yes, if the tax authorities fail to meet the deadlines set
forth in the law for specific refunds.
There is no specific provision in this regard.
Are APAs available?
APAs have been available since 1 January 2007.

Generally, 15 days from the date of enforcement of the
document establishing the additional payment.
APA filing fee

The official filing fees for an APA, payable to the Hungarian
Tax Authority, are as follows:
A minimum of HUF 500,000 (EUR 1,750) and a
maximum of HUF 5,000,000 (EUR 17,500) for domestic
APA procedures if the arms length price can be determined through the use of the CUP method, the resale
price method, or the cost plus method;
A minimum of HUF 2,000,000 (EUR 7,100) and a
maximum of HUF 7,000,000 (EUR 24,700) for domestic
APAs if the arms length price can be determined
through the use of any other method;
maximum of HUF 8,000,000 (EUR 28,200) for bilateral
APA procedures; and
maximum of HUF 10,000,000 (EUR 35,300) for multilateral APA procedures.

If tax base adjustments result in a tax default, the standard
assessments tax penalty and late payment interest
will be due in accordance with the general rules.
If the arms length price (range) cannot be determined as

a specific sum, the minimum of the above fees applies.
However, if the tax authorities determine the arms length
value of the transaction during the procedure, the fee is 1

Five years from the last day of the year when the pertinent
tax return is due.
88
percent of the transaction value. Nevertheless, the fee may

not be lower than the above-mentioned minimum values,
and may not exceed the maximum values.
The term is three to five years, but it could be extended by
an additional three years.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure. Hungary will follow the mutual
agreement procedure for the pertinent income tax treaty.

Hungary has no practice relating to CA settlements.
Penalties determined in the resolution issued by the second
instance tax authority must be paid. However, a request could
be filed to the court for suspension of the execution, and
suspension is automatic as of 2008 in case the EU Arbitration
Convention is applied.
89
India
Whats new
Perhaps no other country had a busier 2013 in terms
of transfer pricing than India. The Central Board of
Direct Taxes released final safe harbor rules, specifying circumstances under which the tax authorities
will accept the taxpayers declared transfer prices.
The rules provide minimum operating profit margins
a taxpayer is expected to earn for certain categories
of international transactions, such as the provision
of software development services, information
technology enabled services, knowledge process
outsourcing services, contract research and development services, and the manufacture and export of
automotive components. The CBDT also issued a
circular providing guidelines for the classification of
research and development centers set up by foreign
companies based on functions, assets, and risk
assumed by the center established in India. Finally,
the Indian courts were also active, handing down
decisions on many aspects of the Indian transfer
pricing regime.
General information
Ministry of Finance- CBDT; Income Tax Act 1961, Sections
92 to 92F of Income Tax Act. The CBDT has set up a
separate Transfer Pricing Cell for conducting transfer
pricing audits.
Rules 10A to 10TG of the Income Tax Rules 1962; Circular
No.12 of August 23, 2001; Circular No. 14 of December
24, 2001; Circular No. 06/2013 dated June 29, 2013;
Administrative Guidelines of May 20, 2003.
The regulation requires direct or indirect participation in
the management, control, or capital of the other enterprise, or participation of the other enterprise or by the
same person in such enterprise. The regulation provides
an illustrative list of relationships to which transfer pricing
rules apply: equity holding of 26 percent or more; control
of board of directors; loans/guarantees; dependence on
the use of specified intangibles of the other enterprise; and
influence over supply of raw materials/finished products.
If a taxpayer enters into a transaction with a person
located in a notified jurisdictional area (defined as f
oreign jurisdictions that have not entered into an

arrangement for the exchange of information with India),
the transfer pricing regulations will apply to those crossborder transactions.
The transfer pricing provisions are also applicable to
specified domestic transactions with an aggregate value
exceeding INR 50 million.
The regulation provides a list of specific domestic transactions for purposes of application of the transfer pricing
provisions, including expenses/payment transactions
between related persons and transfers of goods/services/
business from one unit/undertaking of the taxpayer to
another unit/undertaking of the same taxpayer.
CBDT Circular No. 05/2004, which deals with taxation
of IT-enabled business process outsourcing (BPO) units
in India, states that profits attributable to an IT-enabled
BPO unit constituting a permanent establishment should
correspond to the arms length principle.
Samir Gandhi
+91 22 6185 8460
[email protected]

Acceptable methods
method (contribution analysis or residual analysis), the
transactional net margin method (TNMM), or such other
method as may be prescribed.
The CBDT has prescribed the application of a sixth method
the Other Method for the computation of arms
length prices. The sixth method could be used for unique
transactions, such as intangibles or business transfers,
transfer of unlisted shares, sales of fixed assets, revenue
allocation/splitting, or the provision or receipt
of guarantees.
The CBDT issued safe harbor rules for international
transactions in categories/sectors including information technology, IT enabled services, knowledge process
outsourcing services, contract research & development
in the IT and pharmaceutical sectors, financial transactions (outbound loans and corporate guarantees) and
auto ancillary manufacturing. If the taxpayer opts for the
safe harbor, then the arms length principle is subject to
prescribed rules.
90
Priority of methods
There is no hierarchy of methods. Taxpayers must use the
most appropriate method.
The available databases provide financial statements and
related profitability of external comparables. However, the
databases are not comprehensive.
There is no specific prohibition against the use of
foreign comparables.
Services issues
No formal guidelines, but payments for management fees
may be deductible. The tax authorities require satisfaction
of the benefit test.
Normally yes, subject to reduction pursuant to a tax treaty.
No formal guidelines, but stock options may be included in
the cost base for intercompany service charges.
There is no specific statutory authorization.
Yes.
There are no formal guidelines, but payments for shared
research and development costs may be deductible.
Arguably, no.
TThere are no formal guidelines. Payers can consider such
payments as for the acquisition of intangible depreciable
assets, i.e., a capital expenditure.

A report providing the particulars of associated enterprises,
international transactions, arms length price, and method
used for determining the arms length price must be
submitted to the Tax Office. The report must be signed
by an independent practicing chartered accountant.
There are detailed requirements on the maintenance of
prescribed information and documentation.
The maintenance of documentation is an annual
requirement if the value of international transactions
exceeds INR 10 million, and/or the value of specified
domestic transactions exceeds INR 50 million during the
year under consideration. Rule 10D of the Income-tax
Rules, 1962, envisages that the information and
documents specified should be contemporaneous.
Thus, documentation for each year involves a complete
report with a new search performed for identifying and
selecting comparable companies.
Documentation must be prepared by the due date for filing
the annual income tax return.
Documentation must be submitted within 30 days of a request
(a one-time extension of 30 days is available upon request).
In India, the financial year of every taxpayer commences
on 1 April and ends on 31 March. Taxpayers must submit
an Accountants Report (for transfer pricing) along with
the tax return. The deadline for the same is 30 November.
Documentation is not to be submitted with the tax return.
Documentation in English is accepted, and in
practice preferred.
91

The transfer prices on the income tax return may not be
the same as those in the financial statements. The difference between transfer prices as per the financial statements and the arms length price may be offered to tax in
the tax return by the taxpayer.
There are no formal procedures.
Forty-eight months from tax year-end.
Generally, 30 days from the date of service of notice of
demand. An extension of time may be requested, but
interest must be paid.
One hundred percent to 300 percent of additional tax.
The penalty for failure to maintain or furnish prescribed
information and documentation, or failure to report a
transaction or maintain or furnish incorrect information
or document is 2 percent of the value of the international
transaction or specified domestic transaction. The penalty
for failure to furnish a report from an accountant with the
return is INR 0.1 million.
Yes, interest is chargeable on penalties, if they are not paid
within the time frame provided by the tax department.
Yes, interest is payable at 6 percent per annum when a
refund is due to the taxpayer.
A penalty is not leviable if transfer prices were computed
using the most appropriate method, in good faith, and
with due diligence. For other penalties, reasonable cause
must be proven. Penalties may be contested on appeal.
A taxpayer aggrieved by a transfer pricing adjustment has

the option to appeal to either the Dispute Resolution Panel
or the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals) against the
order. Taxpayers may also file an appeal before the Tax
Tribunal against a DRP/CIT(A) order.
Are APAs available?
Yes, unilateral, bilateral, and multilateral APAs are available.
APA filing fee
The fees for filing an APA application are based on the
aggregate transaction value proposed to be covered in the
APA. The fee for transaction value up to INR 1 billion is
INR 1 million; for transaction value up to INR 2 billion, its
INR 1.5 million, and for transaction value exceeding INR 2
billion, the fee is INR 2 million.
The term cannot exceed five consecutive years. No rollback
is allowed. An anonymous prefiling consultation is allowed.
Competent authority
An application for mutual agreement procedure may be
filed after notification of the tax assessment, and must
be filed normally within three years of notification, unless
modified by a treaty.
Yes, payment may be suspended by the tax authority at
taxpayers request.
92
Indonesia
Whats new
The Indonesian Directorate General of Taxation
continued to focus on transfer pricing in 2013,
including increased scrutiny, more stringent compliance requirements, and increased audit activities for
taxpayers with related-party transactions.
The DGT provided instructions on how transfer
pricing audits will be conducted, and specified
the forms to be used to collect information from
taxpayers, both designed to standardize the audit
process. The issuance of these implementing guidelines coincides with the DGTs plan to increase
revenue collection from transfer pricing audits, as
announced in a March 2013 circular letter.
One important feature of these new regulations is
the requirement to disclose the profitability of all the
related parties that participate in the supply chain.
The obvious intention of this requirement is to assess
potential profit shifting by the group that could erode
Indonesias revenue base.
General information
Directorate General of Taxation. Article 18 (3) of
Income Tax Law No. 36 of 2008 stipulates that the tax
office is authorized to redetermine non-arms-length
related-party transactions using acceptable transfer
pricing methodologies. Article 2 of Value Added Tax
Law No. 42 of 2009 stipulates that market price applies
to related-party transactions.
Article 16 (2) and (3) of Government Decree (GR) No.
80/2008 stipulates that supporting documents for relatedparty transactions are required in the event of a tax audit.
Transfer Pricing Guideline is regulated through Directorate
General of Taxation Regulation (DGT) No. PER 43/PJ/2010
(PER-43) and amended through DGT Regulation No.
PER 32/PJ/2011 (PER-32). PER-43 provides the steps to
be performed by taxpayers who have transactions with
related parties to examine the arms length nature of the
transactions. This includes the comparability analysis,
selection of transfer pricing methods, determination of the
arms-length price/profit, and format of transfer pricing
documentation, among others.
PER-32 amended PER-43 by providing additional guidance

on comparability analysis, by replacing the hierarchical
method of selecting the transfer pricing methodology
with the most appropriate method and by increasing the
threshold for transactions that must be documented to 10
billion Indonesian rupiah with each related party. Further,
the regulation also provides that domestic related-party
transactions would come under the purview of transfer
pricing when parties can avail of any tax rate differences.
Guidelines for Transfer Pricing Audit were most recently
updated through PER 22/PJ/2013 (PER-22) issued on 30
May 2013. The regulation is effective 1 July 2013, and
is also applicable to ongoing tax audits (that is, audits
that were initiated before the issuance of this regulation
but have not been completed). This regulation revokes
KEP-01/PJ 07/1993, which provided guidelines for audits of
taxpayers with special relationships.
Circular Letter No. SE-50/PJ/2013 (SE-50) was issued 24
October 2013 to provide clarity and expand on the guidelines provided in PER-22. SE-50 is effective 24 October
2013 and officially revokes SE-04/PJ.7/1993.
Although Indonesia is not a member of the OECD,
the OECD transfer pricing guidelines are generally
accepted in practice.
Carlo Navarro
+62 21 29923100
[email protected]
Guidance for Advance Pricing Agreements (PER-69/2010,

dated 31 December 2010) and Mutual Agreement
Procedures (PER-48/2010, dated 3 November 2010)
were released by DGT during 2010 and are available to
taxpayers as alternate dispute mechanisms..
Under the Indonesian Tax Regulation, the concept of a
special relationship is stipulated in Article 18, paragraph (4)
of the Income Tax Law and Article 2, paragraph (2) of the
Value Added Tax law, which state that a special relationship is deemed to exist if:
A taxpayer has direct or indirect equity participation of
at least 25 percent in another taxpayer; the relationship between taxpayers with participation of at least 25
percent in two or more taxpayers; or the relationship
among the two or more taxpayers last mentioned; or
A taxpayer controls another taxpayer, or two or more
taxpayers are under the same control, whether directly
or indirectly.
A family relationship, either through blood or through
marriage, within one degree of direct or indirect lineage.
93
The elucidation of Article 18, paragraph (4), letter b of the

Income Tax law states that:
A special relationship between taxpayers can also occur
from control through management or the use of technology, even though there is no ownership relationship;
A special relationship is deemed to exist if one or more
companies are under the same control. Likewise for the
relationship among several companies that are under
common control.
Indonesian transfer pricing regulations allow transfer
pricing analysis to be used to determine profits attributable
to a permanent establishment or branch.
Acceptable methods
resale price method (RPM), the cost plus method (CPM),
the profit split method (PSM), and the transactional net
margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
Effective November 11, 2011, transfer pricing
Regulation No. PER-32/PJ/2011 adopts the use
of the most appropriate transfer pricing method
in selecting a transfer pricing method.
PER-22 authorizes the use of public data (either foreign
or domestic) commercial databases, the London Metal
Exchange, and other databases as source of external
comparables. In practice, the Indonesian tax authorities
generally use the BvD database, including Osiris
and Oriana.
Earlier, the DGT through SE-96/2009 (October 2009),
SE-11/2010 (Feb 2010), and SE-68/2010 (May 2010),
issued several benchmarking ratios for different types of
industries as a supporting tool to evaluate the arms length
nature of a taxpayers financial performance.
No formal provisions or guidelines have been issued.
In practice, ASEAN or Pan-Asian comparable companies
are acceptable.
Services issues
Generally, yes. Articles 6 and 9 of the Income Tax Law.
It depends on the relevant income tax treaty and the
availability of a certificate of domicile from the tax
authority counterpart.
There is no specific restriction against this.
PER-32 briefly touched upon the concept of cost contribution arrangements stating that such arrangements
should be based on the arms length principle. Because
the regulation does not provide much detail, Indonesia will
most likely follow the OECD transfer pricing guidelines and
review on a case-by-case basis. A benefits analysis is likely
to be requested.
Generally, yes. To the extent payments are at arms length,
amounts are deductible if related to taxable income and
not capital.
It depends on the type of payment. For example, if
the payment is considered a royalty, withholding tax
would apply.
Payments are deductible or amortizable, depending on
the specific facts. Payments must relate directly to the
taxpayers taxable income.
For the 2009 tax return and going forward, PER 39/
PJ/2009, which deals with the annual corporate
income tax return, requires more detailed disclosure
94
of related-party transactions, which consists of two

forms: (1) details of related-party transactions; and
(2) notes on transfer pricing documentation.
Transfer pricing guidelines (PER 43/PJ/2010), as recently
amended by PER 32/PJ/2011, provide that documents
for the determination of fair price or fair profit must be
made available by the taxpayer. Those documents should
at least provide a detailed description of the company,
such as the structure of the groups business, ownership
structure, organizational structure, operational aspects of
business activities, list of competitors, and descriptions of
business environment, its policies on setting of prices and/
or cost allocation, the results of the comparability analysis,
selected comparable companies, and notes on the application of the selected transfer pricing method.
Documentation must be prepared for cross-border
transactions with a total value with a single related party
exceeding IDR 10 billion within one fiscal year. Domestic
related-party transactions would come under the purview
of transfer pricing when availing tax tariff differences
such as:
Taxpayers are subject to different tax systems (for
instance, final or non-final income tax in certain
business sectors);
Transactions are subject to the imposition of luxury
goods sales tax (LGST); or
Transactions with contractors in the oil and gas industry.
Currently, transfer pricing documentation is not required
to be submitted concurrently with corporate income tax
returns. In case of a tax audit, taxpayers are required to
present their transfer pricing documentation within 30
days of a request from the Indonesian tax authorities.
However, based on Per-22 and SE-50, 10 different forms
have been recommended in the conduct of audit and
such forms are required to be submitted by the taxpayer
within seven days from date of request. Most of these
forms incorporate the requirement in a transfer pricing
documentation.
Article 18 (3) of PER 32/PJ/2011 requires taxpayers to
submit documentation to report the related-party transac-
tions which is made at the time of the submission of the

corporate income tax return, implying that documentation
is an annual requirement. However, this rule was relaxed
by a subsequent circular letter (S-479/PJ.033/2012 dated
27 April 2012) which provides that documentation will be
made available only upon request by the DGT.
Due to some annual compliance as well as transfer pricing
audit requirements, the updating of the transfer pricing
report on an annual basis has become almost mandatory.
For instance, the regulations require the disclosure of the
transfer pricing method used in an annual disclosure form
that is submitted together with the corporate income tax
return. These forms cannot be completed without the
most recently updated transfer pricing report. Moreover,
in case of an audit, the DGT uses data from the tested
year and the preceding years data, thereby requiring
taxpayers to update the benchmarking analysis on an
annual basis using the comparable companies current
years financial data.
Therefore, updating the transfer pricing reports also
generally requires new searches to be performed to
capture the current years comparable companies and their
financial results.
There is no statutory deadline for preparation, but the
documentation must be ready when requested by the
tax office.
There is no statutory deadline for submission, but disclosure and detailed information of related-party transactions
are required in the corporate income tax return. However,
in case of a tax audit, taxpayers are required to present
their transfer pricing documentation and it would be
part of the required documents to be submitted within
a one-month period or within seven days pursuant to
PER/22/2013.
End of the 4th month after the tax year end.
There are no statutory acceptable languages to be used
in documentation. However, the languages accepted
for bookkeeping purposes are English and Indonesian.
95

There are no specific transfer pricing rules stating that the
transfer prices reflected on an income tax return must
be the same as those reflected in financial statements.
Nonetheless, it is generally expected that the transfer
prices stated in the income tax return would be the same
as those reflected in the financial statement. In certain
instances, taxpayers have made transfer pricing adjustments in their corporate income tax returns that are not
permitted to be reflected in the audited financial statements, causing the transfer prices to vary in the tax return
and financial statements.
In general, taxpayers perform self-initiated adjustments
although there is no specific guidance on these adjustments. If an APA is entered into to cover a prior year,
a compensating adjustment may be made through an
amendment of the tax return.
The general rule applies. Starting with the 2008 tax year,
the statute of limitations is five years under the tax laws.
There is no specific tax regulation on set-offs between
transactions. In practice, set-offs between related-party
transactions are not allowed.
A tax assessment with penalties should be settled within
one month after the date of issuance of the tax assessment.
An assessment that has been objected to or appealed must
be settled within one month after the final decision on the
objection and/or appeal.
Ordinary penalties apply interest of 2 percent per
month for a maximum 24 months for tax audit assessments. For criminal acts, three months to six years of
imprisonment and/or tax penalties of a maximum of 400
percent may be imposed.

There is no interest on penalties, but there is interest on
late payment of tax assessment/tax collection notice.
If the refund is due as a result of the tax audit process, no
interest is payable. If the refund is due as a result of the
tax objection and/or tax appeal processes, generally the
taxpayer will be entitled to interest compensation, subject
to specific rules.
There is no specific provision. Ordinary rules apply; thus,
application for a reduction may be made to the Indonesian
tax authorities.
Are APAs available?
Yes. Regulation DGT No. PER 69/PJ/2010 regarding APAs
was issued on 31 December 2010.
APA filing fee
The guidelines do not specify a filing fee.
An APA may be entered into for a maximum of three
years, starting from the tax year in which the APA is
agreed. An APA may also cover the year before the APA is
agreed, as long as the annual income tax return for that
tax year has not been audited, no objection or appeal
on it has been filed, and there is no indication of criminal
conduct in taxation.
Competent authority
There is no experience or precedent on this issue.
No.
96
Ireland
Whats new
While there were no formal amendments to Irelands
transfer pricing regime in 2013, initiatives underway
at the OECD level, such as the base erosion and
profit shifting (BEPS) initiative will have an impact on
how companies operating in Ireland will implement
their transfer pricing policies in the future. Irelands
response will form part of a joint international effort
to deal with the issues arising from the BEPS initiative.
The International Tax Strategy document published by
the Irish government as part of Budget 2014 sets out
Irelands commitment to participating in OECD and
EU initiatives to support international tax standards
and deal with aggressive tax planning and fraud.
Because Irelands transfer pricing regime follows the
OECDs transfer pricing guidelines, any changes to
the guidelines arising from the BEPS work will have a
direct impact under domestic law.
General information
The Revenue Commissioners. Taxes Consolidation Act
1997 Section 835A-835H. Transfer pricing rules included
in Finance Act 2010 for trading transactions between
associated persons. Effective for chargeable periods
beginning on or after 1 January 2011.
The law is to be interpreted in accordance with the OECD
The Revenue Commissioners have issued Guidance Notes
in relation to documentation obligations (see below under
Documentation Requirements).
The associated test is met if there is more than a 50
percent shareholding connection (broadly defined)
between the parties, either directly or indirectly, subject to
the exclusion for certain small and medium-sized entities,
as laid out in the EU Commission Recommendation of 6
May 2003 (2003/361/EC).
The Irish Revenue accept the calculation of profits in
accordance with OECD principles in relation to permanent

establishments.
Acceptable methods
Ireland follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in this
regard. Thus, the acceptable methods include the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP), the resale price method, the
cost plus method, the profit split method, and the transactional net margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
Ireland follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, as
updated in 2010, in this regard.
Not generally available.
Yes.
Services issues
There is no specific legislation. General rules on deductible
expenses apply, that is, fees are deductible provided they
are connected with the companys trade and on an arms
length basis.
Paul Reck
+353 1 417 2470
[email protected]

No.
Not specified in Irish legislation. The Irish Revenue is likely
to follow the OECD transfer pricing guidelines. The tax
deductibility of amounts associated with stock option costs
depends on the specific costs and timing of taxation of the
options. There is a requirement to account for the costs
under Irish GAAP/IFRS.
Yes.
Yes.
97

Yes.
No.
Deduction is not permitted if buy-in payments are capital
in nature. Buy-ins would generally be treated as revenue, in
which case they would be deductible.
No specific disclosure required.
The Revenue Commissioners have issued Guidance Notes
in relation to documentation obligations. The guidance
states that it is best practice for documentation to be
prepared at the time the terms of the transaction are
agreed. The guidance also states that for a company to
be in a position to file a complete and correct tax return
for an accounting period in which there are trading
transactions with associates, the documentation should
exist at the time the tax return is due (normally eight
months and 23 days after the end of an accounting
period for returns filed electronically).
Documentation prepared in accordance with the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines or EU TPD will be acceptable.
Relevant documentation should be maintained annually
and updated thereafter on a periodic basis, in line with
any changes in functions and risks of the Irish company.
Typically comparables can be refreshed annually with
a new search performed every three years (or earlier if
there are changes in the functional and risk profile of the
relevant entities).
Documentation should be available by the due date for
filing the income tax return.

Records are to be made available for inspection within
a period of not less than 21 days from the request. In
practice, the Irish Revenue will seek documentation under
the Transfer Pricing Compliance Review program. Under
this program, a period of three months is granted to
taxpayers to self-review their transfer pricing and report
back to the Irish Revenue with findings and relevant
supporting documentation.
Approximately nine months after year end. For example,
for a 31 December year end, the tax filing date is the
following 23 September for returns filed electronically. At
present, there is no requirement to submit transfer pricing
documentation at the time the income tax return is filed.
Records are required to be kept in an official
state language Irish or English.
In general, the statutory accounts form the basis for the
Irish income tax return. However, in practice book/tax
differences are allowable.
Self-initiated adjustments that have the effect of increasing
taxable income are acceptable. An adjustment that has
the effect of decreasing taxable income is permitted only
when an adjustment arises by virtue of transfer pricing
adjustment made by the counterparty company. Such
adjustments may be agreed by the Irish Revenue under
the relevant MAP article in a tax treaty or under the EU
Arbitration Convention.
General rules of assessment apply. Effective January 1,
2005, the time limit is four years from the end of the
accounting period in which the return is filed, but the Irish
Revenue have in the past agreed to a more generous time
limit on a case-by-case basis. The prior time limit (until 31
December 2004) was six years. Domestic time limits are
overridden by the terms of any applicable tax treaty and
the EU Arbitration Convention.
98

Ireland follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in this
regard. Benefits exchanged should be examined closely to
determine if each satisfies the arms length principle.
General rules of assessment apply; the tax paid on account
must be at least 90 percent of the final liability to avoid
interest charges.
There is no specific transfer pricing penalty. Existing
penalties under tax legislation may apply.
Given that there is no specific transfer pricing penalty
regime, interest is not charged on penalties. Interest is
charged on underpayment or late payment of tax.
Yes, in certain circumstances when the tax to be repaid
has been paid as appropriate preliminary tax for the year
in question.
Not applicable.
Are APAs available?
The Irish Revenue will facilitate bilateral APAs by virtue of
the network of double taxation agreements in place.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure in place. It is recommended
that details of the tax adjustment be submitted as early
as possible to ensure that the applicable time limits under
Irish domestic law, when relevant, are met.
Yes.
There is no formal process in place would need to be
considered on a case-by-case basis.

Not applicable.
99
Israel
Whats new
The Israeli Tax authority is becoming more aggressive in its auditing, with significant attention paid to
permanent establishment (PE) transactions and headquarters charge-outs. Furthermore, the authorities are
placing growing emphasis on the treatment of PEs,
business restructurings, and transfers of IP. During
2014, the Israeli Tax Authority is likely to address the
base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) issues, and
may subsequently provide guidance in the form
of a circular.
General information
The Israeli Tax Authority. Income Tax Ordinance, Article
85a, which deals with transfer pricing in international
intercompany transactions, was enacted as part of the
2003 Israeli tax reform.
Transfer pricing regulations under article 85a, approved 29
November 2006, and effective immediately.
Transfer pricing rules apply when a special relationship
exists between parties to a transaction, which includes the
relationship between an individual and his/her relatives,
the control by one party to the transaction over the other,
or control by one individual over the other parties to the
transaction, whether direct or indirect, individually or
together with other individuals.
Yes.
Acceptable methods
Comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, cost plus
method, resale price method, the transactional net margin
method (TNMM), the profit split method, the residual
profit split method, and other unspecified methods.
Priority of methods
Transaction-based methods are preferred over profitbased methods.

Israeli comparables are preferred, but if not available,
relevant foreign comparables may be considered.
While understanding the fact that finding local comparables is not always possible, the Israeli tax authorities will
reject any attempt at what they view as cherry picking
of foreign comparables, when the tested party is an Israeli
party. An effort should be made to seek local comparables;
if Israeli comparables cannot be found, the Israeli Tax
Authority would look for a set of comparables that will
satisfy the comparison criteria specified in the regulations.
In such a case, there is no strict rule as to what would
be preferable, a set of European comparables or a set of
U.S. comparables, and the decision should be made on
a case-by-case basis. Moreover, the Israeli Tax Authority
may allow the use of a combination of comparables from
Europe, the United States, and Israel, as long as they meet
the comparability standards set by the Israeli Tax Authority
in the regulations.
Jacob Houlie
+972 3 608 5424
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes, provided the fees are at arms length.
Generally, no.
There are no formal provisions in this regard.
Yes.
There is no specific statutory authority; however, cost
contribution arrangements and cost sharing agreements
are accepted by the tax authorities.
Generally, yes, as long as the payments satisfy the arms
length standard and are not capital in nature.
100

There are no formal guidelines.
There are no formal guidelines; however, in most cases,
payments are treated as royalty payments.
An annual declaration form of all controlled transactions,
prices, and terms (Form 1385) must be filed with the
annual income tax return, including a corporate officer's
declaration of what constitutes arm's length prices and the
terms of reported controlled transactions.
Documentation should include: (1) a description of all
entities involved in cross-border transactions; (2) an
industry description and market trends; (3) functional and
risk analysis; (4) holding and ownership structures; (5)
intellectual property ownership; (6) primary contracts; (7)
selection of method; (8) selection of profit level indicator;
(9) description of comparable transactions/companies; (10)
economic results; (11) adjustments performed; and (12)
opinions provided.
An annual declaration form of all controlled transactions,
prices, and terms (Form 1385) must be filed with the
annual income tax return, including a corporate officer's
declaration of what constitutes arm's length prices and the
terms of reported controlled transactions.
There is no statutory deadline for the preparation of
documentation. However, an appropriate arm's length
analysis is required prior to the submission of the
declaration form.
Documentation must be submitted within 60 days of
a request.

The deadline to file the income tax return is determined in
accordance with section 132 of the Israeli Tax Ordinance.
However, there is no statutory requirement to file
documentation by the tax return filing date, except for the
annual declaration, Form 1385.
Generally, documentation may be submitted in
English or in Hebrew. The Israeli Tax Authority may
require, in certain circumstances, the submission of
documentation in Hebrew, the official language of Israel.
Book/tax differences are usually not recommended and
are not considered a best practice, but they may be
allowed if necessary.
pricing adjustments
Three years from the end of the tax year for which a
return is filed.
The general tax assessment rules apply.
In accordance with the Israeli Tax Ordinance, ordinary
penalties apply: 4 percent + Consumer Price Index + 15
percent penalties, under certain conditions.
Yes
Yes. In accordance with the Israeli Tax Ordinance, the
taxpayer will be entitled to interest of 4 percent +
Consumer Price Index, as of the relevant tax year and until
the actual date of the refund.
101

There is no provision on this issue.
Are APAs available?
According to Article 85a, APAs are available.
APA filing fee
Not specified.
Not specified.
Competent authority
102
Italy
Whats new
Late in 2013, Italy enacted some changes to its
transfer pricing rules. New legislation was approved to
clarify that the regional production tax (IRAP) applies
to transfer pricing adjustments, in addition to the
corporate income tax (IRES). New transfer pricing rules
for companies engaged in online advertising services
provide that the value of intercompany transactions
for Italian-based companies belonging to multinational
groups that operate in the online advertising sector
may not be determined based on cost-plus methods.
Italys Supreme Tax Court issued a decision on whether
transfer pricing regulations may be deemed anti-abuse
rules. The court clarified that the transfer pricing
regulations do not impose an obligation on the tax
authorities to prove that a taxpayer received a tax
benefit because of intercompany transfer pricing. More
specifically, the tax authorities must demonstrate only
that the intercompany prices were not at arms length,
not whether the taxpayer received a tax benefit.
General information
Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance; Article 110
(7) of Presidential Decree n. 917/1986 (for corporate
tax purposes IRES); Legislative Decree n. 446/1997
(for regional tax purposes IRAP); article 1, 2-ter of
Legislative Decree n.471/1997.
Circular Letter nos. 32/9/2267 (September 22, 1980),
42/12/1587 (December 12, 1981) and 271/E/1059
(October 21, 1997). Circular Letter nos. 141/E/86270 (June
4, 1998), 98/E/107570 (May 17, 2000) and 148/E/139500
(July 26, 2000) for IRAP purposes only; decision of the
Commissioner of Italy Revenue Agency dated September
29, 2010; Circular Letter no. 58/E (December 15, 2010);
Circular no. 21/E (June 5, 2012).
In addition to the control relationships considered in
article 2359 of the Civil Code, transfer pricing rules apply
to any kind of relationship determining actual or potential
economic influence on business decisions, by means of a
combination of, but not limited to, exclusive agreements,
joint ventures, the presence of common members on the
boards of directors, family relationships, financial rela-
tionships, participation in trusts, etc. (Circular Letter No.

32/9/2267, September 22, 1980, chapter I, par. 4).
Italian tax law does not provide specific rules for the
determination of the profit attributable to a permanent
establishment. Therefore, reference must be made to the
provisions found in double tax treaties, most of which
reflect Article 7 of the OECD model convention (although
in its earlier version, prior to the 2010 revision), and the
relevant commentary, as applicable.
The relevant provision reflects the so-called functionally
separate entity approach that has been adopted by OECD
member states as the authorized OECD approach or as
the preferred interpretation.
The profit to be attributed to the permanent establishment should be determined by applying the arms length
principle and the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Practical guidance on the attribution of profits to a
permanent establishment and the related transfer pricing
methodologies are included in the OECD document
2010 Report on the Attribution of Profits to Permanent
Establishments, issued July 22, 2010. From an Italian point
of view, the OECD report is valid, but just as an important
reference for both taxpayers and the tax administration.
Aldo Castoldi
+39 02 83324111
[email protected]

Acceptable methods
comparison method, the profit split method, the invested
capital profitability method, and the economic sector gross
margin method.
Priority of methods
Transaction-based methods are preferred over profit-based
methods. The CUP method is preferred over the resale
price and the cost plus methods.
Comparative data is not generally available.
103

Yes, provided local comparables are not available and
foreign markets are deemed sufficiently similar.
depreciated over two years, trademarks over 18 years.

Other rights are deductible or amortizable over the useful
life or agreed period (Presidential Decree No. 917/86,
article 103).
Services issues
Yes, provided the fees are at arms length, are adequately
supported/documented, refer to services inherent to the
taxpayers business activity, and benefits are proved/
documented. Stewardship costs, as well as costs for
duplicated services, are not deductible.

Tax return (form UNICO RF section) requires
disclosure of direct/indirect control by/of nonresident
entities and relationships with nonresident entities under
common control. In addition, the total value of positive
and negative income items derived from intercompany
transactions subject to the arms length standard must also
be disclosed.

No, unless paid in the form of a royalty for the use of some
intangible assets (for instance, business know-how and
global customers lists).
Italian tax authorities have not taken an official position
on this topic. In principle, a tax deduction might be
allowed, provided the total intercompany stock option
costs recharged are arms length, and the provisions in
the intercompany services agreement are consistent
with those that would have been agreed upon by two
independent parties.
Yes.
Yes. Circular letter no. 32/9/2267, September 22, 1980,
chapter VI, par. 6.
Yes, but payments must satisfy the arms length
standard and have sufficient nexus with the taxpayers
income production.
No.
Payments for patents, processes, and formulas can be
To take advantage of the penalty protection regime, a box

must be checked in the income tax return, to communicate to the tax agency that proper documentation has
been prepared.
Italy does not have a statutory requirement, but documentation is recommended to avoid shifting the burden
of proof regarding arms length pricing to the taxpayer. In
addition, documentation that complies with specific regulations is necessary to obtain penalty protection.
According to the Italian regulations, documentation for
penalty protection purposes must be updated annually,
including the economic analyses (that is, the benchmark
studies). Only small and medium-sized enterprises (defined
as enterprises with an annual turnover of less than 50
million) are free to update the economic analyses included
in documentation every three years, if no significant modifications have occurred in the relevant scenario.
Documentation for penalty protection purposes must be
prepared by the tax return filing date relevant to the fiscal
year being covered.
In case of a tax audit, tax inspectors may ask to be
provided with transfer pricing documentation, if available.
Normally, the request should be satisfied within no more
104
than 15 days (the term may be extended, but only at the

tax authorities discretion). If the taxpayer communicated
the availability of proper documentation for purposes of
penalty protection, the term is 10 days.
Taxpayers must file their annual tax return with the Tax
Agency by the end of the ninth month following the end
of the fiscal year (for companies with a calendar fiscal year,
the deadline is the end of September of the following
year). Italy does not require that documentation be filed
with the tax return; however, taxpayers must check a
box to inform the tax authorities whether the taxpayer
has opted to prepare transfer pricing documentation for
penalty protection purposes. The documentation itself
must be kept at the taxpayers premises and handed over
to the tax auditors upon request.
The Italian tax authorities have the right to require that all
documentation submitted be in Italian, or translated into
Italian before submission. They may accept documentation in other languages (a frequent occurrence) but there
is no guarantee that they will. The tax authorities are not
obligated to accept documentation in foreign languages.
Documentation prepared for penalty protection purposes
must be in Italian.

Four calendar years from the end of the calendar year in
which the tax return was filed. The term is extended to eight
years in cases of assessment of criminal infringements.
Italy has no formal provision on this subject. In general,
set-offs must be separately booked, both for civil and tax
regulation purposes.
General assessment rules are applicable. The deadline is 60
days after notification of an assessment notice. In case of
appeal, the tax authorities are entitled to require payment
of one-third of the tax and interest, even if the court
decision is pending.
Ordinary penalties apply 100 percent to 200 percent
of additional tax, increased by one-third of the unpaid
tax and applicable interest if taxable income is derived
from foreign sources. Beginning April 15, 2000, criminal
penalties (one to six years imprisonment) may apply in
some circumstances (tax fraud, significant tax evasion, or
failure to disclose significant income).

Yes, book/tax differences are allowed. In general, taxable
income is computed starting from the results reflected in
the financial statements, to which upward or downward
changes are made as required by tax law (for example,
some costs may not be deductible in full and certain
revenues may be spread over a multiple-year period).
Those changes include increases in the taxable income
to bring revenues or costs in line with the arms length
standard, even though the financial statements are not
modified accordingly.
Taxpayers may avoid the application of administrative

penalties in the case of transfer pricing adjustments,
provided that proper documentation has been prepared
and promptly handed over to the tax auditors. Moreover,
the taxpayer must have communicated in advance to
the Revenue Agency (by a specific electronic form for
fiscal years prior to that including May 31, 2010, and by
checking a box in the income tax return for subsequent
fiscal years) the availability of such proper documentation relevant to the intercompany transactions carried out
in each fiscal year.
Italy permits adjustments in filing both original and amended
returns after the close of book year-end, as long as the
adjustment does not provide for a decrease in income.
Adjustments may trigger penalties, on an increasing scale,
the later they are made in respect to the deadline for the
filling of the income tax return they refer to.

Taxpayers are entitled to receive interest if a tax refund
is due by the tax authorities. Interest is determined on
the basis of the legal tax rate established annually by
ministerial decree.

No, interest is charged only on the additional taxes
connected with the transfer pricing adjustments.
105

Penalties may be reduced to one-third if paid, without
appealing to the Tax Court, within 60 days from the notification of the tax assessment by the tax office. New rules,
recently introduced, provide for further reductions (to
one-sixth) of the original penalty if certain conditions are
met (acceptance by taxpayer of the tax adjustment claimed
in the tax auditors report; waiver of right to appeal).
Are APAs available?
According to Article 8 of Law Decree n. 269/2003,
effective January 1, 2004, taxpayers with international
business activities may apply for an International Tax
Ruling, with contents and effect similar to a unilateral
APA, regarding transfer prices, interest, dividends, and
royalties. The Revenue Agency issued instructions for
the application of the ruling procedure in July 2004.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Competent authority
Italy follows the mutual agreement procedure for
the pertinent treaty, or the Arbitration Convention
procedure if the related party is located in an EU
member state (pursuant to EU Arbitration Convention
90/436/CEE). Circular 21/E (June 5, 2012) provides
clarifications to the mutual agreement procedures and Arbitration Convention procedures.
Yes.
Yes. If certain circumstances are met (for instance,
if payment would imply severe and irreparable
damage to the taxpayer), the tax authorities, at
the taxpayers request, may temporarily suspend
recovery of tax and interest assessed if a mutual
agreement/arbitration procedure is started.

Once signed, the agreement would remain in force for
three years (including the year in which it is signed), unless
new facts emerge that would change the conditions
regarding the transactions covered by the agreement.
An amendment to the rules that would extend the threeyear term to five years is currently awaiting final approval.
106
Japan
Whats new
Two primary developments related to transfer pricing
occurred in Japan in 2013. Updated rules related
to Japanese corporate tax and transfer pricing
audits took effect on January 1, 2013. As part of
the updated rules, transfer pricing issues are to be
audited together with corporate tax issues unless, at
the commencement of the audit, either the taxpayer
or the tax authorities propose to have transfer pricing
issues evaluated at a later time in an audit devoted
solely to transfer pricing issues. Upon closing of the
audit, a reexamination of the years covered may only
be made if it is believed that an error has been made
due to information that is newly available.
The introduction of the Berry ratio as an acceptable
profit level indicator, which became effective for
fiscal years beginning after April 1, 2013, represents
another move by the Japanese tax authorities to
bring Japan's transfer pricing regime closer to the
OECD approach.
General information
National Tax Agency (NTA); Special Taxation Measures Law
(STML), Article 66-4 and Article 68-88 for companies filing
consolidated tax returns.
Enforcement Order 39-12 and 39-112 (for companies
filing consolidated tax returns). Enforcement Ordinance
22-10, and 22-10(2), 22-74, and 22-75. TP commissioners
directive (guideline) issued June 1, 2001, partially amended
several times. Reference Case Studies on Application of
Transfer Pricing Taxation issued on June 25, 2007.
Transfer pricing rules apply to transactions between a
Japanese taxpayer corporation and a foreign related party.
Related parties are defined as entities with a special
relationship because of direct or indirect legal control
(through shareholding) or control-in-substance (personnel
dependence, transactional dependence, financial dependence, or similar dependence factors).

There is no specific guidance, but in the event it is determined there is a permanent establishment issue, the tax
authorities are likely to take an approach consistent with a
transfer pricing analysis.
Acceptable methods
and similar methods.
Priority of methods
Three basic methods (CUP, resale price, and cost plus) had
priority over TNMM and profit split until September 2011.
The 2011 Tax Reform introduced the best method rule,
which applies to fiscal years beginning after October 1, 2011.
Comparable data are obtained using several public
databases with SIC codes and keywords. Information from
public databases in English, including Bureau van Dijks
databases, is used by the Japanese tax authorities, as well
as those available only in Japanese.
Michael Tabart
+81 3 6213 3751
michael.tabart@
tohmatsu.co.jp

No.
Services issues
Arms length charges for intragroup management and
similar services are deductible (in accordance with the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines and Japans transfer
pricing guidelines).
No withholding tax is imposed if the services are
performed outside of Japan. Withholding taxes may be
applicable if the services are performed in Japan.
107
Yes. Japan follows the rules adopted in TP commissioners directive (guideline) issued March 20, 2006.
Yes, as long as the payments satisfy the arms length standard.
Payments are deductible or amortizable over the useful life.
Schedule 17(4): Detailed Statement Concerning Foreign
Affiliated Persons and Applied Transfer Pricing Methods.
Enforcement Ordinance 22-10 lists 14 items of information/documents that must be presented to the tax authorities during a tax audit without delay.
The 14 requested information items/documents are
divided into two categories: (1) Nine items that show
that controlled transactions were conducted under conditions similar to those of uncontrolled transactions, such
as pricing policies used in business, intercompany agreements, and negotiation processes with affiliated companies
on pricing; and (2) five items such as comparables and
transfer pricing methods used for sanity-check purposes
with respect to the controlled transactions conducted with
the items listed in the first category.
Japan looks at individual tax years in terms of documentation. Thus, the relevant documentation cited by
Enforcement Ordinance 22-10 pertinent to the tax year

in question should be available. For example, it is possible
that the functional analysis may not have changed, but
headcounts, organizational charts, and financial analysis
relevant to the year in question must be available without
delay for the year(s) under audit.
If a taxpayer is not equipped with the above information
before it enters into any controlled transaction, it could
be subject to the presumptive taxation rule whereby the
tax authorities are allowed to use secret comparables.
Documentation must be submitted
without delay upon request.
The income tax return must be filed within two
months after the end of the fiscal year end, unless an
extension has been approved by a local tax office.
Documentation must be in Japanese.
Under Japanese tax law, taxable income should be
determined based on the shareholder-approved financial
statement. Thus, book/tax differences are not allowed.
Written guidelines for self-initiated adjustments (TP
commissioners directive (guideline)) were issued on
October 22, 2008.
Set-off is permitted if: (1) an adjustment has been made
with the same related party during the same tax year;
and (2) after set-off, the two transactions are considered
conducted at arms length.
Six years from the due date for filing the income tax return.
108

Generally within 30 days from a notice of deficiency.
Interest on a deficiency is imposed from the date of the
statutory notice, in addition to interest for the shorter
period of: (1) the number of days between the date the
original return was filed and the notice of deficiency, or
(2) 12 months.
Japan does not have specific transfer pricing penalties.
The ordinary penalty is 10 percent to 15 percent
of the additional tax (35 percent for concealment
of facts). The delinquency tax rate is the lower of
7.3 percent and 4 percent plus the special discount
rate for commercial bills at the central bank.
No.
Yes. The same rate as used for delinquent tax is applied.
There is no provision on this subject.
Are APAs available?
Both unilateral and bilateral APAs are available. The
NTA prefers bilateral APAs. The TP commissioners
directive (guideline) was issued June 1, 2001.
APA filing fee
There is no fee for an APA application.
Generally, three to five years forward; rollback is available
on bilateral APAs (TP commissioners directive). In practice,
APA terms vary.
Competent authority
In practice, following receipt of the formal deficiency
notice; however, there is no specific requirement with
regard to the point at which the taxpayer may submit
a request. More than half of the treaties Japan has
entered into impose limitations as to the deadline
for filing an application.
Yes. Japan follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Yes. Under the 2007 tax reform, applicable from
April 1, 2007, payment of tax and penalties may be
postponed, and delinquent tax may be exempt during
a CA procedure if the taxpayer applies for this.
109
Kazakhstan
Whats new
2013 saw relatively few significant transfer pricing
reforms, legislative changes, or new directions in
tax authority compliance and enforcement action
in Kazakhstan.
Minor legislative amendments were passed, aimed
primarily at clarifying previous ambiguity in drafting,
and discussions took place between the authorities
and various associations of taxpayers and industry
bodies in relation to further potential future reforms
(notably in relation to potential means via which
unrelated companies might be excluded from the
scope of Kazakh transfer pricing legislation/controls).
General information
The Tax Committee and the Customs Committee of the
Ministry of Finance. The Law on Transfer Pricing, dated 5
July 2008; and the Code of the Republic of Kazakhstan On
Taxes and Other Obligatory Payments to the Budget (the
tax code).
Resolution of the Government (dated 12 March 2009)
#292 On approval of the list of officially recognized
sources of information on market prices;
Resolution of the Government (dated 12 March
2009) #293 On approval of the list of goods (works,
services) international transactions that are subject
to monitoring;
Resolution of the Government (dated 24 October 2011)
# 1197 On approval of the rules for concluding an
agreement on application of transfer prices;
List of exchange goods adopted by government regulation (dated 6 May 2009) #638;
List of countries with concessional tax regimes
adopted by government regulation (dated 31
December 2008) #1318;
Resolution of the Government (dated 11 November
2011) #1324 On approval of the reporting forms for
monitoring of transactions and rules for conducting
monitoring of transactions;
Order of the Minister of Finance (dated 26 March 2009)
#129 On approval of the regulation on the procedure
of interaction of the authorized bodies during transfer
pricing control;
Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan (dated 6 January
2011) #377-IV On State Control and Supervision in the
Republic of Kazakhstan;
Resolution of the Government (dated 3 February 2011)

#74 Concerning the approval of Regulations (methodology) on pricing of natural uranium concentrate;
Resolution of the Government (dated 30 June 2011) #
741 Concerning the approval of Regulations (methodology) on pricing of sponge titanium, titanium ingots,
and elementary magnesium ingots.
Local transfer pricing rules apply to both related and
unrelated parties in respect of international business
operations and operations performed in Kazakhstan
that are linked to and subsequently become classified as international business operations.
For these purposes, the term international
business operations is defined as including:
Export and/or import transactions for the purchase and
sale of goods;
Transactions for the execution of works and rendering
services, when one of the parties is a nonresident
carrying out activities in Kazakhstan without a
permanent establishment; and,
Transactions undertaken by residents of Kazakhstan
that are executed outside Kazakhstan for the purchase
and sale of goods, the execution of works, and delivery
of services.
Anthony Mahon
+7 727 2581340
ext. 2756
[email protected]

Yes, Kazakh legislation provides for the determination
of income attributable to a permanent establishment
considering the transfer pricing rules in certain cases:
If a nonresident engages in business activity both in
Kazakhstan and beyond its boundaries within the
framework of a single project implemented through a
permanent establishment in Kazakhstan; or
If goods manufactured by a permanent establishment of
a nonresident in Kazakhstan are sold by another structural unit of the nonresident that is situated beyond the
boundaries of Kazakhstan.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method,
the cost plus method, the resale price method, the
profit split method, and the net profit method.
110
Priority of methods
The CUP has first priority. If it is impossible to apply the
CUP, other methods may be used, following this hierarchy:
(1) cost plus method; (2) resale price method; (3) profit
split method; and (4) net profit method.
If those losses cannot be compensated in the period

in which they are actually incurred, the losses can
be carried forward up to 10 years and compensated
with income from those derivative financial instruments, but not the aggregate annual income.

A list of international bulletins, magazines, and other
sources of information was established by Resolution of
the Government dated 12 March 2009. The list of officially
recognized sources of information on market prices has
first priority. Other sources of data may be used in the
following order:
Sources of information on stock exchange quotations;
Data of state bodies, authorized bodies of other states
and organizations; and
Information programs used for purposes of transfer
pricing, information submitted by the transaction parties,
and other sources of information.
There are no specific provisions.

Yes, to the extent that such comparables
reflect comparable economic conditions.
Services issues
Yes, in accordance with general tax legislation (the tax
code), if related to the generation of taxable income and
documented justifiably.
Management fees are not deductible by nonresident
companies if not associated with a permanent establishment in Kazakhstan.

No specific provisions are set out in local
legislation to address such arrangements.
There are no specific provisions in local legislation
that govern the taxation and tax deductibility of
such structures.
However, in line with general principles set out in local tax
legislation (the tax code), nonresident companies operating
in Kazakhstan through permanent establishments are
allowed to deduct general and administrative expenses if
stipulated by the relevant income tax treaty.
The methodology and procedure of such deductibility is
regulated by provisions of the tax code.
There are no specific provisions addressing the withholding tax treatment of such arrangements.

Yes, in accordance with general tax legislation (the
tax code), if received by a nonresident company from
Kazakh sources and not attributable to that nonresident
companys permanent establishment in Kazakhstan.
However, depending on the precise nature of the

agreements in question, it is possible that such
arrangements may be subject to withholding tax.
Exemption from Kazakhstan withholding tax, however,

may be available under an applicable tax treaty.

There are no specific provisions addressing this issue in the
Kazakh tax code.

Losses arising from derivative financial instruments
that are subject to special considerations other than
in hedging transactions and in implementation by
way of delivery of a base asset shall be offset against
income from derivative financial instruments.

111
Transaction parties (when transactions are within the scope
of the transfer pricing regime) are obligated to maintain
suitable documentation to justify the reasonableness of
transaction prices used.
Kazakhstans transfer pricing regulations also introduced
annual reporting requirements in the form of monitoring
of international transactions for a specified list of goods
and services approved by the government of Kazakhstan.
Reporting includes:
Documentation confirming the justification of
prices used;
The method used to determine the market price and the
source of information used;
A description of the goods (work, services), contractual
terms, business strategy, and information on the trade
brokers margin; and
Other documents and data proving the consistency of
the prices applied with market prices.
Yes, documentation must be submitted to the tax authorities in the form of a report on monitoring of transactions
(submitted electronically online) on an annual basis.
The report contains information about all cross-border
transactions during the reporting year, including:
Type of commodity;
Date, place, and terms of shipment; transaction price;
Market price;
Differentials (i.e. an adjustment amount that applies to
adjust transaction prices (or prices from sources of information) to those that would be equivalent to goods and
services available in comparable economic conditions;
including costs of shipment, insurance, customs, and
other costs incurred); and
Other information.
The report on monitoring of transactions must be
submitted only by large taxpayers. The list of companies
classified as large taxpayers is approved and issued
annually by the government.
There are no specific requirements regarding new searches
or refreshment of comparables.
Documentation must be prepared by 15 May of the year
following the reporting year for transactions in goods
(works, services) subject to monitoring.
Additional supporting documents for purposes of monitoring may be requested and must be submitted within 30
calendar days after receipt of the request.
Otherwise, in general cases, supporting information and
documents must be prepared and submitted within 90
days upon request by the authorities.
By 15 May of the year following the reporting year for
transactions of goods (works, services) that are subject to
monitoring.
Additional supporting documents for purposes of monitoring may be requested and must be submitted within 30
calendar days after receipt of the request.
Otherwise, in general cases, supporting information
and documents must be submitted within 90 days upon
request from the authorities.
The corporate income tax return must be filed by 31 March
of the year following the reporting tax year
Documentation in Russian and Kazakh is generally acceptable. However, the reporting forms for transfer pricing
monitoring must be in Russian.
For tax purposes, prices may be adjusted in accordance
with transfer pricing legislation, and therefore could
be different from income and expenses recognized for
accounting purposes.
Self-initiated adjustments are allowed. The
procedure for such adjustments is regulated
under general tax legislation (the tax code).
112

Five years, as stipulated by general tax legislation
(the tax code).

Are APAs available?
Yes. From a legislative point of view, APAs are
possible and are regulated by the government.

There are no specific provisions addressing
this issue in local legislation.
Experience to date reveals that in practical terms

the use of APAs in Kazakhstan is nonexistent.

Additional tax assessments must be fulfilled within 30
working days from the tax authorities request.
Based on informal discussions with tax authorities,

we understand they have received numerous APA
applications. However, none have been approved,
principally due to difficulties complying with all the
terms outlined in the decree governing APAs.

A penalty of up to 50 percent of additionally accrued
tax, and interest on underpaid tax of 2.5 times the refinancing rate established by the National Bank for each
day the tax obligation remains overdue will be imposed.
APA filing fee

There is no fee for an APA application.
The taxpayers failure to provide the tax authorities with reporting to monitor transactions is
subject to a fine up to 70 MCI (1 MCI=USD 12).
Competent authority
Failure to submit documents within the period prescribed

by the authorized government body, or refusal to
provide documents is subject to a fine up to 350 MCI.
No.
If the tax authorities miss the deadline for making a
credit against a tax credit application for an excess
amount of tax or charge paid, the tax authorities will pay late payment interest to the taxpayer
for each day the credit remains unpaid.

Up to three years from the signing date.

There are no specific provisions in
this respect in Kazakh law.
There are no specific provisions in
this respect in Kazakh law.
Late payment interest accrues at 2.5 times the

official National Bank of Kazakhstan refinancing
rate (currently 5.5 percent) for each day of delay,
beginning from the day following the credit
deadline, including the day the credit is made.
Penalties may be avoided in case of self-initiated
adjustments as stipulated by general tax legislation.
113
Kenya
Whats new
Kenyas transfer pricing legislation did not change
in 2013. The Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA)
continues to be aggressive in carrying out transfer
pricing audits. Experience with transfer pricing audits
indicates that the KRA will nearly always challenge
transfer pricing arrangements for taxpayers that
report losses for a number of years and entities that
enter into related-party transactions with group
companies located in tax havens.
General information
Kenya Revenue Authority; Section 18(3) of the Income
Tax Act deals with transfer pricing legislation. This antiavoidance section grants the tax authority power to restate
transactions between a resident entity and a nonresident
affiliate that are not at arms length.
The Income Tax (Transfer Pricing) Rules, 2006, issued by
the Minister for Finance on 15 June 2006.
The rules define related parties as one or more
enterprises whereby:
One of the enterprises participates directly or indirectly in
the management, control, or capital of the other;
Third person participates directly or indirectly in the
management, control, or capital of both; or
An individual who participates in the management,
control, or capital of the business of one entity is associated by marriage, consanguinity, or affinity to an individual who participates in the management, control, or
capital of the business of the other.
The minimum threshold for control in the case of a body
corporate is 25 percent shareholding or voting power,
unless specifically provided for by the companys constitution. Note, however, that even in the absence of control,
entities may still be deemed related, because control is not
the only criterion.
Do the local transfer pricing rules or the tax
The rules apply to permanent establishments, which are
treated as distinct and separate entities from their head

offices or other branches. Therefore, the permanent establishment or branch should use transfer pricing analyses for
profit attribution.
Acceptable methods
profit split method (contribution analysis or residual
analysis), and the transactional net margin method
(TNMM). The KRA commissioner may approve
another method when, in his or her opinion, the
arms length price cannot be determined using any
of the methods contained in the guidelines.
Priority of methods
The rules do not give preference to any of the
methods, but require the taxpayer to apply the most
appropriate method.
No database of local comparables is available. KRA
subscribes to the Orbis database, which contains
global comparables.
Fredrick Omondi
+254 0 719 039318
[email protected]

Yes. However, there is no guidance on the adjustments
that should be made.
Services issues
Generally, yes.
Yes, subject to withholding tax at a default rate of 20
percent for nonresidents (subject to income tax treaties).
Yes, the total costs pertaining to employing certain
individuals should be included in the cost base.
No guidelines provided. The principle will have to be tested
with the KRA.
114

No guidelines provided.
No official guidelines provided. The principle will have to
be tested with the KRA.
The Kenya Revenue Authority has recently proposed to
amend the income tax return document to include disclosures of related-party transactions. No timeline has been
provided for this.
Documentation pertaining to transfer pricing must be
made available to the Kenyan tax authorities upon request.
There is no express requirement to prepare annual documentation. However, when there is a change in the
controlled transactions or business structure, the practice
is to update the existing documentation to reflect any
changes and to capture all controlled transactions.
documentation.
Documentation must be submitted upon request.
Income tax returns are due on the last day of the sixth
month following the end of the year of income. Currently,
there is no requirement to file transfer pricing documentation with the tax return.
Documentation must be in English.
There are no guidelines on this issue. However, in
practice a transfer pricing adjustment could be passed
through the financial statements, or through the income
tax computation.
The revenue authority requires that the taxpayer file
an application under section 90 of the Income Tax Act
for amendment of self-assessment returns. This usually
triggers a tax audit.
As with other income tax assessments, the Revenue
Authority has the power to make assessments for up to
seven years back. However, when there is evidence of
fraud, there is no time limit for making assessments.
No formal provision.
The due date is that which applies to the balance of
tax for the year to which the self-assessment relates.
Therefore, the additional assessment will attract interest
from the date on which the tax for the year in question
should have been paid (four months after the year-end).
Penalties will apply for transfer pricing purposes under the
ordinary penalty sections of the Kenyan Income Tax Act.
Effective June 2010, interest is not charged on penalties.
Interest is currently not payable on tax refunds.
115

There is no provision for a reduction in penalties.
Are APAs available?
No.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Competent authority

Not applicable.
116
Korea
Whats new
The most important change in Koreas transfer pricing
regime during 2013 was the introduction of transfer
pricing methods for pricing guarantee fees provided
by Korean parent companies to foreign affiliates.
Cross-border related-party guarantee transactions
were subject to transfer pricing regulation in Korea,
but the law was silent on the computation method to
determine an arms length fee. Under revised Korean
regulations, the arms length price of guarantee
fees should be calculated using one of three stipulated methods: the cost-based approach, based on
the guarantors expected risk and cost; the benefit
approach, based on the guarantees expected benefit
to the recipient; or the cost-benefit approach, a
hybrid method based on the guarantors expected
risk and cost and the guarantees expected benefit.
Guarantee fees have been a contentious issue in
Korea for some time, and will likely continue to be an
area of controversy. The debate is an indication that
the Korean transfer pricing environment, which traditionally focused on aggressive assessment of inbound
taxpayers, is turning toward outbound taxpayers, in
line with the growth of many Korean multinationals.
General information
National Tax Service (NTS); Law for the Coordination of
International Tax Affairs (LCITA) (effective January 1, 1996).
Presidential Enforcement Decree, Ministerial Enforcement
Decree, Basic rulings for LCITA. Basic rulings were
released in June 2004 to provide clear-cut guidelines.
A special relationship exists if one party (i) owns directly or
indirectly 50 percent or more of the total shares of another
party; or (ii) has substantial control, and common interests
exist between both parties.
Yes.

Acceptable methods
transactional net margin method (TNMM), the profit
split method, and other reasonable methods.
Priority of methods
There is no hierarchy of methods; taxpayers must use
the most appropriate method (amended as of 27
December 2010).
Yes. Several databases are available to the public.
Yes, but are subject to aggressive scrutiny. Local
comparables are often preferred.
Services issues
Management fees paid to overseas related parties,
including a parent company, for services can be deductible for Korean tax purposes only if the following conditions are met: (i) a service agreement should be signed
prior to the provision of the service and the service must
be actually rendered in accordance with the service
agreement; (ii) the domestic company should expect an
increase in profit or a decrease in cost from the service
provided by the foreign related party; (iii) payments for
the services must be at arms length; and (iv) the actual
performance of services is verified by relevant documents,
such as a service performance schedule, progress report,
information on the service provider, email correspondence,
or expense reports.
Tae-Hyung Kim
+82 2 6676 2410
taehyungkim@
deloitte.com

No withholding tax applies if the related services are
performed outside Korea. However, if the relevant
services are performed in Korea, withholding tax can be
imposed in accordance with tax treaties or local tax law.
The NTS might include stock option costs in the cost
base for intercompany service charges if the costs are
closely related with the business of the Korean entity.
117
Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
No, subject to certain exceptions.
of the intangible.
Taxpayers are required to submit (1) Report of Transfer
Pricing Method; (2) Summary of Overseas Related-Party
Transactions; and (3) Summary of Income Statement for
Overseas Related Parties.
Korea does not impose a documentation requirement.
However, a 10 percent underreported tax penalty in case
of a transfer pricing income adjustment as a result of a
tax audit may be waived by preparing contemporaneous
documentation by the tax return filing due date.
Korea does not impose an annual documentation requirement. To qualify for the penalty waiver granted for
the preparation of contemporaneous documentation,
taxpayers should include the following information:
An overview of the business, including an analysis of the
facts affecting the price of assets and/or services;
Information on the organizational structure that explains
the relationship between the taxpayer and related parties
engaged in cross-border related-party transactions;
Information that explains the selection of the transfer

pricing method in the tax return, including
Economic analysis and forecast that provide the
basis for the selection of the transfer pricing method;
Comparable data used to compute the arms length
price, and an explanation of adjustments made in
the comparability analysis;
Information regarding alternative transfer pricing
methods and the reason for not selecting those
methods; and
Information added after the tax year-end until the
filing of the income tax return.
Korean transfer pricing rules do not provide any guidance
on how the required information should be submitted in
case of annual contemporaneous documentation. As for
the timing of comparable data collection, the regulation
specifies that the taxpayers transfer pricing analysis must
be based on a comprehensive group of representative
comparable data that is collected as of taxable year-end.
There is no deadline to prepare documentation. However,
the contemporaneous documentation preparation deadline
is the tax return filing due date.
Transfer pricing documentation must be submitted within
60 days of a request for transfer pricing documentation (a
one-time extension of 60 days may be allowed by the tax
authorities for justifiable reason). Contemporaneous documentation must be submitted within 30 days of a request.
An income tax return must be filed within three months
from the last day of the business year.
Documentation must be submitted in Korean.
Documentation in English may be acceptable upon
approval from the NTS.
The transfer prices reflected on an income tax return
must also be reflected in financial statements. However,
in certain cases such as when a transfer pricing adjustment is required for the purpose of tax risk management
118
documents for tax appeal or Competent Authority procedures if the documents were not submitted within 60 days
(or 120 days) upon request from the NTS without justifiable reason. Underreported tax penalty is 10 percent of
additional corporate income tax amount.
No.
the transfer pricing adjustment as a tax adjustment item

is allowed to be made on an income tax return, while the
adjustment is not reflected in the books.
An adjustment is permitted in filing the original return and
amended tax return. In case of decreasing taxable income,
an amended tax return must be filed within three years of
filing the original return. In case of an upward adjustment,
the taxpayer may amend its tax return for the taxable year
for which the statute of limitation has not yet expired.
Five years from the day after the due date for filing the
income tax return; seven years for nonfilers; 10 years in
case of fraud.
Offsetting is permitted with proof that such differences
are effectively offset against the price applied to another
transaction between the same related parties during the
same taxable year. The existence of a prior agreement
between the parties is a precondition to allow the set-off
of transactions.
Normally 30 days from the date of issuance of the tax
assessment bill by the tax authorities.
A penalty of up to KRW 100 million may be imposed for
failure to provide documents within 60 days (one 60-day
extension allowed) upon request from the NTS. The NTS
may disregard the documents presented as supporting

Yes, interest on excess tax payments is calculated from
the original date of payment to the date of refund. The
interest rate is set by presidential enforcement decree. The
interest rate applied in 2013 was 34/1,000 per year.
The 10 percent underreported tax penalty may be waived
if (1) supporting documentation is presented and the
Competent Authority confirms a justifiable position; (2)
the NTS accepts a unilateral APA; or (3) contemporaneous
documentation is prepared and maintained when the tax
return is filed, and submitted within 30 days of request.
Are APAs available?
Both unilateral and bilateral APAs are available.
APA filing fee
There is no fee for filing an APA application.
There is no limitation on APA period. The taxpayer shall
specify the fiscal years for which the APA would apply.
Competent authority
There is no limitation on APA period. The taxpayer shall
specify the fiscal years for which the APA would apply.
Yes.
Yes, by submitting an application before receiving a
tax assessment bill. Payment will be deferred only if
the other contracting state allows it reciprocally.
119
Latvia
Whats new
New, more detailed transfer pricing documentation
requirements where introduced in Latvian tax legislation effective 1 January 2013. After the introduction
of these requirements, the Latvian tax authorities
have significantly increased the number of transfer
pricing audits and the attention to prices in relatedparty transactions.
General information
State Revenue Service (SRS); Taxes and Duties Act, articles
15.2, 16.1 (from 1 January 2013); Taxes and Duties Act,
articles 23.2; Income Tax Act, article 12.
Cabinet of Ministers Regulations No. 556, articles 83.-94;
Cabinet of Ministers Regulations No. 981.
Transfer pricing rules apply to transactions with:
Foreign entities with at least a 20 percent relationship;
Local entities with at least a 90 percent relationship;
Local entities benefiting from corporate income tax
relief or other types of tax relief provided in Latvian
legislation; and
Entities established in black-listed territories.
Yes. Transfer pricing rules apply to all Latvian corporate
taxpayers residents and permanent establishments.
Acceptable methods
Latvian transfer pricing legislation is generally in line with
the OECD transfer pricing guidelines. The comparable
uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the resale price method,
the cost plus method, the profit split method, and the
transactional net margin method (TNMM) are acceptable.
Priority of methods
Subject to the availability of reliable comparables data,
traditional transaction methods are preferred to transactional profit methods.

Financial data from published accounts are available via
local database.
The SRS requires the use of the most reliable available
comparables data. Therefore, SRS accepts foreign comparables when reliable local comparables are not available.
Services issues
Management fees are deductible provided there is sufficient substance and sufficient evidence that services were
actually received and that they benefited the Latvian
taxpayers business.
Yes. Generally, withholding tax of 10 percent applies to
management fees. If the payment is made to a resident
established in a country with which Latvia has entered into
a double tax treaty, an exemption would apply if the payer
holds a valid residence certificate of the recipient.
All payments made to persons in black-listed territories are
subject to 15 percent withholding tax.
Janina Landisa
+371 67 074 193
jlandisa@
deloittece.com

There is no special treatment for stock options in relation
to transfer pricing legislation.
CCAs are not regulated in the legislation, but are accepted
provided permission from the SRS is received.
CSAs are not regulated in the legislation, but could be
accepted provided permission from the SRS is received,
although in practice no taxpayer has succeeded in
obtaining such permission.
There is no specific regulation but generally all business
expenses are deductible.
120

No.
Practice has not been established; thus, each case should
be evaluated separately.
Cabinet of Ministers Regulations No. 981, article 4.19.4.21, obligates taxpayers to disclose related-party transactions in the corporate income tax return. Specifically,
taxpayers are obligated to disclose information on the
related party, the type of transaction, the amount and the
applied transfer pricing method.
As of 1 January 2013, mandatory transfer pricing documentation requirements apply to Latvian corporate taxpayers
residents and permanent establishments whose annual
turnover exceeds 1.43 million, and whose related-party
transaction value exceeds 14,300. Article 15.2 of the Taxes
and Duties Act regulates the content of transfer pricing
documentation, which in general is in line with the requirements of the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Before 1 January 2013, transfer pricing rules applied,
but there was no formal requirement to prepare transfer
pricing documentation.
There is no requirement to prepare transfer pricing
documentation on an annual basis. However, documentation should be amended if there are changes
in the conduct of related parties or the economic
circumstances surrounding the transaction. The SRS
accepts comparable data no older than four years;
therefore, comparables should be refreshed or a
new search performed every two to three years.

The transfer pricing documentation requirements are in
force effective 1 January 2013. There is no deadline set for
preparation of the documentation.
Taxpayers are obligated to keep transfer pricing documentation for five years, and to provide the SRS the documentation within a month of receiving a request for the same.
One month after approval of the annual accounts, but no
later than four month after the taxation years end (seven
months for large companies).
All documents submitted to the SRS, including transfer
pricing documentation, must be in Latvian. In practice,
some taxpayers keep transfer pricing documentation in
English and prepare translations once the documentation is
requested by the SRS.
If the prices reflected in financial statements are not
at arms length, the taxpayer may increase the taxable
income in its corporate income tax return. The taxpayer
may decrease taxable income in the corporate income tax
return if a related party has increased its taxable income
(the related party must be resident in the European
Economic Zone (EEC) or resident of a country with which
Latvia has entered into a double tax treaty).
Adjustments after year-end are accepted if necessary to
arrive at arms length prices.
Foreign related-party transactions may be audited for five
years, for local transactions the statute of limitation is three
years.
There are no specific guidelines on the treatment of
set-offs. However, set-offs would be generally allowed if
on arms length terms and conditions.
121

Generally 30 days from the date of receiving the assessment results. A further extension of time for payment may
be negotiated.
A penalty fee of 10 percent to 30 percent will apply for
reducing taxable income.
No interest is charged on penalties; however, late interest
payments will apply at a 0.05 percent rate for each
overdue day on the amount of reduced tax liability.
No.
Yes, if the taxpayer agrees to the assessment, the penalty
fees and late interest payments may be reduced.
Are APAs available?
Yes, APAs are available effective 1 January 2013.
APA filing fee

The fee for filing an APA request is 7114. Twenty percent
of the fee must be paid before filing the application, and
the other 80 percent is payable after the SRS issues a
positive decision to initiate the APA process. In case of a
negative decision from the SRS, the initial 20 percent paid
is not refundable
An APA will be in force for three years upon its conclusion.
Competent authority
After the proposed adjustment is communicated to the
taxpayer and before the issue of a formal notice of assessment, a final meeting with the SRS could be held to
negotiate the assessment (both parties would argue their
position).
No information is available on this issue.
No information is available on this issue.
122
Lithuania
Whats new
Lithuania did not introduce any changes to its
transfer pricing legislation in 2013. However, the
Supreme Administrative Court of Lithuania ruled
on the first transfer pricing case in the countrys
history. The court ruled in favor of the tax authorities, concluding that the interquartile range should
be used when not all the values of the determined
comparables could be treated as representative from
a transfer pricing perspective.
General information
State Tax Inspectorate under the Ministry of Finance.
Order No. 1K-123 of the Minister of Finance (transfer
pricing rules), dated 9 April 2004;
Law on corporate income tax (No. IX-675), dated
20 December 2001;
Law on Tax Administration (No. IX-2112), dated
13 April 2004;
Order No. VA-27 of the head of STI regarding submission
of the report on transactions and operations with associated parties, dated 22 March 2005;
Order No. VA-105 of the head of STI regarding APAs,
dated 19 October 2011;
Order No. VA-49 of the head of STI regarding the
recovery of tax overpayments by taxpayer, dated
30 June 2009;
Order No. VA-25 of the head of STI regarding the
method of imposing penalties and the calculation of late
payment interest, dated 28 March 2007.
The transfer pricing rules apply to associated parties as
established in Article 2 of the Law on Corporate Income
Tax. Specifically, the rules apply to:
Related parties (as established in the same article);
Entities that may have influence over each other resulting
in the conditions of their mutual or economic operations being other than those where maximum economic
benefit is sought by each of said persons.

Profits attributable to a permanent establishment or branch
are subject to transfer pricing analysis. The provisions
establishing the obligation of a permanent establishment
or branch to comply with transfer pricing regulations are
laid down in Order No. 1K-123. However, there is little
guidance in Lithuania regarding the calculation of profits
attributable to a permanent establishment or branch.
Acceptable methods
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method rule applies. However,
if conditions allow, the CUP method should be used. If
application of the CUP method is not feasible because of
unreliable or insufficient data, the resale price or cost plus
method should be applied. If those methods are not applicable, an analysis using the profit split method or TNMM
should be performed.
Tatjana Vaiciuliene
+370 5 2553004
tvaiciuliene@
deloittece.com

Companies are entitled to support their transfer pricing
agreements with benchmark analysis. Priority is given
to internal comparables, if any exist. The Amadeus
Bureau van Dijk database is available to the Lithuanian
tax authorities.
The STI requires the use of the most reliable comparable
data. Therefore, if the data used for determination of
an arms length price range are comparable to the
analyzed transaction with respect to its functional and
economic profile, foreign comparable data might be
used. However, if available, local comparables are
preferred over foreign ones.
Services issues
In accordance with Article 17 of the Law on Corporate
Income Tax, all usual costs that an entity incurs for the
purpose of earning income or deriving economic benefits
are deductible for corporate income tax purposes in
123
Lithuania. Therefore, management fees generally are

treated as deductible.
The rules for completing and submitting the report

Form FR0528 are established by Order No. VA-27.

Management fees generally are not subject to
withholding tax.
A requirement to prepare and maintain transfer pricing
documentation exists for the following entities:
Lithuanian entities and the permanent establishments of
foreign entities, if their revenue for the tax period during
which the controlled transaction was rendered exceeds
LTL 10 million;
Financial and credit institutions that perform activities
regulated under the Law on Financial Institutions; and
Insurance companies whose activities are regulated by
the Law on Insurance.

Lithuanian tax legislation does not provide any guidance
on this subject.
Yes.
Generally yes. However, it should be noted that parties taking
part in such arrangements should have documents describing
the principles of cost attribution to the other entities.
Generally yes. However, tax deductibility is determined on
Generally no. However, it should be determined on a caseby-case basis.
There is no specific provision.
Lithuanian entities and foreign entities operating through
a permanent establishment must submit a report on the
transactions or operations entered into with associated
parties to the local STI annually when submitting their
annual corporate income tax return. The following entities
are exempt from this obligation:
Entities whose total value of a single type of transactions entered into with associated parties during the tax
period is less than LTL 300,000; or
Entities whose total value of the different types of transactions entered into with associated parties during the
tax period is less than LTL 300,000.
The documentation must include information relevant

to the pricing of controlled transactions. In addition, the
documentation must provide information on compliance
with the arms length principle established in the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines. The requirements for transfer
pricing documentation generally are in line with the OECD
There is no guidance on how often transfer pricing documentation must be updated.
There is no specific deadline for the preparation of documentation. However, submission deadlines should be taken
into account.
Transfer pricing documentation must be submitted to the
tax authorities within 30 days of a request.
According to Article 51 of the Law on Corporate Income
Tax, the income tax return, together with the financial
reports (when such financial reports are drawn up in accordance with the procedure prescribed by law) must be filed
after the end of the tax period and before the first day of
the sixth month of the next tax period.
124

Transfer pricing documents may be held by the taxpayer
and submitted to the tax authorities in an optional form
and language. However, the tax authorities may request
the translation of documents provided in a foreign
language, and may set a deadline for submission of the
translation. Transfer pricing documentations in English is
usually accepted by the Lithuanian tax authorities.
Book and tax differences are allowed.
The taxpayer may adjust its transfer prices and, accordingly, calculate a new amount of taxable income and tax
to be paid. Tax returns for the current calendar year and
the five preceding calendar years, counting back from
January 1 of the year when the tax was calculated,
can be amended.
The statute of limitations of five previous years applies, in
line with Article 68 of the Law on Corporate Income Tax.
There is no formal provision or guidance in this regard.
According to the Law on Tax Administration, the tax
authorities have the right to recover a taxpayers tax underpayments on the day after the 20th day since the approval
of the tax inspection report.

Generally, interest is not payable when a refund is due to
the taxpayer.
According to the Law on Tax Administration, the specific
rate of the penalty imposed depends on the nature of
the violation, on the taxpayers cooperation with the tax
authorities, and other circumstances that might be relevant
for the determination of the penalty.
Are APAs available?
Yes. APAs are regulated under Article 37(1) of the
Law on Tax Administration and Order No. VA-105.
APA filing fee
There is no filing fee for an APA request.
The binding order becomes valid upon the decision of the
tax authorities and is effective for the period indicated in
the APA request, but no more than the current year and
the five calendar years after the decision.
Competent authority

If transfer pricing adjustments are performed by the
Lithuanian tax authorities, and the corporate income tax
assessment increases, the taxpayer may be required to pay
the deficient amount of tax, a penalty of 10 percent to 50
percent of that amount, and daily late charges.
No.
125
Luxembourg
Whats new
Luxembourg did not enact new transfer pricing
legislation in 2013, but the Luxembourg tax authorities continue to expand their knowledge on transfer
pricing. 2014 may bring new legislation on transfer
pricing to complement the existing group financing
Circular 164/2. As part of the governments fiscal
plans to attract the headquarters of multinational
groups, new transfer pricing legislation in line with
international principles may be introduced.
General information
Luxembourg Tax Administration. Article 56 of the
Income Tax Law and Art. 164 para. 3 ITL.
Circular ITL NS No.164/1 dated 9 June 1993; Circular ITL
No.164/1 dated 23 March 1998.
Circular L.I.R. 164/2 dated 28 January 2010 and Circular
164/2 bis LITL issued on April 8, 2011.
Luxembourg legislation does not provide a definition of
related parties. However, under article 164, paragraph 3,
it suffices for the tax administration to demonstrate that a
shareholder, a stockholder, or an interested party received
an advantage from a company solely in its capacity as
a shareholder, stockholder, or interested party, whether
directly or indirectly.
Circular 164/2 states: Two enterprises are associated
enterprises when one enterprise participates directly
or indirectly in the management, control, or capital of
the other or if the same persons participate directly or
indirectly in the management, control, or capital of
both enterprises.
any specific transfer pricing methods. Circular 164/2

refers to the OECD transfer pricing guidelines to
ensure the application of the arms length principle.
Priority of methods
Luxembourg imposes no priority of methods.
Limited Luxembourg comparables data is available.
Pan-European benchmark studies are usually accepted.
There are no specific regulations. Pan-European benchmark
studies are usually accepted.
Services issues
Yes, provided the fees are at arms length.
No.
Yes.
Stephan Tilquin
+352 45145 2592
[email protected]
Yes.
Yes. Luxembourg follows Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
Yes, as long as the payments satisfy the arms
length standard.

Yes.

No, but if the payment can be characterized as a disguised
profit distribution it may be subject to withholding tax.

Acceptable methods
Luxembourg legislation does not prescribe the use of

Luxembourg follows Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines in this regard.
126

No specific disclosure is required.
Intragroup financing transactions, defined under the
circular as any activity consisting of the granting of loans
or advancing money to associated enterprises, refinanced
by funds and financial instruments such as public offerings,
private loans, advanced money or bank loans are within
the scope of the circular on intragroup financing. A
transfer pricing report is expected to be attached to an
advance pricing agreement submission.
Luxembourg imposes no general documentation requirements. The documentation and comparables enclosed
with an APA submission will remain acceptable through
the five-year term of the APA. There is no need for a new
search or refreshing of comparables during this time frame,
except if material changes are observed in the structure.
In general, a material change is one that has a direct
impact on the functional and risk profile of the investment/
structure. Whether a change constitutes a material change
must be assessed on a case-by-case basis.
There is no statutory deadline for the
preparation of documentation.
Documentation must be attached to an advance pricing
agreement application at the time of submission.
The corporate income tax return must be submitted
before 31 May of the following tax year. This date may be
extended upon request.
The official languages are Luxembourgish, French, and
German. English is generally accepted.

Book/tax differences are allowed.
In principle, adjustments are permitted in filing the original
tax return before an assessment becomes final.
pricing adjustments
Generally five years from tax year-end; in case of tax
evasion, the period is 10 years.
General rules apply. Payment is due one month after the
assessment, if no suspension is granted.
Ordinary penalties apply, up to four times the amount of
tax evaded in case of tax evasion and 10 times in case of
tax fraud.
Interest is charged on late tax payments, not on penalties.
However, a transfer pricing adjustment might be considered a late tax payment; thus, an interest charge would
apply. An interest charge of 0.6 percent per month accrues
on the total tax due. The month in which the tax is due
is excluded, and the month in which payment occurs is
counted as a full month.
Is interest payable when a refund is due to the
taxpayer?
No.
There is no provision.
Are APAs available?
There is no formal APA procedure. Taxpayers may request a
unilateral tax clearance from the Luxembourg Tax Authority
for guidance on the application of Luxembourg tax law.
127
APA filing fee

There is no fee.
Five years.
Competent authority
In most cases, within three years from the first
notification of proposed adjustment (depending
on the relevant tax treaty).
There is no formal procedure. Tax to be paid
may be suspended.
128
Malaysia
Whats new
Malaysias Inland Revenue Board (IRB) issued a
transfer pricing audit framework, effective 1 April
2013, that serves as a guidepost for the tax authorities on the conduct of transfer pricing audits. The
framework is applicable to taxpayers cross-border
and domestic transactions with related entities. The
framework provides a concessionary rate of penalty
when taxpayers make a voluntary disclosure in
writing to the tax authorities. Even with a voluntary
disclosure, taxpayers are still required to prepare
transfer pricing documentation.
In other transfer pricing news, the Special
Commissioner of Income Tax issued a decision on
the first-ever transfer pricing case in Malaysia. The
disputed issues predominantly related to commission rates, intercompany charges, and the resultant
penalties for the 1998 to 2005 years of assessment.
The Special Commissioners ruled that the IRBs
transfer pricing were invalid, and opined that transfer
pricing was not an exact science, and that the taxpayer's transfer pricing reports and expert evidence were
reliable in establishing that the taxpayer's pricing
method was acceptable.
General information
The Inland Revenue Board; specific provisions relating to
transfer pricing and thin capitalization have been enacted
under section 140A of the Income Tax Act. These provisions are effective 1 January 2009. Prior years are covered
under general anti-avoidance legislation (section 140) and
record-keeping provisions (section 82).
The Tax Analysis Division of the Ministry of Finance,
through a letter dated 11 December 2012, has deferred
the implementation of the thin capitalization provisions
until 31 December 2015.
Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines were issued on 2 July
2003, basically following the OECD transfer pricing guidelines. The Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines, 2012, read
in conjunction with the Income Tax (Transfer Pricing) Rules,
2012, issued in 2012, replace the transfer pricing guidelines of 2003.

Under section 140A(5), the transfer pricing rules apply
when transactions or financial assistance arrangements
(thin capitalization) are entered into between:
Two persons, one of whom has control over the other;
Individuals who are relatives of each other; or
Two persons, both of whom are controlled by
another person.
Under Section 139 of the Income Tax Act, control encompasses within its broad ambit both direct and indirect
control. Under the 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines, two companies are associated companies with
respect to each other if one of the companies participates
directly or indirectly in the management, control, or capital
of both companies.
The Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines also provide for a
framework detailing the applicability of the transfer pricing
guidelines to the following categories of taxpayers:
When the gross income from the business exceeds RM
25 million;
When the total amount of related-party transactions
exceeds RM 15 million; or
When a person provides financial assistance, and the
value of such assistance exceeds RM 50 million (financial
institutions are exempt from this requirement).
Theresa Goh
+6 03 7712 5135
[email protected]
Any taxpayer that falls below the aforementioned thresholds may opt to voluntarily comply with the guidelines in
full, or alternatively may opt to comply with the contemporaneous documentation provisions under the transfer
pricing guidelines.
The Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines issued in 2012
extend the applicability of the guidelines to transactions
between a permanent establishment and its head office
or other branches. For purposes of the guidelines, the
permanent establishment will be treated as a (hypothetically) distinct and separate enterprise from its head office
or other related branches.
129

Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the transactional net margin method (TNMM), and the profit split
method are acceptable under the existing regulations.
Priority of methods
The 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines provide that
although the taxpayer is bestowed the right to choose any
method, the emphasis ought to be on arriving at an arms
length price. In the same breath, the guidelines propound
that transactional profits method should be employed
only when traditional transactional methods are not
amenable for easy application or are completely precluded
from such an application.
The general practice is to refer to local trade directories of
companies operating in Malaysia. Financial data of potentially comparable companies are obtained manually from
the Companies Commission of Malaysia.
To date, the IRB has not accepted foreign comparables and
has used only local comparables.
Services issues
The 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines provide
for the deductibility of management fees to the extent
the fees are revenue in nature and directly related to
services provided to the Malaysian entity, and provided
the management fee transaction is in compliance with the
withholding tax provisions. Benefits analysis, evidence of
services received, and proof of the arms length nature of
the payment are required.
Yes, when the services are provided in Malaysia.
There are no transfer pricing rules in Malaysia on the
treatment of stock options. Therefore, general deductibility rules and the arms length principle apply, specifically,
the benefits test. In practice, the IRB refers to the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines and guidance papers in the
absence of specific regulations.
Yes, but such arrangements give rise to significant
risk of creating a permanent establishment.
The 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines provide
a short framework for the acceptance of cost contribution arrangements. When a taxpayer enters into a cost
contribution arrangement with an associated enterprise,
the arrangement should be reflective of an arms length
arrangement.
The Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines provide that a
CCA should be entered into with prudent and practical
business judgment, and with a reasonable expectation of
receiving a benefit. The guidelines also infer that an independent party would not enter into a CCA when the value
of the contribution exceeds the expected benefit. Hence,
to the extent a CCA arrangement is reflective of arms
length pricing, the payments would be deductible.
Payments may be subject to withholding tax, depending
on the context of the payments, the nature of the
payments (capital or revenue), and the location where the
services are provided.
There is no substantial guidance regarding the tax treatments of payments to a contributor of preexisting intangibles to a CCA or CSA.
All related-party transactions, including gross margin
and profit before tax, must be disclosed in the annual
tax return.
The main disclosures required to be set out in a tax
return are:
Intragroup sales;
Intragroup purchases;
All related-party transactions;
Loans received from or provided to related parties; and
130
Other receipts and expenses arising on account of

related-party relationships.
The IRB may issue Form MNE or JCK to the taxpayer to
gather information on domestic/cross-border related-party
transactions, characterization of the taxpayer, and whether
contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation has
been prepared.
The 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines mandate
the preparation and maintenance of contemporaneous
transfer pricing documentation by the taxpayer. Transfer
pricing documentation is deemed to be contemporaneous
if it is prepared when the taxpayer is developing or implementing any arrangement or transfer pricing policy with its
associated enterprises. Thus, in preparing transfer pricing
documentation, the arms length transfer price must be
determined before pricing is established based on the most
current reliable data that is reasonably available at the time
of determination.
Malaysia imposes no requirement to prepare transfer
pricing documentation on an annual basis. However, the
documentation must be contemporaneous.
Documentation is deemed contemporaneous if it is
prepared:
a. At the point when the taxpayer is developing or implementing any arrangement or transfer pricing policy with
its associated enterprise; or
b. If there are material changes, when reviewing these
arrangements prior to, or at the time of, preparing
the relevant tax return for the basis year for a year of
assessment.
In preparing documentation, an arms length transfer price
must be determined before pricing is established based on
the most current reliable data that is reasonably available
at the time of determination. However, taxpayers should
review the price based on data available at the end of the
relevant year of assessment and update the documentation accordingly.
In the event of any material changes either in the

taxpayers business or with respect to the transfer pricing
policy hitherto followed, the transfer pricing documentation reflecting said changes must be prepared
before the deadline for filing the income tax return.
Comparable companies must be refreshed or a new
benchmarking analysis performed if the comparable
companies cease to be appropriate or valid comparables because of economic exigencies, commercial
concerns, and a paucity of requisite information.
documentation. Documentation should be contemporaneous and should be made available to the IRB within 30
days from the date of a request made in this regard by the
latter. However, in the event any material changes occur
either in the taxpayers business or with respect to the
transfer pricing policy hitherto followed, a deadline applies
to the preparation of transfer pricing documentation
the deadline for filing the income tax return.
There is a statutory requirement to prepare contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation, but no statutory
requirement to submit that documentation.
As per the 2012 Malaysian transfer pricing guidelines,
transfer pricing documentation is not required to be either
filed or submitted in conjunction with the annual income
tax return. However, upon request from the tax authorities
for submission of contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation, such documentation should be provided to the
tax authorities within 30 days from the date of the request.
If the taxpayer has not prepared contemporaneous transfer
pricing documentation, upon request for the same by the
IRB, the taxpayer must appeal for an extension of time to
submit the documentation. At its discretion, the IRB may
grant the taxpayer a reasonable extension (generally one
month from the date of the request) to prepare and submit
transfer pricing documentation.
Seven months from the end of the fiscal year.
Documentation may be in Malay or English.
131

Ideally, the transfer prices reflected in an income tax return
filed by the taxpayer should be identical to those in the
financial statements. However, if as a result of a genuine
or inadvertent application (or misapplication) of a transfer
pricing policy, there needs to be a prior period adjustment, the income tax returns for the pertinent years may
be amended. Downward adjustments adjustments that
would reduce revenue would not be accepted by the
tax authorities.
Upward adjustments are permitted (and may or may not
be subject to audit) but downward adjustments may not
be acceptable, and would most likely trigger a transfer
pricing audit.
Five years from the end of the year of assessment to which
the income or expenditure relates. The period is unlimited
in cases of negligence, willful default, or fraud.
Generally not permitted.
Usually within 30 days from the date of Notice of
Additional Assessment.
Tax adjustments arising on account of transfer pricing
audits are subject to penalty under Section 113(2) of the
Income Tax Act. The penalty may be levied at the following
rates:
For nonexistent contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation, 35 percent penalty;
For transfer pricing documentation not prepared in
accordance with the requirements stipulated in the
transfer pricing guidelines, 25 percent penalty; and
For taxpayers exempt from the obligation to prepare
contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation, in
the event related-party transactions are not executed at
arms length, a penalty of 25 percent.
The penalty rate will be increased by 20 percent compared

to the last penalty rate imposed for a previous offense,
but limited to a sum not exceeding 100 percent of the
amount of tax undercharged when the taxpayer obstructs
or interferes with a transfer pricing audit or fails to comply
with the arms length principle subsequent to undergoing
transfer pricing audits in the past.
No interest is charged with reference to penalties.
However, sections 103(3) and 103(4) provide for late
payment penalty clauses. When any tax due and payable
has not been paid by the due date, the unpaid tax amount
would be increased by 10 percent of the unpaid tax. When
this procedure has been initiated, any tax remaining unpaid
at the expiration of a 60-day period from the due date will
be further increased by a sum equal to 5 percent of the
unpaid balance.
No.
Penalties are imposed at the discretion of the directorgeneral of Inland Revenue. If the taxpayer prepares
contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation, a
penalty may be imposed at a reduced rate.
Are APAs available?
APA provisions have been enacted under section 138C
of the Income Tax Act, effective January 1, 2009. The IRB
has already accepted a number of unilateral APA applications. The 2012 advance pricing arrangement guidelines,
read in conjunction with the Income Tax (Advance Pricing
Arrangement) Rules, 2012, provide comprehensive
guidance on the procedure for concluding an APA for both
taxpayers and the tax administration. A taxpayer can enter
into either a unilateral APA or a bilateral APA, subject to
the concurrence of the stipulated tax authorities. Obtaining
an APA is subject to the fulfillment of the following
conditions:
The taxpayer (including permanent establishments) must
be a company assessable and chargeable under the
Income Tax Act;
The value of turnover must be over RM 100 million; and
The value of the proposed covered transaction:
For sales, must exceed 50 percent of turnover;
For purchases, must exceed 50 percent of total
purchases;
132
For transactions involving financial assistance, the

assistance must exceed RM 50 million; and
For other transactions, total value must exceed RM
25 million; and
All covered transactions must relate to income chargeable to tax and must not pertain to exempt income.
APA filing fee
The APA fee is not fixed at the moment.
The APA rules stipulate that the covered period should
be a term ranging from a minimum of three years and a
maximum of five years. The APA may be renewed for an
additional period as agreed upon by the parties concluding
the APA, subject to the fulfillment of all requisite criteria
and conditions.
Competent authority
There are no formal procedures. Malaysia generally follows
MAP procedures for the pertinent treaty provisions.
The taxpayer can submit a tax adjustment to CA after
accepting the tax adjustment and paying the additional
tax due.
Yes.
No. The taxpayer can approach CA after accepting the tax
adjustment and paying the additional tax due.
133
Mexico
Whats new
Mexico enacted a new Income Tax Law in 2013 that
entered into effect in 2014. As a result, the provisions
regarding transfer pricing issues have changed, and
important modifications to some articles have been
introduced. Among the most important changes
are amendments to the transfer pricing compliance
and permanent establishment rules for companies
operating under the maquila regime, the limitations
of deductions related to payments to entities in a
preferential tax regime and payments to transparent
entities, or when the foreign entity does not consider
the payment to be taxable income.
Transfer pricing documentation has been subject to
increased scrutiny by the tax authorities regarding
services, restructurings, and commissionaires.
General information
Servicio de Administracin Tributaria (SAT); Mexican
Income Tax Law Articles 2 (Sec VI and last two paragraphs), 4, 5, 11, 15, 21, 27 (Sec I, V, XIII, XVIII), 28 (Sec
XI, XIV, XVII, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII, XXIX, XXXI), 42, 70
(Sec VI), 76 (Sec IX, X, XII), 82, 90, 94 (Sec VII), 101, 110
(Sec IX, X, XI), 111, 140, 147 (Sec X), 148 (Sec XIV), 149,
151, (Sec III), 156, 159, 161, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181,
182, 183, 184, 187 (Sec V). Mexican Income Tax Law transitional dispositions 9 (applicable rules Sec XVI). Mexican
Income Tax Law Regulations Article 260, 276. Mexican
Federal Fiscal Code Articles 21, 26 (Sec XV), 34-A, 81
(Sec XVII), 82 (Sec XVII), 84 (Sec XIII), 146-B (Sec I).
Annual Miscellaneous Tax Provisions for Maquiladora
companies, APA filing, Informative Return for ExportOriented Manufacturing Companies (IMMEX), Informative
Transfer Pricing Return, and Statutory Tax Report Filing
System (SIPRED), Tax Report Filing System (SIPIAD), Transfer
Pricing Questionnaire. Articles 276 and 260 of the Income
Tax Law Regulations, and I.3.8.3 of Miscellaneous Tax Rules.
Direct or indirect participation in management, supervision,
control, or capital/ownership. The parent company of a
permanent establishment and all other permanent establishments of said company are also considered related parties.

Yes, under certain circumstances.
Acceptable methods
method, the residual profit split method, and the transactional operating profit margin method (TOPMM).
Priority of methods
The CUP is considered the preferred method, followed
by the cost plus and resale price methods. Profit-based
methods are to be applied if the CUP, cost plus, and resale
price methods are not applicable. The profit split and the
residual profit split methods, and TOPMM, are not applicable in specific circumstances.
Very limited local comparable transactions and companies
information is available; generally, taxpayers and the tax
administration have used foreign comparables data for
benchmarking purposes.
Simn Somohano
+52 664 622 7872
ssomohano@
deloittemx.com

Yes.
Services issues
Yes, provided information is available to demonstrate the
service was actually provided, the services provide are
strictly necessary and provide a benefit to the Mexican
taxpayer, the charge is not made on a pro-rata or allocation basis, and other formal requirements are met (such as
transfer pricing documentation).
No, if the service is provided by a resident in a treaty
country. Otherwise, companies are subject to 25 percent
withholding tax if the services are provided in Mexico.
There is no specific regulation or audit experience on this
issue. It may be possible to deduct if the costs are considered
strictly necessary for the Mexican entitys business purpose.
134
Yes, although they may be subject to increased scrutiny
from the tax authorities.
Domestic law prohibits the deduction of costs charged by
a nonresident on an allocation basis. For treaty countries
there may be possible relief under a nondiscrimination
basis, and every case must be presented to the competent
authorities under the mutual agreement procedure.
No.
These decisions would be made on a case-by-case basis.
These decisions would be made on a case-by-case basis.
The following items are required: annual tax return;
Informative Transfer Pricing Return; Informative
Return for Export-Oriented Manufacturing Companies
(IMMEX); Tax Certificate or Statutory Filing System
(SIPRED); Tax Report Filing System (SIPIAD); and
questionnaires in the SIPRED and SIPIAD.
A transfer-pricing-specific information return must be filed
annually disclosing related parties and their corresponding
transactions, including the method applied for analysis,
if the entity has a transfer pricing study and it is applying
any regulation or treaty. Additionally, two annual questionnaires must be completed regarding intercompany
transactions and documentation. Finally, an appendix
with details of the intercompany transactions should be
presented, including the conclusion of the intercompany
transactions, whether the transactions comply with the
arms length principle, and the amount of any adjustment.
Contemporaneous documentation must show that prices
with each domestic and foreign related party set on a
transaction-by-transaction basis are at arms length. The
documentation requirement is effective as of 1997, the

transactional analysis as of 2000.
Yes, the transfer pricing study must be prepared annually.
Because the annual income and deductions should comply
with arms length principle, an analysis should be made
with details of the transactions and functional analysis, in
practice a complete study is required. Comparable transactions should at least be refreshed, although it is preferable
that a new search be performed.
Documentation must be prepared by the due date for filing
the income tax return.
Upon request from the SAT. The taxpayer has 15 business
days to submit documentation, with the possibility of an
additional 10 business days upon request to the tax
In Mexico, all fiscal years are calendar years; therefore, the
deadline is March 31.
Transfer prices must be registered in the taxpayers
accounting records. Some transfer pricing adjustments are
performed after the fiscal year-end; thus, they would not
be in the books for that fiscal year, although they must
be reflected in the financial statements and other formal
requirements must be met (amended tax returns, transfer
pricing documentation, etc.).
Self-initiated adjustments may be made only if they
do not derive from a primary adjustment proposed
by the competent authority of a treaty partner.
135

Generally, five years from the date of filing the income
tax return. If an amended return is filed, the statute is
extended five years after the date of the amendment filing.
Only intentional set-offs are permitted under the OECD
Forty-five days from notification of the assessment in writing.
Ordinary penalties apply 30 percent to 40 percent of
the tax deficiency if paid before the notice of deficiency is
issued, 55 percent to 75 percent in other cases, adjusted
for inflation and interest. Reduction of penalties is possible
on a case-by-case basis.
No, although the penalties are actualized through inflation.
Penalty interest is applied to the amount of unpaid tax.
Typically, for income tax purposes, interest is payable only
if the refund is not made within 40 working days from the
filing date of the refund claim. This term can be extended
twice by the tax authorities, up to a combined period of
30 working days if the tax authorities require additional
information from the taxpayer.

Are APAs available?
Federal Fiscal Code Article 34-A provides for unilateral
and bilateral APAs. The 2012 Miscellaneous Tax Rules
also provide for APAs regarding intra-Mexico related
party transactions.
APA filing fee
APA fees are approximately US $865 for filing the
request, and US $173 for submission of the annual
report during the APA term. The amount is periodically
updated for inflation.
Up to three years forward, one year back, and the issuing
year. The term can be longer if negotiated under the mutual
agreement procedure in accordance with a tax treaty.
Competent authority
Mexico would follow the mutual agreement procedure of
the pertinent tax treaty.
Yes.
Generally, tax must be paid.

Fifty percent reduction is available if transfer prices are
documented, 20 percent if payment is made before the
final notice is issued, and 30 percent penalty if paid after
the issuance of the final notice and before the assessment.
136
Netherlands
Whats new
The Dutch government on 26 November 2013
published a new transfer pricing decree that combines,
updates, and clarifies prior transfer pricing guidance.
In the decree, the government endorses the direct
application of the OECD transfer pricing guidelines
as an appropriate explanation and clarification of
the arms principle as codified in Article 8b of the
Corporate Income Tax Act 1969. The new decree also
focuses on areas in which the OECD guidelines leave
space for individual interpretation, or where there is
potential uncertainty from a Dutch perspective.
General information
Netherlands Revenue. Corporate Income Tax Act Article
8b and 8c.
Transfer Pricing Decree, November 26, 2013, IFZ
2013/184M;
Decree on APAs, ATRs, Financial Service Entities, August
11, 2004, DGB 2004/1338;
Decree on TP Coordination Group, August 11, 2004,
DGB 2004/1339;
APA Decree, August 11, 2004, IFZ 2004/124;
ATR Decree, August 11, 2004, IFZ 2004/125;
Decree on Financial service companies, August 11, 2004,
IFZ 2004/126; and
Q&A Decree re financial service companies, August 11,
2004, IFZ 2004/127.
The definition of associated enterprises in article 8b
Corporate Income Tax Act follows the wording of article
9 of the OECD Model Tax Convention. Companies are
considered to be associated if one company has an
equity participation in, or management control over
another enterprise, which provides the company sufficient
control to influence relationships that may give rise to
non-arms-length arrangements. A ruling from the Dutch
tax authorities can provide certainty on this topic.
Yes, the Dutch transfer pricing regulations follow the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines, including the guidance

on the attribution of profits to permanent establishments.
The authorized OECD approach as stipulated by the
OECD is that the profits to be attributed to a permanent
establishment are the profits the permanent establishment
would have earned at arms length (functionally separate
entity approach) and is thus based on transfer pricing.
Acceptable methods
method, the resale price method, the cost
plus method, the profit split method, and the
Priority of methods
Taxpayers are free to choose a method; however, the
method chosen should lead to an arms length result.
Yes, comparative data is available.
Generally, yes, as long as the markets are similar.
Thijs Heijenrath
+31 6558 53691
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes. Specific guidance on management fees is
included in the Decree of November 26, 2013, nr.
IFZ 2013/184, the new transfer pricing decree.
No.
Certain stock option costs might be included in
the cost base for intercompany services. The Dutch
Corporate Income Tax Act, under some circumstances,
excludes stock option costs from the tax base, making
them nondeductible.
Yes.
Yes. Netherlands follows Chapter VIII of the OECD Transfer
137
Pricing Guidelines. Specific guidance on the relative contribution of CCA participants and their respective share in the
benefit is included in the Decree of November 16, 2013, nr
IFZ 2013/184, the new transfer pricing decree.
Yes, unless an asset is capitalized. The company
may choose to deduct or to capitalize the
development costs of an intangible asset that is
expected to generate benefits in other years.
Are cost contribution or cost sharing payments subject
to withholding tax?
No.
Generally, capitalization of payments and amortization
over the economic life of the intangible. The maximum
amortization for goodwill is 10 percent of the value
per year.
There is an obligation to identify intragroup transactions.
There are statutory requirements for entities subject to the
Corporate Income Tax Act. Documentation should be part
of the taxpayers general books and records.
No. In practice, an update is expected every few
years to account for normal business and market
developments, or when there is a significant change
in facts and circumstances.
For entities subject to the Corporate Income Tax
Act, documentation should be in place at the time
the intercompany transaction takes place.
Upon request. If the documentation cannot be presented
upon request, a reasonable time (one to three months) will
be granted to prepare the documentation.

Regardless of whether activities are performed through
a legal entity or a branch, the tax return should be filed
within five months after the preceding financial year is
closed; for example, taxpayers with a calendar financial
year must file the return before the first of June the
following year. Usually, an extension for filing the tax
return can be obtained, with a maximum of nine months
(again, for a calendar financial year, the return must be
filed before the first of March on the second year). To
obtain a second period of extension to file the tax return, a
preliminary tax return must be filed.
There is no obligation to file transfer pricing
documentation together with the corporate
income tax return.
Dutch law does not require that documentation
be in a specific language, but it does require that
the information included in documentation be
accessible to the tax authorities. It is possible to have
documentation in various languages, in addition to
Dutch and English. If the documentation is not in
Dutch, the tax inspector can require a translation.
The commercially applied transfer prices/transfer pricing
methods lead income tax return reporting. Commercial
and tax figures should be aligned eventually if book/tax
differences result in a given year. Under some circumstances, book/tax differences may become permanent,
depending on the case.
Adjustments are permitted in filing of original return
after the closing of the book year-end, as long as
the adjustment relates to a fact that existed at book
year-end and the assessment has not become final.
Generally, five years from tax year-end. Twelve years if the
adjustment relates to income from a foreign country.
138

Set-offs are generally not permitted. Set-offs may
be considered if the benefits of the transactions
are balanced to some extent. The taxpayer must
prove that set-off leads to an arms length result.
The general rules apply. Interest accrues from the end of
the tax year in which the assessment is made to the final
assessment date.
No transfer-pricing-specific penalty charges. General
penalties apply maximum of 100 percent in case of
malicious intent.
Competent authority
An application for mutual agreement procedure may
be filed after notification of the tax assessment, and must
be filed within three years of notification, unless modified
by a treaty.
Yes, unless the taxpayer has entered into a closing
agreement or received a court decision.
Yes. The taxpayer may go to CA after receiving a final tax
assessment; accelerated CA is available upon request.

No.
taxpayer?
Yes.
Penalties may be reduced or forgiven if documentation
reflects a justifiable position.
Are APAs available?
Yes. APA Decree, August 11, 2004, nr. IFZ2004/124.
A prefiling meeting is available upon request. Small
business taxpayer APAs are available; in such cases, the tax
authorities assist the taxpayer to find comparables. A case
management plan is established for every APA request,
including a time schedule for processing and finalizing the
APA request.
APA filing fee
There is no fee for filing an APA application.
Four to five years. Longer terms may be possible in
case of long-term contracts. Rollback is possible,
if the relevant facts and circumstances have not
changed, or if accurate adjustments can be made.
139
New Zealand
Whats new
Transfer pricing continues to be a significant focal
point for the New Zealand Inland Revenue (IR). IR
is heavily scrutinizing all transfer pricing arrangements, particularly in relation to significant business
restructurings, transactions involving intangibles, and
financing arrangements. Businesses must be prepared
for questioning on their global structures and intercompany transactions, and ensure that transfer
pricing documentation that supports the arms length
nature of the taxpayers transactions with foreign
affiliates is on file.
IR has also made significant changes to the risk
review process, which has resulted in a more visible
and coordinated approach to the risk assessment
process for a greater population of taxpayers. IR
requests a Basic Compliance Package (BCP) from
selected taxpayers which consists of the taxpayers
group structure information, financial statements,
and tax reconciliations. A comprehensive Transfer
Pricing Questionnaire (TPQ) is typically requested as
part of the IRs review of the BCP.
General information
Inland Revenue (IR); Sections YD 5, GB 2, and
GC 6 14 of the Income Tax Act 2007.
The IR fully endorses and follows the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines in administering New Zealands
transfer pricing rules. The IR published transfer
pricing guidelines in 2000; however, these were
intended only to supplement the OECD guidelines,
and are unlikely to be updated in the future.
Any two companies are associated persons when there
is a group of persons that have a 50 percent or greater
voting, market value, or income interest in the two
companies, or control of the two companies by any
other means (section YB 2(1)). There are also definitions
of associated persons for persons, partnerships, and
trusts. An anti-avoidance provision (section GB 2) requires
compliance with the transfer pricing rules in case of an
arrangement that has a purpose or effect of defeating
the intent and application of the transfer pricing rules.

New Zealands domestic legislation (section YD 5 of
the Income Tax Act) provides little guidance as to how
gross income and expenditure should be apportioned
to a permanent establishment or branch. The transfer
pricing guidelines state that the IR follows the position
established by the OECD for permanent establishments,
which at the time of writing of the New Zealand transfer
pricing guidelines was the OECDs Model Tax Convention
on Income and on Capital (November 1997). However,
a new Article 7, along with new commentary, has been
included in the 2010 update of the OECD Model Tax
Convention, and the IR has made an explicit reservation on the new article 7 of the Model Tax Convention,
because it does not agree with the approach reflected.
Thus, the IR follows the position outlined in the
previous version of Article 7 and its commentary.
Acceptable methods
analysis), and the comparable profits method (CPM).
Diana Maitland
+ 64 4 470 3630
dmaitland@
deloitte.co.nz
Priority of methods
Taxpayers must use the most reliable method. Transactionbased methods are preferred over profit-based methods.
Limited public New Zealand comparable data is available
regarding companies and certain transaction types.
The use of foreign comparable companies is permitted in
cases in which there are no sufficiently comparable New
Zealand companies and the foreign comparable companies
are resident in markets similar to that of New Zealand.
Services issues
Yes, to the extent the fees are incurred by the taxpayer
and are consistent with the arms length principle.
Withholding tax obligations arise to the extent the fees
constitute royalties in accordance with Income Tax Act
140
2007 and the applicable income tax treaty. The fees

will also be subject to withholding tax if the services
are physically performed in New Zealand. To the extent
the charge is not arms length, a deemed dividend
will arise that will be subject to withholding tax.
The IR has no specific provisions on this issue.
However, it is expected that general principles
will apply and stock option costs can form part of
the cost base if they represent a cost of providing
services. The cost of performing shareholder
services should not form part of the cost base.
Undisclosed principal arrangements may be
achieved. Care must be taken when drafting the
legal agreements to achieve the desired result.
There is no specific statutory authority on this issue. The
IR guidelines endorse Chapter VIII of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
There is no specific statutory authority on this issue. To the
extent payments are arms length, amounts are deductible
if related to revenue items and not capital.
Generally, no, but the nature of the underlying costs
must be considered.
Payments are amortizable over the useful life of the
intangible, provided the asset satisfies the definition
of depreciable intangible property.
No specific disclosure is required.
There is no specific statutory requirement in New Zealand
that taxpayers prepare transfer pricing documentation. However, the legislation does require taxpayers to
determine their transfer prices in accordance with the
arms length principle, and the IR has stated that transfer
pricing documentation is central to the process of justifying
and explaining pricing of cross-border transactions. New
Zealand is unique in that the burden of proof (that prices
are not arms length) initially rests with the IR. Accordingly,
while there is no explicit requirement to prepare transfer
pricing documentation, taxpayers who prepare and
maintain transfer pricing documentation are more likely
to ensure that the burden of proof remains with the IR,
thus mitigating their transfer pricing risk in New Zealand.
Lack of documentation may also result in the application
of shortfall penalties to any transfer pricing adjustment
proposed by the IR.
There is no specific statutory requirement in New Zealand
requiring the completion of transfer pricing documentation. However, as stated, the completion of transfer
pricing documentation is now considered by IR as essential
to showing compliance with the arms length principle
as contained in the tax legislation. The IR will look to
the OECD transfer pricing guidelines when considering
matters such as frequency of updates for transfer pricing
documentation.
There is no statutory deadline for preparation of documentation.
Documentation must be submitted upon request, typically
within a 30-day response period.
The due date for filing an income tax return depends on
the balance date (year-end) of the taxpayer. Additionally,
if a tax agent completes the tax return, there may be an
extension of time for filing the return.
141

Business records must be maintained in English,
although approval can be obtained to maintain
these records in another language. To the extent
transfer pricing documentation does not fall within
the definition of business records (economic analysis
is unlikely to be deemed business records) this
section does not apply. Accordingly, documentation
can be maintained in a language other than English.
However, if the documentation is to be provided to
the IR to support a taxpayers position, the IR would
expect taxpayers to translate it into English.
The transfer prices reflected on an income tax return can
be different from those reflected in the financial statements, assuming the transfer prices are consistent with the
arms length principle.
An adjustment may be made by filing a notice of proposed
adjustment within four months of the self-assessment
date of filing the income tax return or the issue of an
assessment by the IR (section 89D and 89DA of the Tax
Administration Act). This may not be necessary if the IR
agrees that an adjustment should be made (section 113).
Four years from the end of the year in
which the income tax return is filed.
Set-offs are allowed in relation to amounts arising in
the same income year, or the immediately preceding or
succeeding income year, and the set-off relates to the same
class of transaction, or if the two transactions are linked.
General tax rules apply. Half the tax is payable
a month after the new assessment date, the
remainder on settlement. Interest is applicable
from the date tax would have been payable.

Ordinary penalties apply 220 percent for not
taking reasonable care, or for taking an unacceptable
tax position (Section 141A and 141B). A 40 percent
penalty is charged for gross carelessness (Section
141C). Interest is charged on any outstanding tax at
the prevailing interest rate (as established by the IR).
Interest is charged on penalties in respect of late payment
penalties. Late payment penalties are added to the unpaid
tax and included in the calculation of future late payment
penalties incurred on unpaid tax.
When a taxpayer has been assessed for tax and the
Commissioner of Inland Revenue increases the amount
of the assessment after the due date for payment of the
assessed tax, the Commissioner must fix a new date for
the payment of the increase in tax. If payment is not made
by the new due date, late payment penalties are charged
on the unpaid tax and any shortfall penalty due (subject to
some exceptions).
Yes. Use-of-money interest is payable to the taxpayer
on overpayments of tax. The current overpayment
rate is 1.75 percent as of January 2013. Conversely,
IR charges 8.40 percent as of January 2013 on underpayments of tax. It should be noted that there are
mechanisms available to taxpayers to reduce the
interest costs through the use of tax pooling service
Penalties may be reduced if documentation shows
that the taxpayer: (1) exercised reasonable care
or (2) adopted an acceptable interpretation of the
law. Penalties may also be reduced by up to 100
percent for disclosures made before audit.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available under Section 91E of the
Tax Administration Act of 1994 or under the
mutual agreement procedure (unilateral and
bilateral) when an income tax treaty applies.
APA filing fee
There is no fee for a bilateral APA and a minimal
application fee for a unilateral APA.
142

There is no fee for a bilateral APA and a minimal
application fee for a unilateral APA. .
communicated in writing. There are also specific notification deadlines included in a number of New Zealands
income tax treaties.
Competent authority
There are no specific provisions in place. It is generally
expected that a taxpayer can request competent authority
assistance once the proposed adjustment has been

Yes.
143
Norway
Whats new
The transfer pricing landscape in Norway remained
relatively stable throughout 2013. The Norwegian
tax authorities are continuing an APA pilot study, and
a formal APA program is expected to be introduced
upon its completion.
Norways approved budget for 2014 included a
limitation on the interest deduction for related-party
debt. The proposed interest limitation rules apply to
entities with net related-party interest expenses in
a year of NOK 3 million or more. The rules broadly
limit a Norwegian entitys annual tax relief on interest
expenses to a maximum of 30 percent of an adjusted
EBITDA. Excess interest deductions can be carried
forward and may be tax deductible for 10 years. The
new rules are an additional factor to consider when
evaluating debt for thin capitalization and transfer
pricing purposes. Significantly, third-party debt that
is subject to a guarantee from a related party is
considered related-party debt and hence is potentially
subject to the limitation.
General information
Tax Directorate (Skattedirektoratet). The General Tax Act
section 13-1.
The arms length principle is incorporated in
the General Tax Act section 13-1. Generally, the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines apply.
Transfer pricing rules apply when there is community of
interest between parties. Filing and documentation rules
apply if there is at least 50 percent direct or indirect joint
ownership. The tax authorities will most likely continue
to focus on transactions when there is direct or indirect
ownership of more than 50 percent.
Yes, the Norwegian tax authorities broadly follow the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines and the Report on the

Acceptable methods
Norway follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in
this regard.
Priority of methods
Norway follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in
this regard.
Yes, comparables data is available.
There is no specific regulation on this issue. Pan-European
comparables will normally be accepted if the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines comparability factors are met.
Services issues
Yes.
No.
Hans-Martin Jrgensen
+47 23 27 96 35
[email protected]

There are no specific regulations on this issue.
Yes. The Norwegian tax authorities argued in the
Dell case that a commissionaire company constituted a permanent establishment of the principal
company, but lost the case in the Supreme Court.
This issue may be revisited in light of Action 7 of the
OECDs Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Plan.
Yes. There are no specific statutory requirements. The
Norwegian tax authorities are likely to follow the OECD
Yes. However, in some cases payments must be capitalized
and amortized according to the rules that apply for the
asset to be developed.
144

No.
Payments are normally capitalized and amortized to the
extent that the decline in value is obvious.
A specific form must be filed with the tax return that
details the nature and extent of transactions with
related parties. This applies only if the total amount of
such transactions in an income tax year exceeds NOK
10 million, or if the gross intercompany balances at
the income tax year-end exceeds NOK 25 million.
Contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation is
required. The documentation must include:
A description of the groups legal ownership structure and
the geographical affiliation of the various entities;
A description of the groups operational structure;
A brief historic description of the group, its business activities, and any previously implemented reorganizations;
A description of the industry.
A description of material changes to the enterprise or group
in the year;
Financial information for the last three years, including an
explanation for any loss;
A description of the nature and scope of controlled transactions in the year, including details of any aggregated
transactions. This description should also relate to the five
comparability factors contained in the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines and hence contain a full functional analysis;
An explanation of any cost contribution arrangements;
Additional information regarding any centralized services or
intangible property;
Information concerning the selection and application of the
price-setting method;
A comparability analysis;
Copies of agreements relevant to the controlled
transactions, including any tax authority rulings or
other agreements regarding the same reached in any
tax jurisdiction; and
A description of any immaterial transactions.
Small and medium-sized enterprises are exempt from the

documentation requirement. An enterprise is exempt if,
together with related companies and entities, it has less
than 250 employees and either annual revenue of NOK
400 million or less, or a balance sheet value of NOK 350
million or less.
Norwegian transfer pricing documentation must be made
available on a contemporaneous basis for each year the
company is subject to the documentation requirements.
The format of the document is not specified in the legislation. It is normally recommended that a complete report
is prepared to ensure that the Norwegian transfer pricing
documentation requirements are met in full.
Norways transfer pricing documentation regulations state
that the documentation shall include a comparability
analysis that can, together with the information provided
pursuant to Section 4-10 and Section 12, form the basis
for an evaluation as to whether the prices and terms of
controlled transactions are in conformity with the arms
length principle...unless it is unreasonably difficult or costly
to gather and process information concerning external
comparables. In addition, the Norwegian Tax Authority
published general guidance in December 2007 on the
preparation of TNMM benchmarking analyses for transfer
pricing purposes. This guidance states that the years
selected in the comparability analysis should be close in
time to the tested transaction so that the economic cycle,
inflation, and market conditions are taken into account.
The guidance also calls for the use of a multiple-year range
when there are large variations in rates and conditions for
a period.
Transfer pricing documentation must be prepared for each
fiscal year.
Within 45 days upon request from the tax authorities. The
tax authorities can request the transfer pricing documentation at the earliest after the expiration of the deadline for
filing the income tax return.
145

The deadline to file the income tax return is 30
April. However, the deadline is 31 May if the income
tax return is submitted electronically. In Norway,
taxpayers are not required to file documentation by
the tax return filing date, but must submit it upon
request from the Norwegian tax authorities.
Norwegian, Swedish, Danish, and English.
No, tax/book differences are not allowed.
Self-initiated adjustments are not allowed for prior
income years. There is no formal procedure for selfinitiated adjustments within the same income year.
Generally 10 years from tax year-end, but limited to two
years if the taxpayer has provided all relevant information
at the time of filing.

There is no provision.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available only for the pricing of natural
gas. However, the Norwegian Tax Authorities are
currently running a pilot scheme whereby APAs may
be obtained for other transfer pricing matters..
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Competent authority
No.

The general rules for assessments apply (normally payment
must be made some weeks after the reassessment is made).
A penalty is levied if the taxpayer has provided
incorrect or insufficient information for the tax
authorities to determine whether the pricing is at
arms length. The penalty rate is up to 60 percent
(normally 30 percent) of the additional tax.
Yes.
Yes.
146
OECD
Whats new
The OECD on 12 February 2013 released its first
report on base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS), with
the goal of making the case for action by showing
the extent of the problem. The report concluded
that BEPS is a significant problem for OECD member
and non-member states. The key areas of concern
include, among others, transfer pricing, in particular
the shifting of risks and intangibles, the artificial
splitting of assets between different legal owners
and transactions within a group that would rarely
take place with third parties, and the tax treatment
of related-party debt, insurance and other intragroup
financial arrangements.
As part of the BEPS project, the OECD on 30 July
2013 issued a revised Discussion Draft on Transfer
Pricing Aspects of Intangibles for public consultation,
and on 13 January 2014 released a Discussion Draft
on Transfer Pricing Documentation and Countryby-Country Reporting that seeks to establish what
information should be reported by MNEs when
filing tax returns in every country where they have a
taxable presence.
General information
Council of Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development (OECD); Articles 9 and 25
of the OECD Model Tax Convention.
Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises
and Tax Administrations (as amended). The OECD
transfer pricing guidelines do not always have a legally
binding effect in domestic law, but carry considerable
weight and govern the application of Article 9 of the
OECD Model Tax Convention in international law.
Two enterprises are associated if one participates
directly or indirectly in the management, control, or
capital of the other, or if both are under common
control. However, domestic transfer pricing rules must
operate to bring a taxpayer into a charging situation.
For instance, the OECD transfer pricing guidelines do
not specify a control relationship and are thus very
widely drawn: domestic rules may mean that enter-
prises who are associated but not under control may be

outside the scope of domestic transfer pricing rules.
The OECD transfer pricing guidelines recommend
that the same principles apply to the attribution of
profit to permanent establishments and to transfer
pricing between legal entities. Furthermore, the OECD
Model Tax commentary to Article 7 currently being
updated provides more guidance on this issue.
Edward Morris
+44 20 7007 6568
[email protected]

Acceptable methods
Traditional transaction methods (the comparable
uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the resale price
method, and the cost plus method) and transactional profit methods (the profit split method
contribution analysis or residual analysis, and the
transactional net margin method (TNMM)).
Priority of methods
As a result of the July 2010 update to the OECDs transfer
pricing guidelines, profits methods are now on a par
with traditional methods, but a CUP is still preferable.
The OECD transfer pricing guidelines set the standard
for comparability.
Geographic location is one factor that determines
whether markets in which the independent and associated enterprises operate are comparable. Ch. I, 1.55. If
these differences have a material effect on price, adjustments must be made. Generally, OECD member countries
expect comparables to be selected from the same or
the most similar market as the market in which the
tested party operates. But this is not restricted to purely
geographic market differences; that is, if there are no
comparability differences between geographic markets,
then comparable companies should not be rejected
merely because they are resident in a different country.
Services issues
Determined under local law. The value of management
charges is being looked at as part of the BEPS project.
147

Determined under local law.
There is no bar to this in the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines. It is a question of what would have
been agreed to and charged between the parties
involved had they been independent enterprises.
Depends on local law. The OECD transfer pricing guidelines
do not provide relief from documentation requirements
imposed under local laws. It is reasonable for tax authorities to expect taxpayers to prepare and maintain such
material. As part of the BEPS project, the OECD is establishing preferred documentation requirements that OECD
member states will be encouraged to incorporate into
domestic law.
Determined under local law. Chapter IX of the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines analyzes business restructuring situations in which commissionaire structures
are frequently seen. Commissionaire structures are
being looked at as part of the BEPS project.

Depends on local law.

Yes. OECD transfer pricing guidelines Chapter VIII.

Depends on local law. Taxpayers should make reasonable
efforts to document transfer prices and maintain documentation prepared in this process. There is more than
one view on whether documentation needs to be in force
when a transaction takes place.

Deductibility is determined under the laws of the
applicable country, based on the nature of the activity
undertaken in the arrangement. OECD transfer pricing
guidelines, Chapter VIII, 8.23.
Generally, no. However, tax treatment should be
determined under the laws of the applicable country.
OECD transfer pricing guidelines Chapter VIII, 8.23.
CCA rules state that the costs of any CCA should be judged
by reference to the benefits derived or expected. Balancing
payments on entry and/or exit may well be on point.
Depends on local law. Generally, disclosures should
be limited to information sufficient to allow tax
administrations to determine which taxpayers need
further examination.

Depends on local law. Documentation should be
submitted in a timely manner when requested.
Not applicable.
Local languages are preferred, but there is a growing
acknowledgement that English may also be appropriate.
The OECD recognizes that book/tax differences may be
warranted. Importantly, under OECD rules, taxpayers do
not have to transact at the arms length price. However,
some jurisdictions have this preference. In most countries,
it is sufficient to make adjustments to actual prices to
return the arms length price for tax purposes.
148
Depends on local law. Self-initiated adjustments are not
accepted by many OECD member countries without
considerable scrutiny. There is an acknowledgment
that self-initiated adjustments may lead to some
countries denying the availability of a Mutual
Agreement Procedure to resolve any double taxation,
though the OECD does not recommend this.
Determined under local law.
Depends on local law. Intentional set-offs should be
assessed in accordance with the arms length principle to
quantify the values claimed as set-offs. Tax administrators
have discretion to grant or deny a taxpayers request for
reduction in an adjustment based on unintentional overreporting of taxable income. Documentation should establish
that the set-offs were intentional and would have affected
the pricing between the parties at arms length.
Depends on local law.
Depends on local law. However, the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines recognize that promoting compliance
should be the primary objective of civil tax penalties.
Depends on local law. The OECD is silent on this matter.
The OECD transfer pricing guidelines make no recommendation in this regard, but there is an acknowledged
international consensus that, just as late payment of tax
attracts an interest charge, then any refund of tax should
also carry interest.

Are APAs available?
The OECD promotes APAs as an effective dispute resolution tool. Chapter IV.F (multilateral, bilateral, and unilateral
APAs); Annex Guidelines for Conducting Advance Pricing
Arrangements under the Mutual Agreement Procedure.
APA filing fee
Depends on local law. The OECD transfer pricing guidelines
recognize that APA user fees may be charged, but do not
have to be.
Depends on local law. Typically five years.
Competent authority
Depends on applicable double tax treaty between
countries involved. A notification requirement and/or the
time limit for notification or filing of a competent authority
request may apply. Under the Model Tax Convention,
requests can be made to competent authorities when
double taxation has become a possibility, that is, sooner
than when the double taxation has actually happened.
CAs should endeavor to reach agreement acceptable to the taxpayer. CAs power to compromise an
adjustment depends on the provisions of domestic
law. Increasingly, arbitration clauses in tax treaties
compel competent authorities to reach an agreement
to eliminate the double tax. This must be done in
accordance with the arms length principle.
Countries are encouraged to suspend collection of tax and
interest until mutual agreement procedures are completed.

Depends on local law. Reduction is not specified.
However, imposition of sizeable penalties is deemed
unfair if taxpayers make reasonable efforts in good faith.
149
Peru
Whats new
Perus tax authority (SUNAT) was more active in
transfer pricing issues in 2013 than it had been previously, increasing the number of information requests
related to transfer pricing technical studies from prior
years. In May the tax authorities published guidance
that made the presentation of a transfer pricing study
annually with the transfer pricing return mandatory.
The tax authorities also introduced a new version
of the software used to submit the transfer pricing
return, and set the dates for filing. Finally, a resolution
issued in December introduced rules for the preparation and filing of APA applications.
General information
National Superintendence of Tax Administration (SUNAT).
Articles 32 and 32-A of the Income Tax Law. Effective for
transactions from January 1, 2001.
Articles 24 and 108-118 of the Income Tax Regulations
(Supreme Decree 122-94-EF, modified by Supreme Decree
190-2005-EF and Supreme Decree No 258-2012-EF) and
Resolution 167-2006-EF. Supreme Decree 258-2012-EF,
published December 18, 2012, amends the income tax
regulations, including the transfer pricing provisions.
Resolution 175-2013-EF, published May 30, 2013, sets
forth guidance on the obligation to submit a transfer
pricing technical study. Resolution 377-2013-EF provides
guidance on advance pricing agreements.
Related parties are those that share (1) partners or
common stockholders representing over 30 percent of
the capital, directly or indirectly; (2) common directors,
managers, or other executives with decision-making power
in financial and commercial agreements; (3) consolidation of financial statements;( 4) sales of assets and/or
services equal to, or higher than, 80 percent of the total
annual income in favor of one unrelated company or of
companies related between themselves and a 30 percent
of total annual cost for the buying party (both requirements must be met to be economically related); (5) joint
venture contracts with independent accounting, in transactions with their contracting parties; (6) permanent establishments in Peru in respect to the corresponding company
abroad; and (7) natural persons are included among
subjects under analysis, if applicable.

No. From a Peruvian tax perspective, permanent establishments or branches are independent taxpayers from
parent companies, and thus should register their costs and
expenses independently for tax purposes.
Acceptable methods
method, the residual profit split method, and the transactional net margin method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
Taxpayers must choose the best method.
According to changes made by Supreme Decree No
258-2012-EF on December 2012, the CUP method will be
applicable to the analysis of transactions involving goods
with international prices, or whose prices are set based
on international quotes. A subsequent ruling by the tax
authorities will define the goods related to this formal obligation and the conditions for submitting the documents
required for application of the CUP under this provision.
Gloria Guevara
+51 1 211 8585
GlGuevara@
deloitte.com

Available local data is very limited.
Yes, the law expressly states that foreign comparables are
acceptable.
Services issues
Yes, they are deductible, except if the fees are paid to a
resident in a tax haven.
Management fees are not deductible if the management
services are rendered abroad, but if rendered in Peru the
fees are subject to 30 percent withholding; if the service
qualifies as technical assistance, the withholding tax rate
would be 15 percent.
Yes.
150
Yes.
Yes.
Yes, if the cost portion corresponding to the Peruvian
taxpayer relates to actual services rendered in connection
with the generation of taxable income in Peru and the
amount is reasonable in relation to such income.
Yes, depending on the nature of the payment. For
instance, royalties for the use of, or license to use,
trademarks, patents, and know-how are subject to
income tax withholding.
Any payment abroad for the use or the right to use intangibles is subject to income tax withholding, but is deductible as an expense if it relates to the generation of taxable
income in Peru, and the amount is reasonable.
Taxpayers must file a transfer pricing tax return in June of
every year that includes a transfer pricing study and information regarding the transactions subject to the transfer
pricing regime.
Taxpayers must have a technical study that supports their
transfer pricing calculations, and that also indicates the
transfer pricing method applied. Detailed documentation
and information for each transaction and the technical
study must be made available to SUNAT during the established period. In 2013 the filing of the transfer pricing
technical study with the transfer pricing return became
mandatory; thus, from fiscal year 2012 onward, the
technical study must be submitted annually.

requirements? If so, what do they involve each year (for
example, a complete report, a memo identifying any
changes and the updated transaction values?) Must
comparables be refreshed or a new search performed?
Yes, the transfer pricing technical study must be submitted
each year. This report must contain a functional analysis of
the taxpayer and its transactions under study, an economic
and transfer pricing analysis, and other information
specified in Article 117 of Chapter XIX of the regulations
under the Income Tax Law.
The tax authorities do not indicate when documentation
must be prepared; however, the deadline for submission
is June of the following year, together with the transfer
pricing return.
Since 2013 (fiscal year 2012) Peruvian transfer pricing rules
require taxpayers to submit a technical transfer pricing
study. Peruvian taxpayers must submit a transfer pricing tax
return including the technical study. The deadline for filing
this transfer pricing tax return is June of each year.
The deadline for filing the income tax return is between March
and April of each year. However, there is no specific requirement to file transfer pricing documentation on that date.
Must the transfer prices reflected on an income tax return
be the same as those reflected in financial statements? In
other words, are book/tax differences allowed?
Differences between the income tax return and the
financial statements are allowed. Thus, book/tax differences are allowed.
Adjustments are permitted.
Four years, extended to six years if a return was not filed.
This period is computed from January 1 of the calendar year
following the date when the tax return should have been filed
(income tax returns must be filed during the three calendar
months following the end of the corresponding fiscal year).
151

Set-offs are permitted if the related parties are local
companies, or if the transactions are with companies
domiciled in countries with which Peru has signed income
tax treaties.
Not specified.
Specific infractions (and the corresponding penalty) are
established for transfer pricing.
Yes, a penalty interest rate of 1.20 percent per month on
the unpaid fines.
Yes, there is a minimum interest payable. The rate is even
lower than a passive interest rate.
authorities negotiated the agreement will be counted as

part of the agreements term.
Competent authority
At any time after filing the original annual income tax
return, but before the beginning of a tax audit.
CA may modify or supplement an assessment already
notified to the taxpayer only in some cases, such as when
irregularities are detected in the taxpayers documentation
or accounting records that could have led to errors on the
part of the authorities.
Yes, the taxpayer may file a sustained claim with
the CA within 20 working days after notification of a
tax assessment.

A 20 percent, 30 percent, or 50 percent discount is
available if the taxpayer meets certain conditions.
Are APAs available?
The Income Tax Law establishes the possibility for
taxpayers and the tax authorities to enter into APAs. The
objective of an APA is to determine the transfer pricing
method or the price that will be charged in transactions
the taxpayer engages in with related parties (both in international and local operations) and with tax havens.
Supreme Decree 258-2012-EF, published December 18,
2012, amended the regulations regarding APAs, and
provided additional guidance on the negotiation of
agreements. Resolution 377-2013, published December
27, 2013, provided additional guidance on prefiling
documents, prefiling meetings, documentation, and negotiation procedures.
APA filing fee
Not specified.
The term would include the agreements year of approval
and the following three years. However, it is unclear
whether the years during which the taxpayer and the tax
152
Philippines
Whats new
The Philippines Secretary of Finance, upon the
recommendation of the Commissioner of Internal
Revenue, in January 2013 issued regulations that
provide guidelines on the arms length principle for
transfer pricing, which apply to both cross-border
and domestic transactions between associated
enterprises. The guidelines are largely based on the
arms length methods set out under the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Developments
transfer pricing guidelines and adopt the use of arms
length principle as the most appropriate standard to
determine transfer prices of related parties.
General information
Bureau of Internal Revenue. The Philippines tax authorities
recently issued Revenue Regulations No. 2-2013, which
prescribe transfer pricing guidelines in the Philippines.
Revenue Regulations No. 2-2013 provide guidelines on
the arms length principle for transfer pricing, which apply
to both cross-border and domestic transactions between
associated enterprises. The guidelines are largely based on
the arms length methods set out under the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines.
A controlled taxpayer is covered by the transfer pricing
rules. Any two or more organizations or trades, or
businesses owned or controlled directly or indirectly
by the same interests are covered.
Yes. The Philippines transfer pricing regulations apply to:
Cross-border transactions between associated enterprises; and
Domestic transactions between associated enterprises.
Acceptable methods
The transfer pricing regulations adhere to the methods
provided under the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, such
as the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the
method, and the transactional net margin method.
Priority of methods
The Bureau of Internal Revenue does not have a specific
preference for any method. Instead, the transfer pricing
method that produces the most reliable results, taking into
account the quality of available data and the degree of
accuracy of adjustments, should be utilized.
There is no readily available data. Benchmarking and
selection of comparative data for local comparables may
be done manually by accessing the Philippine Securities
and Exchange Commission portal.
The Philippine transfer pricing regulations are silent
in this regard. The tax authorities prefer local sets of
comparables, but in the absence of good quality local
comparables, foreign comparables are acceptable.
Fredieric B. Landicho
+63 2 581 9043
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes.
Normally, yes.
Myra V. Torres
+63 2 857 1559
[email protected]

Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
Yes.
It depends on the nature of the cost.
153

Not applicable.

Documentation must be available at any time during
an investigation.


TTaxpayers must file an income tax return on
or before the 15th day of the fourth month
after the close of the firms taxable year.
Adequate documentation must be maintained to enable
the taxpayer to defend its transfer pricing analysis, prevent
transfer pricing adjustments arising from tax examinations,
and support an application for MAP relief. While transfer
pricing documentation is not required to be submitted
upon filing of the income tax return, it should be retained
for the period provided under the Tax Code and submitted
to the BIR upon request.
Transfer pricing documentation should include, but is not
limited to:
Organizational structure
Nature of the business/industry and market conditions
Controlled transactions
Assumptions, strategies, policies
Cost contribution arrangements
Comparability, functional, and risk analyses
Selection of the transfer pricing method
Application of the transfer pricing method
Background documents
Index to documents
A fresh benchmarking every year is not required under
the Philippine transfer pricing guidelines, although it is
generally advisable. At a minimum, the transfer pricing
study and benchmarking should be updated every
three years.
An agreement must be prepared prior to the transaction. The Bureau of Internal Revenue does not require
documentation to be submitted when the tax returns are
filed. Documentation should be kept by taxpayers, and is
only required to be submitted upon request by the BIR.

Section 234 states that books and records must be kept
in Pilipino, English, or Spanish; documents kept in other
languages must be translated.
Ideally, the transfer prices reflected on the income tax
return should be similar to those reflected in the financial
statements. However, differences may be allowed as
long as there is a reasonable basis for such disparity. The
usual book/tax differences can be classified as temporary
or permanent differences. The former are differences in
timing/recording, whereas the latter pertain to differences
in accounting treatment/taxability.
Self-initiated adjustments may be made
through an amendment of tax returns.
Within three years after the last day prescribed by law
for the filing the respective tax return. If the tax return
is filed after the period prescribed by law, the three-year
period will be counted from the day the return was filed.
Not applicable.
Normally, 30 days from receipt of the assessment.
In case of a deficiency income tax assessment arising from
a transfer pricing adjustment, the penalties under the
Philippine Tax Code, such as the 25 percent (50 percent
154
in case of fraud) surcharge and the 20 percent interest

per annum on the basic deficiency tax due apply.
Interest at 20 percent per annum may apply.
It is a general rule that no interest on a tax refund
can be awarded unless authorized by law, or if
the collection of the tax involved arbitrariness.
Not applicable.
Are APAs available?
APAs are now available under the new Philippine
transfer pricing rules. However, guidelines on the
application for APAs are yet to be issued.
APA filing fee
The filing fee for an APA has not yet been determined.
The newly issued regulations did not limit the application of APAs to specified prospective years. However, the
previous draft regulations provided that the term of an APA
should not exceed three years from the date of conclusion
of the APA.
Competent authority
Any time before the issuance of a Letter of Authority
(LOA), and within three years from the filing of the
tax return.
Yes, if it determines that the correct amount of tax
was not paid.
Yes.
155
Poland
Whats new
In the single most important legislative amendment
enacted in Poland during the last 10 years, the
transfer pricing regulations were significantly
amended in July 2013. The changes reflect the
update of the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, and
implement conclusions developed by the EU Joint
Transfer Pricing Forum in the area of low value-added
services. As a result of the amendment, the issue
of business restructuring has become particularly
important, and is expected to become a subject of
deeper consideration by the tax authorities.
An increasing number of transfer pricing audits have
been initiated. The tax authorities are frequently
investigating not only a taxpayers transfer pricing
documentation, but also the actual conditions of
transactions between related parties (including
calculations of prices and the profitability of related
parties). Benchmarking studies are also being
requested more frequently.
General information
Inland Revenue; articles 9a, 11, 19, and 27 of Corporate
Income Tax Act; articles 25, 25a, and 45 of Personal
Income Tax Act; section IIa of Tax Ordinance of 29
August 1997 (APAs), Convention on the Elimination of
Double Taxation in Connection with the Adjustment of
Profits of Associated Enterprises (23 August 2007).
Transfer Pricing Decree of 10 September 2009 (with
further amendments), Decree on Tax Havens of 23
June 2013, Ordinance on APA Realization of 31 May
2006. Also, amendment to the Accounting Act of 18
March 2008, which requires entities to disclose in their
financial statements information on significant transactions with related entities that are not at arms length.
Five percent direct or indirect share in capital. Other types
of relationship (such as effective control, family relationships, and relationships resulting from employment or
property) are also taken into account. The rules apply to
both Polish and foreign parties, and to both domestic and
cross-border transactions. The transfer pricing restrictions
apply also to foreign entrepreneurs operating through
a permanent establishment in Poland, and to Polish

companies dealing with their foreign permanent establishments, as well as to transactions with entities domiciled in
tax havens (regardless of the existence of a relationship).
Do the local transfer pricing rules or tax authority
allow the use of transfer pricing analyses to
calculate profits attributable to a PE or branch?
Yes. Based on Article 11 of the Corporate Income Tax Law
and Article 25 of the Personal Income Tax Act, transfer
pricing analyses may be applied to determine the portion
of a taxpayers income on the activity of a permanent
establishment located in the territory of the Republic of
Poland that is attributable to the permanent establishment.
Acceptable methods
Priority of methods
The transaction-based methods (the CUP method,
the cost plus method, and the resale price method)
are preferred over profit-based methods.
Iwona Georgijew
+48 22 511 08 24
igeorgijew@
deloitteCE.com

Comparable data from commercial databases is available
and usually accepted in practice. Tax authorities use the
Amadeus database in the APA process. Other sources of
data are also used (such as data from the Polish Central
Statistical Office).
Local comparables are usually preferred over
pan-European or global ones, if available.
Services issues
Yes, provided the benefit test is met and the taxpayer
has extensive documentation evidencing the provision
of the services. The costs of shareholders activities are
not deductible.
Not in the case of tax treaty partner countries, provided the
Polish entity presents a tax residence certificate of payment
prior to the payment, and there is tax treaty protection.
156

The issue is not addressed in Polish transfer pricing regulations. The costs of stock-based compensation are not
listed in Art. 16 of the Corporate Income Tax Act or Art.
23 of the Personal Income Tax Act, that is, they are not
directly excluded from tax-deductible costs. Therefore,
the provisions of Art. 15 of the CIT Act and Art. 22 of the
PIT Act should apply, so if the taxpayer is able to prove
that the specific persons whose stock-option plan costs
are included in the cost base are engaged in the provision
of services for the Polish entity, and those services pass
the general benefit test, stock-option costs (a part of the
charge-out) may be treated as tax-deductible costs.
The issue has not been raised in an audit yet, so
there is no precedent or case law. The fact that stockoption costs are not cash expenses may trigger
challenges related to their tax deductibility.
Yes.
CCAs and CSA are generally accepted, but
CCAs are rarely entered into practice.
Yes, provided the benefit test is met. A detailed cost
breakdown and transfer pricing documentation are
usually required.
Not in the case of tax treaty partner countries, provided
the Polish entity presents a tax residence certificate of
payment prior to the payment, and there is income tax
treaty protection.
There is no specific provision in this regard.
Taxpayers must disclose in their annual corporate income
tax return whether they are obligated to prepare transfer
pricing documentation. In addition, transactions with

foreign related entities exceeding EUR 300,000 during the
tax year must be disclosed on the appropriate form. Other
transactions may have to be disclosed at the tax authorities request.
Documentation must be prepared for all domestic and
cross-border transactions if their joint annual value exceeds
the following thresholds:
For companies covered by the CIT Act generally
100,000 for tangible transactions, 30,000 for services
and intangible transactions, and 20,000 for transactions with entities in tax havens;
For persons/companies covered by the PIT Act
generally 30,000 for services, sales or share of
intangible assets, 50,000 for other transactions, and
20,000 for transactions with entities in tax havens.
Documentation requirements apply to foreign entrepreneurs operating through a permanent establishment in
Poland.
In practice, transfer pricing documentation should
be prepared/reviewed and updated annually if the
annual values of the transactions exceed the thresholds
listed above.
Transfer pricing documentation should contain the
following obligatory elements (specified in Art. 9a of the
CIT Act and Art. 25 of the PIT Act):
Identification of the functions to be performed by the
subjects participating in the transaction (taking into
account the assets used and the risks taken);
Specification of all anticipated costs associated with the
transaction, and the form and time frame for payment;
Method and manner of calculating profits, and specification of the transaction price;
Determination of the economic strategy and other
actions within its framework, when the strategy
adopted by the subject has influenced the value of the
transaction;
Other factors, when the parties to the transaction took
such factors into account to determine the value of the
object of the transaction; and
Determination of the benefits expected by the party
obligated to prepare the documentation in relation to
the performance, in the case of contracts relating to
intangible performances (including services).
157
The method and manner of calculating profits and specification of the price of the object of transaction used does
not mean that benchmarking analysis is required to receive
penalty protection related to documentation.
Recent court cases have provided new interpretations of
the documentation requirements. A few transfer pricing
court verdicts indicated that transfer pricing documentation must demonstrate the arms length character of the
intercompany dealings. This means that the importance
of comparable benchmarks verifying the level of transfer
prices is increasing, and they are more frequently required
by tax auditors.
the tax return should follow adjustments made in the

financial statements.
Theoretically self-initiated adjustments are not disallowed;
however, there is no formal procedure to address this
issue. In practice, self-initiated adjustments are very rare.
Five years from the end of the year in which the tax return
is filed. In case of utilization of tax losses from previous
years, the statute of limitation may be prolonged.
There are no specific regulations in Poland regarding

benchmarking updates. The preferred approach is to
update the searches every two to three years.

Set-offs are permitted for transactions with the same
related party.

In practice, transfer pricing documentation should
be prepared/reviewed and updated annually if the
annual values of the transactions exceed the
thresholds listed above.

In general, additional corporate/personal income tax
assessments relate to tax liabilities that arose in the
past; therefore, the additional tax assessed, together
with penalty interest, is payable at the latest on
the day of receipt of the Tax Chamber assessment
decision, that is, prior to litigation, and irrespective
of the initiation of a mutual agreement procedure.

Seven days from the tax authorities request.

For transactions below the threshold for mandatory
documentation, or above the threshold when documentation is presented and accepted, the penalty is
19 percent. For transactions above the threshold when
documentation is not presented or accepted, the
penalty is 50 percent. Potentially, personal sanctions
based on the Penal Fiscal Code criminal sanctions,
including imprisonment could be imposed.

The deadline for filing the income tax return is up to three
months after the end of the taxpayers tax year.
Any additional assessed income is taxed at the appropriate tax rate (19 percent or 50 percent) and latepayment interest on the additional tax due applies.

Documentation must be in Polish.

Interest is charged on late payments including any additional assessed income taxed at the appropriate tax rate
(19 percent or 50 percent). Interest rate is 2 percent plus
200 percent of the Lombard rate published by the Central
Bank (approximately 10 percent p.a. as of January 2014).
Interest on late payments cannot be less than 8 percent.

There is no statutory deadline for preparation of documentation; however, case law indicates that documentation should be prepared no later than the time when the
transaction is concluded, and updated subsequently.

As a rule, transfer pricing adjustments reflected in
158

Interest on a tax refund is payable only if the refund is
overdue (that is, the tax authorities are late with the
payment of the refund).
No provision.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available, including for foreign entrepreneurs
operating through a permanent establishment in Poland.
APA filing fee
In general, based on Article 20m of the Tax Ordinance, 1
percent of the transaction value, with the following thresholds: domestic unilateral agreement: PLN 5,000-50,000
(approx. 1,250-12,500); foreign unilateral agreement:
PLN 20,000-100,000 (approx. 5,000-25,000); bilateral/
multilateral foreign agreements: PLN 50,000-200,000
(approx. 12,500-50,000).
The fee for renewal of an APA amounts to half of the fee
for an APA application.
Up to five years; however, the term may be extended for
additional unlimited five-year periods.
Competent authority
An application for a mutual agreement procedure (based
both on the EU Arbitration Convention and a tax treaty)
may be filed after notification of the tax assessment, and
must be filed within three years of the notification.
Yes, unless the taxpayer has received a court decision.
Yes; however, liability to pay the tax will not be avoided.
159
Portugal
Whats new
The Portuguese government on 15 October 2013
presented to Parliament a draft law to reform the
corporate tax code that was approved and will
be applicable to tax periods starting on or after 1
January 2014. The main changes to the transfer
pricing rules include a change of the shareholding
threshold criteria from 10 to 20 percent of participation in the share capital or voting rights of another
entity for two entities to be deemed related parties,
the extension of the scope of the transfer pricing
rules to dealings between foreign branches of a
Portuguese head office, and the introduction of
unilateral advance pricing agreements that involve
entities resident in countries that have concluded tax
treaties with Portugal.
General information
Tax and Customs Authority (Autoridade Tributria e
Aduaneira) (A.T.); Article 63 and Article 138 of the Corporate
Income Tax Code, applicable for tax years beginning after
December 31, 2001.
General guidance on transfer pricing Ministerial Order
(Portaria) #1446-C/2001; advance pricing agreements
Ministerial Order (Portaria) #620-A/2008.
Under the provisions in the Portuguese Corporate Income
Tax, effective for tax year 2013 (2014), any of the
following conditions would define the relationship as one
between related parties:
(i) one entity participates directly or indirectly in at least
20 percent of the share capital or voting rights of another
entity; (ii) both entities are at least 20 percent owned,
directly or indirectly, by the same legal entity; (iii) an
entity and the members of its corporate bodies, or any
administration, direction, management, or supervising
boards; (iv) entities in which the majority of the Board of
Directors are constituted by the same persons; (v) entities
related under a subordination agreement or any other
agreement of a similar nature; (vi) holding companies as
stated in applicable document for the obligation to obtain
consolidated accounts (holding company as stated in the
Portuguese Commercial Companies Code); (vii) economic,
commercial, financial, professional, or legal dependence;

and (viii) a resident entity and entities resident in clearly
more favorable tax regimes (as listed in Ministerial Order
#150/2004).
Foreign head offices and Portuguese branches (or
Portuguese head offices and foreign branches) are also
deemed to be related parties.
The Portuguese rules are not explicit on this issue, and
there is little experience on the Portuguese tax authorities
attitude regarding the issue. The rules refer to the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines regarding this specific issue;
thus, because the OECD guidelines recommend the use
of transfer pricing analyses to calculate profits attributable
to a permanent establishment or branch, we believe the
Portuguese tax authorities would allow such an approach.
Acceptable methods
analysis), the transactional net margin method (TNMM)
and any other method appropriate to the specific
facts and circumstances of each transaction.
Rosa Soares
+351 21 042 75 18
[email protected]
Patrcia Matos
+351 21 042 75 34
[email protected]
Priority of methods
There is a hierarchy of methods. Transaction-based
methods are preferred over profit-based methods,
so that the use of an indirect profit-based method
must include a justification demonstrating the impossibility of using a transaction-based method.
Tax authorities show a preference for local comparables, and despite the fact that Portugal has a relatively
small economy, local comparable data for independent
companies is usually available through the SABI database
covering Portuguese companies. However, in the absence
of adequate data, Spanish companies may be used.
Local comparables are preferred, but others
may be permitted if it can be demonstrated
that Iberian comparables are not available.
160
Services issues
Yes. However, the management fees must reflect
the economic benefit and the arms length principle.
Specific rules apply to intragroup services, as defined
in the applicable transfer pricing ministerial order.
Yes. However, if a double taxation agreement is available,
the management fees will not be subject to withholding
tax, provided procedures are followed.
Yes, provided the company receives an economic benefit.
Yes.
Yes. Specific documentation requirements are set out for
cost contribution arrangements.
Portugal has no formal guidelines on this issue. Payments
will be deemed deductible provided they comply with the
domestic general deduction provision.
Yes. However, if payments are structured as services, there
is no withholding tax under income tax treaties, if certain
procedures are followed.
Taxpayers with net sales and other operating income
exceeding EUR 3 million in the previous year must maintain
a wide range of contemporaneous documentation. The
Portuguese transfer pricing regime determines two types of
requirements, namely (i) a declarative requirement of filing
an Annual Tax and Accounting Statement and (ii) a documentation requirement (preparation of the annual transfer
pricing documentation file).
The transfer pricing documentation file should be prepared
annually, and should consist of a complete report encompassing all relevant information. ,However, if there are no
major changes in the taxpayers business functions and
risks compared with the preceding year, it is acceptable
(within a three-year period) to limit the economic study to
updating the comparables, in line with the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines approach.
Documentation must be prepared by the 15th day
of the seventh month following the tax year-end.
The Annual Tax and Accounting Statement must be
filed by the 15th day of the seventh month following
the tax year-end.

Payments are deductible and amortizable over the period
of use of the intangible, if applicable.

Portuguese legislation requires documentation to be
submitted in Portuguese. In practice, the Portuguese
authorities accept documentation submitted in English,
provided the taxpayer seeks prior approval.

In an annual declaration, the taxpayer must (i) specify
the amount and nature of each transaction; (ii) list the
methods used; (iii) identify related parties with which it
entered into transactions (in case of domestic transactions)
and (iv) declare if contemporaneous documentation
is available.

No, book/tax differences are not allowed. The transfer
prices reflected on an income tax return must be the same
as those reflected in the financial statements.
161
Adjustments in both original and amended returns after
year-end are permitted as long as the transaction takes
place with a foreign related party and there is no decrease
in taxable income. Adjustments to decrease taxable
income are allowed only after an administrative appeal.
General tax law provisions apply. Tax assessments may
be issued only within a four-year period following the
last day of the tax year concerned, but an exception is
made for undeclared income obtained from countries
or territories with clearly more favorable tax regimes,
in which case the statute of limitations is 12 years.
There is no formal provision on this issue.
Taxes are payable within 30 days from the date of assessment, on the combined amount of the defaulted tax and
the appropriate compensatory interest.
Specific transfer pricing penalties (from 500 up to
10,000) apply for failure to present transfer pricing
documentation within the time frame determined by the
tax authorities. Should the taxpayer be subject to a transfer
pricing adjustment, no further specific penalties apply.
In addition, depending on the circumstances, general
tax penalties of up to 150,000 apply for refusal to
provide information, or for providing incorrect or
incomplete information.
No.
Yes, compensatory interest applies if a refund
is due to the taxpayer and the legal deadline
for payment of the refund is not met.
Penalties may be reduced, depending on
the circumstances.

Are APAs available?
APAs have been available since July 2008 through
Ministerial Order # 620-A/2008.
Article 138 of the Portuguese Corporate Income Tax,
effective 1 January 2014, allows taxpayers to enter into
unilateral APAs even when they involve entities resident in
countries that have concluded a tax treaty with Portugal.
APA filing fee
The filing fee for an APA application is between 3,150
and 35,000, depending on taxpayer turnover. These fees
are reduced by 50 percent for renewals or revisions of
existing APAs.
Maximum term of three years. Taxpayers may seek renewal.
Competent authority
After notification of the tax assessment, or when any action
that gives rise to, or is likely to give rise to, double taxation
not in accordance with a double tax treaty has occurred.
CA may issue a new position after administrative and/
or judicial review. However, if a court decision is
available, it must be reflected in the CAs position.
Yes. A taxpayer may appeal the assessment or file
for judicial review. Deferral of payment is subject to
further conditions.
162
Romania
Whats new
The Romanian business environment faces two major
trends: an increase in the number of intercompany
dealings by corporations trying to optimize their operations and an intensification of tax audits focused
on identifying new sources of income for the state
budget. These two conflicting goals have led to more
frequent transfer pricing disputes between taxpayers
and tax authorities. Following the international trend,
the Romanian tax authorities have intensified their
In terms of legislative news, a change was enacted
in February 2013 to the VAT legislation to allow the
tax authorities to adjust at market value the taxable
base of intercompany transactions involving a party
with limited VAT deductibility rights. In light of these
changes, it is expected that the number of VAT
adjustments derived from transfer pricing adjustments will increase for some categories of taxpayers,
including those operating in the financial and healthcare sectors.
General information
National Agency for Fiscal Administration and Ministry of
Public Finance, Romanian Fiscal Code.
The OECD transfer pricing guidelines, methodological
norms of the Romanian Fiscal Code, Order 222/2008
regarding the content of the transfer pricing file issued by
the National Agency for Fiscal Administration, Government
Decision no. 529/2007 regarding the approval of APAs and
advance fiscal solutions.
According to Romanian transfer pricing legislation, two
legal entities are related parties if:
One entity holds directly or indirectly (through the shareholding of related entities) a minimum of 25 percent of
the number/value of shares or voting rights in the other
entity, or it effectively controls the other entity; or
One entity holds directly or indirectly (through the
shareholding of related entities) a minimum of 25
percent of the number/value of shares or voting
rights in the two entities.
An individual is a related party to a legal entity if she/he

holds, directly or indirectly, including the shareholding of
related entities, a minimum of 25 percent of the number/
value of shares or voting rights in the legal entity, or she/
he effectively controls the legal entity. Two individuals are
related parties if they are spouses or relatives up to the
third degree.
The Romanian transfer pricing legislation provides for the
use of transfer pricing analyses to determine the profits
attributable to a permanent establishment or branch.
In practice, however, the Romanian tax authorities may
challenge this approach and try to perform different
analyses to attribute profits to the permanent establishments. A binding ruling or advance pricing agreement
(APA) is highly recommended.
Acceptable methods
cost plus method, the resale price minus method, the
method (TNMM).
Dan Bdin
+40 21 2075 392
[email protected]
Priority of methods
The method that yields the most accurate results has
priority. However, transaction-based methods are preferred
over profit- based methods.
Usually, the Amadeus Bureau van Dijk database is used.
However, if there are other ways to obtain relevant
financial data available for comparable companies, such
information may be used.
Yes. When a benchmark study is performed, it is recommended that Romanian comparables be used. However,
if there is not enough information within the Romanian
market, comparable companies from the European Union
or the international level are accepted.
Services issues
Yes, if certain conditions are met (the management
services were actually rendered, there is evidence regarding
163
the benefit obtained from the management services, and

supporting documentation for those services is provided).
Yes, at a 16 percent rate. However, this is not applicable, if
a relevant income tax treaty is in place and a valid certificate of fiscal residence is made available.
There are specific rules in Romania regarding the
treatment of stock options costs; generally, they are
deductible if subject to individual income tax. A case-bycase analysis is necessary.
Yes, but these types of agreements are carefully scrutinized
by the Romanian tax authorities. The allocation key used
should demonstrate consistency in its application. The
use of such allocation keys should be clearly described,
not only for the Romanian taxpayer, but for all entities to
which the allocation key is applied. Local transfer pricing
documentation should illustrate how the Romanian
company benefits from the services received, and should
provide details regarding the allocation key (and must
demonstrate, with supporting documentation, that the
services were actually provided).
Yes, but they must comply with certain domestic
deductibility rules.
Generally, no. A case-by-case analysis is necessary if no
transfer of know-how is performed.
Romanian legislation does not include any requirements in
this regard. Romania generally follows the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines; however, those guidelines are not
binding on the tax authorities.

transactions concluded with affiliated parties; however, this
information is included in the financial statements. Also,
according to Order 222/2008 regarding transfer prices,
transfer pricing documentation should disclose information
regarding the industry, group, economic environment, type
of transactions, amounts relevant to those transactions,
countries involved, number of related parties involved,
functions performed, assets employed, risks undertaken,
methods used, and benchmark analysis.
Taxpayers must prepare a transfer pricing documentation
file in compliance with domestic legislative requirements,
to demonstrate the extent to which intragroup transactions meet the arms length principle.
No. Transfer pricing documentation must be submitted
by the taxpayer only upon written request by the
Romanian tax authorities. Also, it would be recommended
that new benchmark studies be performed during the
updating process.
During a tax audit, the tax authorities may request transfer
pricing documentation, and the taxpayer would have
up to three months to prepare the documentation. If
the transfer pricing file is not prepared during the period
granted by the tax authorities, the company may obtain an
extension equal to the first period of time. However, given
the fact that the terms for submitting the transfer pricing
documentation tend to be around one month, it would be
recommended to periodically update the documentation
(preferably annually).
Upon written request issued by the Romanian
tax authorities.
Starting with 2012, the deadline for submitting the
annual tax return is March 25 of the year following the
reporting year.
164

Documentation must be prepared in the
Romanian language.
transfer pricing transactions. However, information about
intercompany transactions is included in the financial
statements of a company. As such, the value related to
intercompany transactions is the same in the income tax
return as the one reflected in the financial statements.
However, the transfer pricing adjustments performed by
the Romanian tax authorities are made exclusively for fiscal
purposes, without affecting the financial statements of the
affiliated entity.
Year-end adjustments are not covered by the Romanian
legislation on transfer pricing, and to what extent the
Romanian tax authorities will accept such adjustments
cannot be determined. In practice, the tax authorities
analyze carefully year-end transfer pricing adjustments
received by Romanian entities from related parties, and
these adjustments should always be supported by a transfer
pricing file. Otherwise, the transfer pricing adjustment
will not be allowed by the tax authorities. For certainty,
obtaining an advance pricing agreement is highly advisable.
The statute of limitation is five years.
Set-offs are allowed only on arms length terms
and conditions.
Romanian legislation does not include any regulations in
this respect.
Adjustments to a companys profits are subject to 16
percent corporate income tax, interest, and penalties for
late payment of taxes, according to the Fiscal Procedure
Code. If transfer pricing documentation is incomplete or
nonexistent, a fine of 3000 may be imposed.

Interest and penalties are both applied to the additional
corporate income tax assessed, at the following rates:
0.04 percent per day interest;
0.02 percent per day penalties for late payment.
If a refund is paid after the period prescribed by law, the
taxpayer may request the payment of interest for this delay
by the tax authorities.
Transfer pricing penalties could be reduced to zero if documentation is complete and the prices of the intercompany
transactions are in compliance with the arms length principle.
Are APAs available?
Yes, APAs are available (unilateral and multilateral).
APA filing fee
The filling fee for an APA ranges between 10,000 and
20,000. The fee for the modification of an existing APA is
set between 6,000 and 15,000.
The term of an APA may be up to five years.
Competent authority
When the taxpayer realizes that the transaction was not
performed according to the arms length principle. Also, if
the related partys tax authority performs adjustments on
the transaction carried out with the Romanian company.
The competent authority may reconsider and develop a new
settlement position if the arms length principle is not met.
If an adjustment is received from the Romanian tax authorities, the taxpayer can contest this adjustment in a court
of justice. However, until a favorable answer is received
from the court, the tax should be paid. If the adjustment
is received indirectly from a related party, as a result of an
audit by foreign tax authorities, this adjustment should
be accepted by the Romanian fiscal authorities before
modifying the corporate income tax computation.
165
Russia
Whats new
The deadline for Russias first reporting period
regarding 2012 controlled transactions was
November 20, 2013. In response, approximately
4,500 taxpayers uploaded notifications on their
controlled transactions to a federal database.
During 2013 the Russian tax authorities were also
involved in the processing of advance pricing agreements since 2012 they have received more than
40 APA requests, and less than 10 were concluded
in 2013.
General information
Russian Tax Office (Federal Tax Service); Tax Code of the
Russian Federation Part 1: Articles 105.1 105.25,
129.3, 129.4, 154, 161, 187, 208, 211, 220, 230,
250, 274, 301, 304, 307, 308, 333.33, 340, 346.6.
Among the main guidelines issued by the FTS
regarding the new transfer rules are:
Clarifications on preparation and submission of transfer
pricing documentation for control purposes (Letter N
OA-4-13/14433@ 31.08.2012);
The notification form for controlled transactions (Precept
#MMB-7-13/524@ 27 July 2012); and
Clarifications on APA procedure (Letter No-OA-4-13/85@
12 January 2012).
In 2013, the Russian Federal Tax Service issued additional
clarifications and regulations on the application of the new
transfer pricing law:
Amendments to the Russian Tax Code regarding the
application of transfer pricing rules to financial transactions (effective 1 January 2014):
Clarifications on submission, admission, and processing
of the notification for controlled transactions (Letter
No-OA-4-13/6612@ 10 April 2013).
The following transactions are subject to transfer pricing
control in Russia: all cross-border related-party transactions, cross-border transactions of goods traded on
commodity markets (if the transaction amount exceeds
RUB 60 million), cross-border transactions with offshore
residents (if the transaction amount exceeds RUB 60
million), all transactions between domestic related parties

with an annual income higher than RUB 2 billion from such
transactions in 2013 (RUB 1 billion starting in 2014) and
taking into consideration provisions stipulated in the Tax
Code of the Russian Federation.
In accordance with the current Russian transfer pricing
rules, the income of permanent establishments taxable
in the Russian Federation will be determined taking
into account the functions performed, assets used, and
economic (commercial) risks assumed.
Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the comparable profits method, and the profit split method.
Priority of methods
The CUP remains the primary method, and may now be
applied when information regarding at least one comparable transaction is available. In the case of resale of goods
the resale price method is the primary one. The application
of two or more methods is permitted.
Dmitry Kulakov
+7 495 787 0600
[email protected]

The Russian Tax Code defines the sources of information (both official and publicly available, including various
databases) that may be used for the determination of
market price/profitability.
The Russian Tax Code specifically states that for
purposes of determining the profitability range of
Russian companies, the accounting and statistical data
of foreign organizations may be used only if Russian
sources do not exist or are unavailable (thus, for
example, European search results may not be relevant).
Services issues
Yes, expenses associated with the management of an
organization or individual subdivisions thereof, and
expenses for the acquisition of services involving the
management of an organization or individual subdivisions
thereof could be deducted (if the general criteria of tax
166
deductibility are met: expenses should be economically

justified and supported by the appropriate documents).
Overall, management fees are carefully scrutinized by the
tax authorities.
Management fees paid to a foreign legal entity
are not subject to Russian withholding tax.
The stock option costs may be included in the cost
base for intercompany services if properly structured.
Yes, but in practice commissionaire arrangements may
not work because of Customs and VAT implications.
CCAs and CSAs are not specifically provided for in the
legislation or regulations. Hence, the tax authorities
usually do not accept such arrangements. The current
transfer pricing rules do not contain a specific provision
in this regard.
These payments are not deductible. Therefore, these
arrangements should be formalized as service agreements.
Withholding tax may be applicable, depending
on the nature of the payment. However,
treaty relief is usually available.
Not applicable.
Taxpayers are required to file a notification
of controlled transactions.
According to the Russian Tax Code, companies must keep
specific transfer pricing documentation if the total income
from all controlled transactions received by the taxpayer
from the same counterparty exceeds RUB 80 million in
2013 (no cap in 2014). The transfer pricing documentation must contain the following information: structure
and terms of the transaction, parties involved and their
functions, pricing method, a description of the transfer
pricing methods, sources of information used and rationale
for the choice of transfer pricing method, information on
other factors that might influence the price (for example,
marketing strategy), and information on adjustments to
the tax base.
There is no requirement to keep contemporaneous documentation. However, documentation should be submitted
within 30 days upon request. Failure to submit transfer
pricing documentation could lead to additional penalties
(up to 40 percent). The documentation content requirements generally are in line with the OECD format. A new
benchmark study should be performed every year.
In accordance with the Russian Tax Code, taxpayers will be
required to submit information on controlled transactions
(i.e., notifications) in a calendar year to the tax authorities
no later than May 20, and the tax authorities may request
documentation after June 1 of the subsequent year.
The tax authorities are allowed to request transfer pricing
documentation from taxpayers no later than 1 June of the
year following the calendar year in which the controlled
transactions were performed. Taxpayers are required to
file documentation with the tax authorities within 30 days
after receiving a request.
In general, income tax returns must be filed no later
than 28 March following the end of the tax year.
167
equal to 20 percent of the amount of additional tax

payable will be introduced. A penalty of 40 percent
of the underpaid tax (but not less than RUB 30 000)
will be applied in 2017, and will be used if the price/
profitability is outside the market range (resulting in
an underpayment of tax) and if the required transfer
pricing documentation has not been prepared.
No.

Documentation must be in Russian, or include a translation
into Russian.
Yes, book/tax differences are allowed. Transfer prices
should be reflected primarily on an income tax return, and
in some cases, on other tax returns (for example, VAT and
the mineral extraction tax).
The Russian Tax Code allows taxpayers to make
adjustments to the tax base in accordance with
the chosen transfer pricing method (i.e., voluntary
adjustments), provided these do not lead to a
reduction in tax liabilities. Hence, the law does
not provide for downward adjustments.
Three years from tax year-end.
There are no specific regulations applicable to transfer
pricing. The general settlement procedure is applicable.
No transfer pricing penalties will be assessed for 20122013. Starting in 2014, transfer pricing penalties

Yes, after the deadline for payment of a refund. An
amount of tax recovered in excess will be refundable,
together with any interest assessed thereon. Interest will
be assessed on an amount of tax recovered in excess
from the day following the day of recovery up to and
including the day on which the refund actually takes place.
No specific provision. However, the general rules for
reduction of penalties may apply.
Are APAs available?
APAs are available for major taxpayers (those with annual
tax payments exceeding RUB 1 billion or annual revenue/
assets exceeding RUB 20 billion), which may enter into an
APA with the tax authorities.
APA filing fee
The application fee is RUB 1.5 million.
An approved APA would be valid for three years,
and may be extended for two additional years at the
taxpayers request.
Competent authority
168
Singapore
Whats new
Singapore did not see any major changes to its
existing transfer pricing laws and guidelines. But
in late 2013, the IRAS commenced the process of
reviewing the existing guidelines, with a view to
update or rewrite the guidelines in light of substantial
changes to the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, as
well as to provide guidance on local requirements in
relation to transfer pricing. The IRAS will undertake
a consultation on this issue in 2014, and changes
to the guidelines are expected to be issued
soon thereafter.
General information
Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS); Section 34D,
included in Singapore Income Tax Act in 2010, establishes
the legal requirement for related-party transactions to be
carried out at arms length. Section 34D provides IRAS with
the legal authority to enforce the arms length principle
and make adjustments if related-party transactions are not
carried out on an arms length basis.
IRAS Transfer Pricing Guidelines were officially issued
on 23 February 2006. They endorse the arms length
principle, as defined by the OECD. IRAS issued
supplementary guidelines on APAs on 20 October
2008. Additional guidelines on related-party loans
and services were issued on 23 February 2009.
Singapores tax authority expects related-party transactions
to be carried out at arms length. Persons are considered
related parties when one person, directly or indirectly, has
the ability to control the other, or when both of them,
directly or indirectly, are under the control of a common
person. Related parties include associated enterprises
and separately taxable entities of an enterprise, such as
permanent establishments of the enterprise.
Yes, the use of transfer pricing analyses to
compute profits attributable to a permanent
establishment or branch is permissible.

Acceptable methods
method, the resale price method, the cost plus
method, the transactional net margin method
(TNMM), and the profit split method.
Priority of methods
Taxpayers must use the method that produces the most
reliable results.
Several business databases are available to identify
comparable companies. Financial data from published
accounts is available from the Accounting and Corporate
Regulatory Authority.
The Singapore tax authority has not published specific
guidelines on this issue. In practice, the IRAS shows
a clear preference for local comparables, and foreign
comparables would likely be more acceptable if
obtaining domestic comparables is not feasible.
Jee Chang See

+65 6216 3181
[email protected]
Services issues
Yes, if they are incurred wholly and exclusively in the
production of assessable income of the payer, are not
referable to a stewardship function, and the quantum
satisfies the arms length standard. For reimbursement/cost
allocation, the expense must not be specifically prohibited
under the Singapore Income Tax Act.
Following the enactment of the Income Tax (Amendment)
Act 2009, withholding tax will no longer apply to management fees for services rendered by nonresidents entirely
outside of Singapore, subject to certain conditions.
If this cost is considered part of the fully absorbed cost
required to provide the service, it should be included
in the determination of the arms length service fee.
Yes, but these arrangements give rise to significant risk of
creating a permanent establishment.
169

There is no specific statutory authority. The Singapore
tax authority is likely to follow the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines. Some guidelines on cost pooling arrangements
are available in additional guidelines on related-party
loans and services issued on 23 February 2009, but such
arrangements apply only to services.
Yes, provided they are incurred wholly and exclusively in
the production of assessable income of the payer and do
not include capital expenditure (e.g., depreciation).
No, subject to certain exceptions.
Deductibility will depend on the nature of the intangibles.
If the payment is for goodwill or for acquiring assets, it is
not deductible. If it is a license fee for the right to use the
intangible, it would generally be tax deductible.
There are no disclosure requirements for year of assessment 2004 and subsequent periods (financial years ending
after 31 December 2002). For earlier years, taxpayers are
required to disclose the value and counterparty of some
related-party transactions, and whether arms length prices
were charged.
There are no statutory requirements or penalties
specifically for insufficiency of documentation. However,
during an audit, the lack of documentation poses the risk
of challenge and adjustments by the IRAS, because the
IRAS considers the lack of such documentation a failure
by the taxpayer to undertake a reasonable effort to
demonstrate compliance with the arms length principle.
The IRAS also stresses the importance of adequate
documentation should the taxpayer be involved in a
mutual agreement procedure.
Are the documentation requirements annual requirements? If so, what do they involve each year (for
Documentation is expected to be kept updated. In cases
when there is no major change to the business and its
related-party arrangements, a new study (including a new
benchmarking study/search) is typically expected every two
to three years. In the intervening years, the financial results
of the comparables should be updated.
of transfer pricing documentation in Singapore.
Documentation must be submitted in a timely manner
when requested. From experience, this is typically no more
than a month from the time of the request.
November 30 of each calendar year.
The transfer prices reflected on an income tax return and
financial statements should be the same.
Not permitted.
Six years from the year of assessment to which the income/
expense is related. Effective from year of assessment 2008,
this period is reduced to four years. In cases of tax evasion,
the period is unlimited.
170

Additional tax is payable within one month from
the date of the Notice of Additional Assessment,
unless the stand over of tax applies.
There are no specific transfer pricing penalties. Existing
penalty provisions under the Singapore Income Tax Act are
applicable, ranging from 100 percent to 400 percent of
underpaid tax, and may include fines and imprisonment.
There is no additional interest charged on penalties.
No.
There is no provision regarding this issue.
Are APAs available?
Yes (unilateral and bilateral). The transfer pricing guidelines
provide guidance on filing an APA request. Supplementary
guidelines on APAs were issued on 20 October 2008.
APA filing fee
There is no filing fee for an APA application.
Generally three to five years forward. Rollback may be
allowed on a case-by-case basis.
Competent authority
Singapore follows the mutual agreement procedure for
the pertinent treaty, as well as that stated in the transfer
pricing guidelines.
Yes.
No. Tax must be settled in accordance with the Singapore
Income Tax Act first, unless the Singapore tax authority
agrees to stand over such tax liability, on the condition
that late payment penalties would be imposed.
171
Slovakia
Whats new
The National Council of the Slovak Republic
amended several transfer pricing rules related to
the selection of the transfer pricing method, the
submission of transfer pricing documentation, and
decisions on the approval of the pricing method.
Under the new rules, transfer pricing methods based
on comparison of prices are no longer preferred over
other transfer pricing methods, and transfer pricing
documentation may be requested even if no tax audit
is being performed.
General information
Slovak tax authorities; Section 2(n), Section 17(5), and
Section 18 of ITA.
ITA, MF/8288/2009-72, OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
The definition of related parties for transfer pricing
purposes is found in Section 2 (n), (o), (p), and (r) of the
ITA. The nature/extent of a transaction is decisive, as a
substance-over-form rule applies in the Slovak Republic.
Yes. The local transfer pricing rules follow the principles
and standards laid down by the OECD Report on the
Acceptable methods
method (TNMM).
Priority of methods
Effective 1 January 2014, transfer pricing methods based
on a comparison of prices will no longer be preferred over
other transfer pricing methods.

Pan-European database Amadeus is available to the Slovak
tax authorities. Companies are entitled to support their
transfer pricing arrangements with benchmark analyses.
Yes. The Slovak tax authorities prefer Slovak comparables. If not available, relevant foreign comparables
may be considered. The Slovak tax authorities generally
accept Pan-European benchmark searches.
Services issues
It depends on the pertinent tax treaty. In most cases, there
is no withholding tax on management fees.
Generally, yes. However, Slovak tax legislation does
not provide any guidance on this subject, and
the Slovak tax authorities position is not known
because of the lack of practical experience.
Marek Romancov
+420 246 042 889
mromancov@
deloitteCE.com
Yes.
Generally, no.
172

Taxpayers must disclose in their annual tax return
some general information regarding transactions
with related parties and their value.
The Ministry of Finance of the Slovak Republic published
on 22 January 2009 guidelines MF/8288/2009-72
specifying the content of documentation required for IFRS
and non-IFRS filers.
With respect to the annual updates of documentation,
a complete documentation in line with the guidance is
requested. However, the documentation could be used in
future years, provided no significant changes affecting the
valuation of controlled transactions occur.
Documentation must be prepared up front for the relevant
taxation period.
Within 15 days from the date of the request from the tax
authorities. Effective 1 January 2014, documentation may
be requested even if no tax audit is being conducted.
The tax return must be filed within three calendar
months following the last day of the tax period, unless
the ITA provides otherwise; however, the period for
submission of documentation by the taxpayer to the
tax authorities is 15 days from receipt of the request.
Transfer pricing documentation must be submitted
in the Slovak language. However, at the taxpayers
request, the tax authorities may allow the transfer
pricing documentation to be submitted in a
language other than the Slovak language.

The transfer prices reflected on an income tax return may
differ from those reflected in financial statements.
Upward adjustments are permitted; it is unclear
whether a decreasing adjustment would be allowed.
Ten years from the end of the year in which the annual
income tax return should be filed.
Additional tax is usually payable within 30 days of receipt
of the assessment.
Ordinary penalties apply. In case of a tax assessment, the
taxpayer must pay a penalty of three times the European
Central Bank (ECB) basic rate, or 10 percent (whichever is
higher) on the additional tax assessed.
Late payment interest on penalties, amounting to four
times the European Central Bank (ECB) basic rate, or 15
percent (whichever is higher) per annum, may be charged
if the penalty is not paid by the statutory deadline.
Interest is payable only when a refund is not paid to the
taxpayer within the statutory deadline as stipulated by the law.
There is no provision in this regard. Penalties may be
reduced or waived if the taxpayer files a request and
consequently negotiates with the tax authorities on a
case-by-case basis.
173

Are APAs available?
Yes. APAs cover only the appropriateness of the method
used, not the margin/mark-up.
APA filing fee
In case of a unilateral APA, a fee must be paid for the
ruling to the state authority amounting to 1 percent of
the transaction volume in question, with a minimum of
EUR 4,000 and a maximum of EUR 30,000. For bilateral
APAs, the fee payable to the state authority is equal to
2 percent of the transaction volume in question, with a
minimum of EUR 5,000 and a maximum EUR 30,000.
The fees are applicable as of September 2014.
The maximum term is five years.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure. The Slovak Republic
follows the mutual agreement procedure for
pertinent treaty provisions.
Yes.
174
Slovenia
Whats new
Transfer pricing in Slovenia is a developing issue,
and it has increasingly become the focus of tax
audit procedures in recent years. The Slovenian tax
authorities have organized a transfer pricing team
specializing in transfer pricing inspections, which has
been accompanied by a growing number of transfer
pricing adjustments imposed on audited taxpayers.
General information
Tax Administration of the Republic of Slovenia. Corporate
Income Tax Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of
Slovenia, no.117/06 to 81/13), articles 16-19, 32,72; Tax
Procedure Act (Official Gazette of the Republic of Slovenia,
no. 13/11 to 111/13) article 382.
Rules on transfer prices (Official Gazette of the Republic of
Slovenia, no. 141/06 to 4/12).
Transfer pricing rules apply to transactions between
entities that are connected either through direct or
indirect ownership, control, or voting rights equal to
at least 25 percent, or when transaction are not
conducted at arms length.
Yes.
Acceptable methods
The comparable uncontrolled price method (CUP), the resale
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method considering the circumstances should be used. If the comparable market price
can be determined with equal reliability using transactionbased methods or profit-based methods, the use of
traditional transaction-based methods is preferred. The
comparable uncontrolled price method is preferred over
other methods.

Pan-European database Amadeus is available to the
Slovene tax authorities. Companies are entitled to support
their transfer pricing arrangements with benchmark
analyses.
Foreign comparables are acceptable. Pan-European
benchmark searches are accepted by the Slovenian tax
authorities.
Services issues
Generally, management fees are considered tax deductible
for corporate income tax purposes, provided that:
The management services were actually performed;
The services are properly documented (for example,
through an agreement as to the basis for the services,
invoices, and evidence on the services performed); and
The price for the services has been set in accordance
with the arms length principle.
It is also important that management and administrative
services do not include shareholder activities or duplicative
activities, because such costs would not be tax deductible.
Andreja kofi
Klanjek
+386 1 307 2841
[email protected]

Generally, management fees are not subject to withholding tax, but there are exceptions to the general rule.
For example, if it is deemed that no service has been
performed and that therefore, in substance, the payment
should be viewed as a hidden profit distribution similar
to dividends, the payment would be subject to withholding. Moreover, payments for certain services provided
to companies established in countries on the black list
issued by the Ministry of Finance, considered tax havens
with favorable tax regimes, would also be subject to
withholding.
There is no specific guidance regarding stock option costs
as part of intercompany service charges. The basic conditions to test the tax deductibility for services should be
observed. The tax deductibility of the intercompany charge
would be determined on a case-by-case basis.
Yes.
175

There is no specific guidance in relation to CAAs and
CSAs. The tax authorities allow such arrangements for
intragroup services when they are based on the cost
allocation method.
fiscal years. After that period, a new benchmark study

should be prepared.

Yes, provided the price is set at arms length and costs are
necessary to generate taxable income.

Transfer pricing documentation need not be submitted
to the tax authorities. In the event of a tax audit, documentation should be submitted to the tax authorities
immediately upon request. If a taxpayer cannot submit the
documentation immediately, the tax authorities will set a
deadline cannot be shorter than 30 days and longer than
90 days, depending on the volume and complexity of data.

Generally, they are not. Withholding tax may be levied on
payments made for the transfer of intellectual property,
interest, or if the service provider is established in a blacklisted country. The list of blacklisted countries is published
by the tax authorities and is regularly updated.
It depends on the accounting treatment of cost. The
payments are tax deductible or depreciated over the useful
life of the intangible.
The taxable entity must disclose in its tax return the total
value of its intercompany transactions for each related entity.
Transfer pricing documentation should be prepared for
each fiscal year, if a taxable entity has entered into intercompany transactions with foreign entities. Documentation
should include a description, value, economic conditions,
and transfer pricing method for each type of transaction.
Additional documentation requirements are set forth in
Article 382 of the Tax Procedure Act.
Transfer pricing documentation should be prepared separately for each fiscal year. There is no official guidance on
the period of validity of the benchmark study; however,
the tax authorities tend to accept it for three consecutive

The deadline for preparation of transfer pricing documentation is the filing date of the corresponding years
corporate tax return.

The tax return should be submitted within three months
after the end of a fiscal year.
In general, documentation should be made available to tax
authorities in the Slovene language. In some cases the tax
authorities may accept master files prepared in English,
whereas the local country file should always be prepared
in Slovene.
Book and tax differences are allowed. Adjustments should
be made in the annual tax return when the tax base is too
low because of intercompany prices that were not set at
arms length.
Self-initiated adjustments are expected when intercompany prices are not arms length. Such adjustments are
mandatory when the tax base should be increased.
The statute of limitations is five years after submission of
the tax return for a given tax period. The period of limitation is interrupted by any official act by the tax authorities
to levy the tax of which the taxable person is notified. The
limitation period of the right to assessment expires 10
years from the date when the period started running.
176

The payment is due within 30 days after receipt of an
official assessment issued by the tax authorities.
The amount of the penalty depends on the size of
the company. For large companies, the penalty can
be up to 45 percent of the underpaid tax, but, not
more than 300,000.
No, interest is not charged on penalties.
Competent authority
A request may be submitted after the proposed adjustment is communicated to the taxpayer in writing when a
tax audit is finished.
There are no special provisions in the legislation.
There is no formal procedure in the legislation; however
the general practice is that taxes must be paid in accordance with the tax authorities decision based on the
findings of the tax audit. After all taxes due are settled,
mutual agreement procedures can start.

Interest is payable only in case of a refund that is the
result of a wrongful assessment by the tax authorities. The
interest rate is 0.0274 percent per day.
It is up to the tax officer to decide whether penalties
will be imposed. Minor unintended irregularities might
be excused.
Are APAs available?
APAs are not specifically defined in legislation, and
therefore are not available. However, taxpayers may
request a binding ruling that would provide written
information on the tax treatment of companys intended
or contemplated transactions, but this option is not
applicable for transfer pricing cases. In the last few years,
the tax authorities have offered a possibility of horizontal
monitoring whereby the tax authorities cooperate with
and monitor the taxpayer and its transactions with the
tax authorities.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
177
South Africa
Whats new
South Africa has well established transfer pricing
rules based on the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
The legislation was enacted in 1995 and a detailed
Transfer Pricing Practice Note was issued by the South
African Revenue Service (SARS) in 1999. The (SARS)
has an experienced specialist team dealing with
transfer pricing, and this is seen as an ongoing area
of opportunity for revenue collection.
Taxpayers who receive transfer pricing queries from
SARS are strongly advised to act on them and to try
to resolve them with SARS before they escalate to the
point where an assessment is issued. In our experience, once a matter reaches this stage, it is resolved
only with great difficulty.
Recent changes to South Africas tax law have placed
a greater compliance burden on taxpayers. The
consequences of adjustments are more serious, and
transfer pricing is more than ever an area requiring
careful planning in the South African environment.
General information
South African Revenue Service (SARS); section 31 of
the Income Tax Act No 58 of 1962 (effective July 19,
1995). Section 9D also requires the consideration of
transactions between a controlled foreign entity (CFE)
and a connected person to reflect an arms length
price consistent with the provisions of Section 31.
An amended version of section 31 became effective
for years commencing after April 1, 2012. The changes
have affected the consequences of adjustments, as
discussed below. In addition, the amended section
has changed the emphasis from arms length pricing
to the arms length nature of the entire relationship
between the parties. Therefore, SARS will consider not
merely the pricing of a transaction but also any artificial (non-arms-length) aspects of the entire relationship. SARS is expected to issue a new practice note
during 2013 to take these changes into account.
Practice Note 7, issued August 6, 1999; Practice Note 2
(thin capitalization), issued May 14, 1996, and amended
May 17, 2002, as well as the OECD Guidelines.

Connected person relationships are defined in section 1
of the South African Income Tax Act.
In practice, a transfer pricing approach is usually considered
appropriate for determining the profits attributable to a
permanent establishment or branch. However, the approach
sometimes needs to be modified slightly to take into account
specific provisions in the relevant double tax agreement (DTA).
For example, most DTAs permit the deduction, from the
income of the permanent establishment, of the costs of head
office management services provided to the permanent establishment, but do not permit these costs to be marked up.
Acceptable methods
Billy Joubert
+27 11 806 5352
[email protected]
Priority of methods
There is no priority of methods; however, the most
reliable method should be selected and the choice
should be documented.
Comparables data regarding South African companies is
not publicly available.
Yes. Pan-European comparables are preferred, although
comparables from other regions may be acceptable if the
reasons for the use of those comparables are explained in
the policy document.
Services issues
Generally, yes. When an indirect method of allocation has
been used, it is necessary to apply to the South African
Reserve Bank to remit the management fees. This application must be made on an annual basis.
178

No. However, withholding taxes are being introduced
in certain circumstances effective 1 January 2016.
Yes, the total costs of employing certain individuals may be
included in the cost base.
Commissionaire arrangements as such are not recognized by South African law. However, a very similar
structure is to use an agent for an undisclosed principal.
Yes. South Africa follows Chapter VIII of the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines. However, outbound payments
by a South African entity may require exchange control
approval.
Most payments would be deductible under Income Tax Act
Section 11(a) the general deduction formula. However,
payments might not be deductible if they represent contributions toward the cost of a capital asset, such as intellectual property (for instance, R&D contributions). Therefore,
the deductibility of payments must be considered on a
case-by-case basis.
No. South Africa has enacted legislation imposing
withholding tax on service fees, effective 1 January
2016. However, this withholding tax will apply
only to service fees derived from a South African
source. It is not yet entirely clear when service
fees will be considered to be so derived.
Payments usually may be claimed as capital allowances
over the useful life of the intangible. However, the precise
tax effects will depend on the nature of the agreement
between the parties.

A taxpayer is required to disclose in its tax return whether
it has a transfer pricing policy document. Submission of the
document is optional, although it must be available upon
request (if the taxpayer disclosed that it had a document).
Generic statutory requirements followed. Practice Note
7 broadly follows OECD transfer pricing guidelines
para. 5.4. While there is no requirement to have documentation, the tax return does ask whether documentation is available, and SARS has recommended that
taxpayers prepare documentation to cover the relevant
intercompany transactions.
Are the documentation requirements annual requirements? If so, what do they involve each year (for
Documentation is not compulsory. However, taxpayers are
strongly advised to have documentation if they are parties
to significant cross-border intragroup transactions. The
South African documentation requirements are very similar
to those found in the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
One such requirement is that the documentation must be
contemporaneous. This means that documentation should
evolve so that it continues to reflect the taxpayers transactions and circumstances. However, there is no specific form
of update prescribed. In practice, annual updates may take
the form of a memorandum that supplements the information in a previous document, or fresh documentation. As
a general rule of thumb, it is considered that comparables
should be updated every three years.
There is no formal deadline for preparing documentation.
However, there are questions in the income tax return
regarding whether or not a transfer pricing policy has
been prepared.
The requirements of the tax return have also varied from
year to year. In some years taxpayers who record that
they have documentation have been required to submit it.
Therefore, taxpayers should carefully consider the submission requirements each year. It is considered a best practice
for taxpayers to submit their documentation even in years
when it is not required by SARS.
179

Tax returns must be submitted within one year of the end
of the relevant financial year.
In theory, documentation could probably be in any
of South Africas 11 official languages. In practice,
however, documentation is invariably in English,
and English is the functional language of SARS
Book/tax differences are allowed. There may be differences between the accounting and taxable income due to
timing differences or due to differences in the treatment
of some items for accounting purposes and tax purposes.
In addition, a transfer pricing adjustment can be included
in the tax computation as an adjusting item to calculate
the final taxable income without having to be adjusted
for the financial statements. An example of this treatment
may apply as a result of the amended transfer pricing
rules, in terms of which a transfer pricing adjustment
gives rise to a deemed loan by the South African entity
to the foreign related entity. This loan may be regarded
as merely a notional loan for transfer pricing purposes,
which will not be reflected for accounting purposes.
South African law has changed for tax years
beginning on or after 1 April 2012. Adjustments are
no longer at the discretion of SARS, but are required
to be made by the taxpayer itself at year-end.
Three years from the date of the original assessment when
full disclosure has been made. There is no time limitation
in the event of inaccurate or incomplete disclosures.
Practice Note 7 recognizes that such arrangements do
sometimes occur between independent enterprises and
should be assessed in terms of the arms length principle.
However, the South African exchange control implications
of such arrangements must be carefully considered, as
set-offs are generally not permitted.

Outstanding tax must be paid by the second date reflected
on the assessments; this is 30 days after the date of
assessment. Penalties (at 20 percent of the unpaid tax)
and interest are payable if the second tax payment by a
corporate taxpayer (payable at year-end) is less than 80
percent of the actual tax payable for the year in question.
However, the tax authorities may waive this penalty in
whole or in part if they are satisfied that the second
provisional return was calculated on a reasonable basis and
that the estimated taxable income was not deliberately or
negligently understated.
In addition, there are certain understatement penalties that apply when a taxpayer is in
default in certain prescribed ways. These range
from 5 percent to 200 percent of the unpaid
tax, depending on the circumstances, including
the degree of fault on the taxpayers part.
For fiscal years beginning on or after 1 April 2012, transfer
pricing adjustments give rise to a deemed loan by the
taxpayer to the foreign related party. This is referred to as
a secondary adjustment. The taxpayer is therefore subject
to tax on interest on this deemed loan. However, to the
extent the deemed loan is regarded as having been repaid
to the taxpayer by the end of the year of assessment in
which the primary adjustment was made, this adjustment
will not be treated as a loan for purposes of section 31.
The normal penalty regime as described above
also applies.
Yes, interest is charged on penalties at the
prescribed rate, which is currently 8.50 percent.
Yes, interest is payable at the prescribed rate
currently 4.50 percent. Interest is calculated from
the date of the assessment.
The deemed loan is currently applied automatically,
and there is no room for negotiation to reduce the
amount. SARS has less discretion to reduce penalties
180
than it used to have before recent legislative changes,

because the new rules apply penalties according to
certain prescribed objective criteria. However, some
negotiation regarding those criteria is possible.
In practice, settlements are often reached for the
payment of agreed amounts without either side
(SARS or the taxpayer) conceding the merits. The
precise penalty amount that applies in such circumstances is often not determinable, as penalties and
interest from part of the single agreed amount.
Are APAs available?
APAs are not available.
APA filing fee
Not applicable.
Not applicable.
Competent authority
A taxpayer can engage in CA discussions with SARS
once it receives formal notification of a transfer pricing
adjustment in another country with which South Africa
has a DTA, or if the taxpayer is subject to such an adjustment in South Africa.
Yes.
No.
181
Spain
Whats new
The most important event in Spains transfer pricing
practice in 2013 was the Constitutional Courts
judgment dismissing the charge of unconstitutionality raised by the Supreme Court regarding the
Spanish transfer pricing penalty regime. The Supreme
Court challenged the penalty regime because it
considered that it might be against the principles of
legal certainty and proportionality recognized in the
Spanish Constitution.
The Constitutional Court determined that the penalty
regime established in Royal Decree 1793/2008 does not
fail to comply with the Spanish Constitution, because
Law 36/2006 contains the basic definition of prohibited behaviors, and therefore the law complies with
the principle of legal certainty. Regarding the proportionality of the penalties, the Constitutional Court
concluded that Spains ordinary courts are responsible
for determining whether there is proportionality
between the illicit actions and the respective penalties.
General information
Tax Administration; Corporate Income Tax Act (Royal
Legislative Degree 4/2004) and Nonresidents Tax Act
(Royal Legislative Decree 5/2004). Article 16 of CITA (Royal
Legislative Degree 4/2004) governing transfer pricing rules
was changed significantly by the Tax Fraud Prevention Act
published on Nov. 30, 2006 (Law 36/2006). Royal Decree
1793/2008 modifies the Corporate Income Tax Regulation.
New regulations were approved in 2010 Royal Decree
6/2010 on the simplification of the documentation requirements for small and medium-sized enterprises, and Royal
Decree 897/2010, which deals with the simplification of
taxpayer documentation in general.
Effective February 19, 2009, Royal Decree 1793/2008
provides detailed rules regarding documentation, penalty
procedures, tax audit transfer pricing process, secondary
adjustments, and an APA-specific procedure. Royal Decree
1794/2008, governing the Mutual Agreement Procedure
and EU Arbitration Convention (EU/90/436) from a Spanish
domestic perspective.
It is important to mention that effective January 1, 2012,
Royal Decree 12/2012 provides that interest deductions
will be capped at 30 percent of EBITDA (earnings before
interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization). Excess

expense, however, may be carried forward for 18 years (up
to the 30 percent of the EBITDA limit each year). Interest
expense on loans obtained to fund an intragroup acquisition will not be allowed unless the acquisition has a valid
economic purpose.
Extensive rules exist governing the nature of related
parties. Those rules have been slightly modified by Law
36/2006 and other regulations.
Article 16 of Law 36/2006 establishes the persons or
entities considered related parties:
a) An entity and its partners or shareholders;
b) An entity and its directors;
c) An entity and the spouse or persons related directly or
horizontally by blood or by marriage to the third grade
of the partners, shareholders, or directors;
d) Two entities that belong to the same mercantile group;
e) An entity and the partners or shareholders of
another entity when both entities belong to the same
mercantile group;
f) An entity and the directors of another entity when both
entities belong to the same mercantile group;
g) An entity and the spouse or persons related directly
or horizontally by blood or by marriage to the third
grade of the partners, shareholders, or directors of
another entity when both entities belong to the same
mercantile group;
h) Two entities when one of the entities has an indirect
interest of at least 25 percent in the share capital or
equity of the second entity;
i) Two entities in which the same partners, shareholders,
or their spouse or persons related directly or horizontally by blood or by marriage to the fourth grade (i.e.,
cousins) have a direct or indirect interest of at least 25
percent of the share capital or equity;
j) A Spanish resident entity and its foreign permanent
establishments;
k) An entity not resident in Spain and its permanent establishments resident in Spain; and
l) Two entities that form part of a group subject to tax in
the cooperative companies group tax regime.
Juan Ignacio de Molina

+34 932304848
ext. 5804
[email protected]
When the related-party connection is defined for partners

or shareholders in an entity, the interest must be equal
to or greater than 5 percent, or 1 percent in the case of
quoted companies. The definition of directors includes
shadow directors.
182
A mercantile group is deemed to exist when various

entities form a single decision-making unit according to
the criteria established in Article 42 of the Commercial
Code, independent of their residence and the obligation to
prepare consolidated financial statements.
Yes; the same transfer pricing documentation requirements
and rules apply for both legal entities and permanent
establishments.
Acceptable methods
split method, and the transactional net margin method
(TNMM). In some cases, the discounted cash flow (DCF)
method could also be acceptable.
Priority of methods
The CUP method, the cost plus method, and the resale
price methods have priority. When it proves difficult to
apply those methods due to complexity or lack of available
information, the profit split method, the TNMM, and the
DCF methods are also allowed.
Iberian database Sabi provides information on more than
1 million Spanish companies. Pan-European databases
with Pan-European data are also used, but results must be
analyzed. For financial transactions, the use of common
databases like Bloomberg should be acceptable.
The Spanish transfer pricing legislation is based on the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines and the work of the
European Union Joint Transfer Pricing Forum. Although
pan-European comparables should be acceptable, in
practice the Spanish tax authorities have expressed
a strong preference for the use of local comparables
whenever possible.
Services issues
Management fees are deductible if theyre at arms length,
and the service yields or may yield a profit to the company
receiving the services. This benefit must be proved and

documented, together with the substance and reality of
the services.
Yes; however, if a tax treaty is in force, the withholding tax
rate may be reduced or even eliminated under Article 7
(Business Profits) of the relevant treaty. If the management
fees include intangibles (for example, a software license),
royalty withholding tax may apply.
Spanish tax law does not provide an explicit answer to this
question. Nevertheless, any intercompany services charge
should pass the benefit test and meet the arms length
principle. Accounting regulations could help support the
case, but timing issues must be addressed.
Yes, even though there is no specific legal framework
for them. The Spanish tax authorities have focused on
analyzing the permanent establishment exposure of such
agreements.
Yes, cost contribution arrangements and cost sharing agreements are specifically mentioned and requirements are set
out in law: identification of the parties, description of activities or project, calculation method and allocation criteria
applied, extension, and buy-in and buy-out payments.
Yes, if the requirements of law and regulation (arms length
principle) are met.
Yes; however, if a tax treaty is in force the withholding tax
rate may be reduced or even eliminated under Article 7
(Business Profits) of the relevant treaty.
of the intangible.
183

Taxpayers must provide information regarding relatedparty transactions with the corporate income tax
return Model 200. The form contains information requirements meant to report intragroup relationships, to identify the taxpayer management
team, the taxpayers ownership in other entities,
and other entities participation in the taxpayer.
Model 200 specifies information to be included with
reference to the taxpayers intercompany transactions. The
specific information required is as follows:
Name of the related taxpayer or legal entity
Tax number of the related taxpayer or legal entity
Relationship type
Country or province of the related party
Type of transaction
Transaction characteristic (income or payment)
Transfer pricing valuation method
Transaction amount
The tax authorities are expected to use this information to
select transfer pricing audit targets.
Only intercompany transactions undertaken by the
taxpayer with a related party that exceed 100,000 in
value are subject to disclosure obligations in the corporate
income tax return.
Spains documentation requirements, established by
Royal Decree 1793/2008, are closely aligned with the EU
Transfer Pricing Forums Code of Conduct concepts, the
master file and the local file. The OECD transfer pricing
guidelines also apply.
The regulations on the simplification of taxpayer documentation requirements (RD 897/2010) provide an exemption
from the requirement to prepare documentation if the
intercompany transactions undertaken with a given related
party are valued at under 250,000. This threshold does
not apply for transactions involving intangible assets,
transfers of real estate, transfers of shares, and entities
located in tax havens.

Taxpayers should update their transfer pricing documentation on a yearly basis, including all relevant changes in the
conditions of their commercial and financial relations in
light of the pertinent documentation requirements.
Transfer pricing documentation should be available for the
tax authorities at the conclusion of the voluntary period for
filing the annual corporate income tax return (for the fiscal
year ending 31 Dec. 2012, the due date is 25 July 2013).
The tax authorities may request documentation at any time
after the taxpayer files the annual corporate income tax
return.
The corporate income tax return must be filed within six
months and 25 days following the close of the fiscal year.
There are no specific rules in this regard. Documentation
should be acceptable in line with the recommendations
of the EU Joint Transfer Pricing Forum. Documentation
in languages other than Spanish would be examined on
a case-by-case basis, depending on the tax inspectors
preference.
In practice, English documentation is usually accepted,
although a translation may be requested during a tax
audit.
From a strategic perspective, it is preferable to prepare
documentation in Spanish. If the documentation is needed
as evidence (especially in court), it should be translated
into Spanish.
No specific prohibition is contained in the local regulations,
but the general practice is not to perform transfer pricing
adjustments in the corporate income tax return. Thus, the
financial statements should be aligned with the corporate
income tax return.
The General Tax Directorate has publicly expressed its
184
distaste for self-initiated adjustments, because they could

mean the taxpayer has not fulfilled the compulsory fair
value accounting principle. This position could evolve.
Four years after filing the corporate income tax return.
Set-offs are not permitted.
The general rules for administrative assessments apply.
Interest is applicable from the date the tax would have
been payable. Interest paid is deductible.
For fiscal years 2007 and 2008:
Tax penalty of 50 percent to 150 percent of the unpaid
tax, if transfer pricing documentation is lacking and an
adjustment is made;
15 percent of wrongly declared net operating losses or
tax credits; and
50 percent of tax credits that have been inappropriately
applied.
For fiscal year 2009 and years thereafter:
If the tax authorities do not make a transfer pricing
adjustment, a tax penalty of 1,500 per item of data
and 15,000 per group of omitted, incomplete, or
misleading documentation may be imposed.
If the tax authorities do make a tax adjustment, the
penalty would equal 15 percent of the adjustment (as a
minimum) if documentation is lacking or incomplete.

When a refund is due to a taxpayer, the Spanish Tax
Administration is bound to pay interest on the revenue
improperly paid.
Reductions between 22.5 percent and 50 percent of
transfer pricing penalties may be applied (Article 188.3 of
General Taxation Law 58/2003).
Are APAs available?
Yes, unilateral, bilateral, and multilateral APAs are available.
APA filing fee
There is no filing fee.
The term of an APA may be up to four fiscal
years following the year of approval, the negotiation year itself, and one year rollback in some
cases. The maximum term is six years.
Competent authority
A request may be submitted after the proposed adjustment
is communicated to the taxpayer in writing.
Yes.
No. The tax due must be paid or otherwise guaranteed,
but then payment is suspended.
In some cases, penalties of up to 3 percent of the entitys

turnover may be imposed, up to a maximum of 600,000.
Secondary adjustments are applicable according to law
(i.e., recharacterization of transaction).
Interest may not be charged on penalties during the
administrative stage, but may be charged during the
judicial stage.
185
Sweden
Whats new
The Swedish government introduced changes
to existing legislation on interest deductions on
intragroup debt. The rules, proposed to come into
effect on 1 January 2013, apply to interest expense
accruing after 31 December 2012. Under the amendments, the scope of the interest deduction restriction
would be broadened to include all intragroup debt,
regardless of the purpose or origin of the loan. The
definition of a group will be broadened to include
substantial influence between entities.
The exceptions to the interest deduction were
amended to include deductions made if the intragroup debt is based on sound commercial reasons.
The burden would be on the taxpayer to demonstrate
the business reasons underlying the debt arrangement. In essence, the rules governing intragroup debt
have become more stringent.
General information
Swedish Tax Administration (Skatteverket); Chapter
14 19-20 of the Swedish Income Tax Act.
Arms length principle (SFS 1999:1229; 14:19-20);
documentation requirements (SFS 2001:1227; 19:2a-2b);
APAs (SFS 2009:1289); case law (R 1991 ref. 107).
Direct or indirect management, supervision, ownership,
or control in another company is required. In determining whether control exists, a shareholder should
take into account share capital and voting power of
other shareholders, if an agreement regarding the
exercise of common control has been made between the
shareholders. Accordingly, if three unrelated taxpayers
each own one-third of a company and a shareholder
agreement regarding the exercise of common control
has been concluded, transactions between the company
and the shareholders will qualify as controlled transactions. Moreover, companies may be affiliated based on
either de jure or de facto control. The term covers legal
persons in which the same group of shareholders may
exercise control or that share the same management,
even if the shareholders are not the same. Accordingly,
if three unrelated taxpayers each own one-third of two
companies, the two companies will be affiliated. Moreover,

two companies may also be affiliated even if they are not
owned by the same group of shareholders, if the two
companies have the same management.
Yes. There are no specific Swedish regulations.
Acceptable methods
Sweden follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines in this
regard. Thus, the acceptable methods include the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method, the resale price
method, the cost plus method, the profit split method,
Priority of methods
Sweden follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines
in this regard. The OECD guidelines, as updated in
2010, suggest using the most appropriate method.
Information is available from the Swedish Companies
Registration Office.
Elvira Allvin
+46 75 246 43 70
[email protected]

An assessment will be made on a case-by-case basis.
Pan-European comparables will normally be accepted if
the comparability factors under the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines are met.
Services issues
Yes, if the cost equals the benefit received. OECD principles
generally apply for the deductibility of mark-ups..
No.
No formal guidance or case law is currently available.
Yes.
186

Yes.
Yes, if the cost equals the benefit received. OECD principles
generally apply.
No.
No specific disclosure is required for intragroup transactions.
Statutory documentation requirements are effective as of
January 1, 2007. EU transfer pricing documentation (as
established by the Code of Conduct on transfer pricing
documentation for transactions between associated
enterprises in the European Union (OJ C 176, 28.7.2006
p 01)) is accepted.
The Swedish documentation requirements are annual
requirements. Taxpayers are expected to work continuously
on transfer pricing issues throughout the year to be able
to do price setting in accordance with the arms length
principle (SKV M 2007:25, Section 6.1.1). Documentation
for a specific year can be prepared after year-end.
Documentation is expected to be prepared before the
filing of the income tax return to allow the taxpayer to
perform a price check on intercompany transactions and to
submit its income tax return in accordance with the arms
length principle (SKV M 2007:25, Section 6.1.3).
As a rule, transfer pricing documentation must contain
only the information required for a reasonable assessment
of the application of the arms length principle (SKVFS

2007:1, Section 2). This means that a principle of proportionality applies. Thus, complex or unusual intercompany
transactions require more detailed documentation than
simple and routine intercompany transactions.
There are no particular rules regarding benchmarking
analyses. The tax authorities typically would expect
that these be updated periodically, as opposed to on a
yearly basis.
There is no statutory deadline to prepare documentation, but documentation is expected to exist on
a current basis. Documentation may be requested
as of the date for submission of the tax return.
Upon request. Thirty days are generally provided
for submission.
There is no requirement to file transfer pricing documentation by the return filing date. The deadline to file the
income tax return is May 2, with the possibility to apply for
an extension until June 15.
Documentation may be prepared in Swedish,
English, Danish, or Norwegian.
Generally, taxation follows the Swedish GAAP.
However, it is possible to make transfer
pricing adjustments in the tax return.
There is no formal procedure for self-initiated adjustments.
Six years from tax year-end.
No formal provision, but Sweden generally follows the
187

Swedens general tax rules apply.
Sweden does not impose specific transfer pricing penalties.
An ordinary penalty of 20 percent to 40 percent of the
additional tax on the income adjustment may be imposed.
Transfer pricing audit adjustments are subject to a
maximum 40 percent penalty surcharge on the tax
levied by the adjustment, plus an interest surcharge
on the tax debt.
Yes, refunds payable to the taxpayer accrue interest on a
day-to-day basis. The interest payable is nontaxable.

Are APAs available?
Formal rules on APA filing procedures are effective January
1, 2010. Only bilateral or multilateral APAs are allowed.
APA filing fee
The fee for filing an APA application is approximately
15,000. The fee for filing for renewal of an APA is
approximately 10,000. The fee for filing for a renewal
with changes is approximately 12,500.
Generally three to five years.
Competent authority
Within three years from receiving the tax assessment
decision the taxpayer believes is in conflict with the
pertinent tax treaty.
No formal procedure exists in this regard.
Yes.
188
Switzerland
Whats new
During 2013 the cantonal tax administrations in
Switzerland, at the Federal Tax Administrations
request, have tightened their audit activities
regarding transfer prices for cross-border transactions. Although the tax code has not changed,
taxpayers have been systematically asked to provide
evidence documentation regarding the arms
length nature of their intragroup transactions.
General information
In Switzerland, a distinction must be made between
cantonal and federal tax authorities. The country does
not have explicit transfer pricing legislation, although the
tax authorities may adjust unjustified expenses based
on Art. 58 of the Federal Taxes Act and Art. 24 of the
Harmonization of the Cantonal Tax Laws Act to adjust
the net profits of a taxpayer that does not meet the arms
length standard. As an OECD founding member state,
Switzerland adheres to the principles of the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines. Transfer prices between related parties
are increasingly verified and questioned as part of tax audits.
The Swiss tax authorities generally follow the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines. Specific regulations have
been issued on services (SFTA Circular 2004), debt/
equity ratio (SFTA Circular 1997), and interest
on intercompany loans (annual SFTA circulars).
Under the prevailing laws, a taxpayer must be in a
position to demonstrate, upon request, the arms
length nature of a related-party transaction.
There are no specific rules regarding the definition of
related companies. The Swiss tax authorities generally
follow the OECDs definition of associated enterprises.
Because Switzerland adheres to the principles of the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines, the position published by the
OECD regarding the attribution of profits to permanent
establishments is binding on the Swiss tax authorities.

Acceptable methods
All OECD transfer pricing methods are accepted with
no preference.
Priority of methods
Historically, preference was given to the traditional
transaction methods, such as the comparable uncontrolled
price (CUP) method, the cost plus method, and the resale
price methods, in line with the 1995 OECD transfer pricing
guidelines, although the transactional net margin method
(TNMM) was widely used in practice. Profit split methods
were mostly used in the context of advance pricing
agreements with another country or countries. However,
given the tax authorities increased sophistication
regarding transfer pricing and the 2010 update of the
OECD transfer pricing guidelines, all transfer pricing
methods are considered equal.
There is limited Swiss comparables data. Pan-European
benchmark studies covering Switzerland in the search
scope are usually accepted.
There is no specific prohibition; in practice, foreign
comparables are acceptable. Tax authorities may
review comparables, as a study submitted must
be adequate from a qualitative perspective.
Hans Rudolf
Habermacher
+41 58 279 6327
hhabermacher@
deloitte.ch
Services issues
Yes, if the services are rendered and meet the arms length
standard, management services fees are tax deductible.
No.
Employee stock option costs are not automatically tax
deductible, because certain cantonal tax authorities
challenge the notion that stock options may have been
issued without a cost to the company. These costs should
be analyzed based on the specific facts and circumstances
of each case to meet specific rules in Swiss tax law relating
to employee stock option costs.
189
Yes, but the tax authorities may consider such an
arrangement a permanent establishment of the
foreign principal company in Switzerland.
Yes.
Yes, as long as the payments satisfy the arms
length standard.
No, as long as the price is at arms length. If it is not at
arms length, any deviation may be considered a deemed
dividend and therefore subject to withholding tax.
Buy-in payments are deductible or amortizable over the
useful life of the intangible (decided on a case-by-case
basis, depending on the facts and accounting treatment).

No specific disclosure regarding transfer prices is required.
Under the Swiss tax code, taxpayers need to provide
evidence about their transfer prices within set deadlines,
upon request by the tax administration. Increasingly,
cantonal tax authorities request transfer pricing documentation from taxpayers. Although no specific format is
prescribed, it is advisable for taxpayers to prepare some
documentation, particularly when changing their business
model or when engaging in transactions with low-tax
jurisdictions and offshore entities.
Documentation does not need to be prepared annually.
But as stipulated above, proactively preparing documentation when changing the business model is recommended.
190

Upon request. In general, a taxpayer has 30 days to submit
the documentation, although time extensions may be
granted if necessary. Taxpayers must provide the evidence
requested by the tax authorities within a reasonable time.
Because tax audits may take place years after the transactions took place, it is advisable that documentation be
prepared contemporaneously.

There are no specific transfer pricing penalties. General
penalty rules apply, but are usually applied only in
cases of fraud or negligence. Penalties are nondeductible and between 100 percent and 300 percent of the
tax revenue lost. Non-arms-length transfer pricing
could be deemed as a hidden profit distribution
subject to federal withholding tax (up to 53 percent).

Upon request. In general, a taxpayer has 30 days to submit
the documentation, although time extensions may be
granted if necessary.

Not usually.

Five months after the end of business year. A six-month
extension may be granted upon request.
German, French, and Italian are the official languages in
Switzerland. Depending on the tax inspector, English documentation may be acceptable, but taxpayers may have to
translate all (or part) of the documentation upon request.
Transfer prices must match the taxpayers tax accounts.
The tax accounts may deviate from the statutory
(or IFRS) accounts.

Yes.
Not applicable.
Are APAs available?
Yes. There are no formal requirements regarding the
format of the APA request. The Swiss APA team does not
have its own team of economists, but relies on the filing
party or its consultancy firm to provide, upon request,
the necessary evidence, such as benchmark studies or
analyses of assessment by other APA authorities.
APA filing fee
There is no filing fee for APAs.
There is no formal procedure in this regard.

Subject to negotiation, generally three to seven years
forward. Depending on the countries involved, taxpayers
may have the option of requesting rollbacks.

Generally, five years after the taxable year in question, but
in case of pending tax audits, up to 15 years. An exception
applies for years with taxable losses. Those years are
usually assessed for tax purposes once the losses are being
used against future profits.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure. For MAP cases, the Swiss
authorities expect the taxpayer (or a consultant on its
behalf) to provide supporting material to strengthen the
negotiation position to eliminate double taxation.



Not specified.

Yes.
191
Taiwan
Whats new
The Taiwanese tax authorities in 2013 continued their
practice of insisting that related-party transactions
should be analyzed on an individual transaction basis.
Moreover, the tax authorities have been focusing
increasingly on transactions involving intangibles and
technical service fee.
General information
Ministry of Finance; Article 43-1 of Taiwan Income Tax Law.
Regulations Governing Assessment of Profit-Seeking
Enterprise Income Tax on Non-Arm's-Length
Transfer Pricing (the transfer pricing guidelines).
A party that has equity ownership, common management, or effective control over the finance, personnel, or
operations of another party, or enters into a joint venture
agreement with another party will be treated as related to
that party. Detailed definitions of related party are included
in the transfer pricing guidelines.
A branch of a foreign company is a taxable business
entity. Generally, a foreign company could engage in
business transactions (such as trade of intangible goods)
with its Taiwan branch, and the foreign companys profits
from those transactions would not be taxable in Taiwan.
However, when a foreign company itself has revenue from
Taiwan sales, the foreign company may apply to the tax
authorities for approval to prorate that business revenue
and count related Taiwan-source income based on value
added in Taiwan. Transfer pricing analysis may be one of
the tools for the attribution allocation.
Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the comparable
profit method, the profit split method, and other arm's
length methods approved by the Ministry of Finance.
Priority of methods
The best method rule applies.
Public international and domestic business databases
are available.
Taiwan comparables are preferred. However, the tax
authorities will accept foreign comparables if the number
of Taiwan comparables is insufficient.
Services issues
Yes.
Management fees will be exempt from withholding tax
only in the following cases: (1) the fees are allocated
from a head office or regional headquarters to a Taiwan
branch; or (2) the management services are rendered
offshore and evidence could be provided to adopt the
Rules to Recognize Taiwan-Source Income. Advance
application would be required in the latter situation.
Yes, stock option costs could be included in the
service expenses charged to Taiwan affiliates. The
Taiwan entity could take the deduction on its income
tax return, but the employees who are granted
the stock option must recognize income on their
individual income tax returns accordingly.
Mike Chang
+886 2 2545 9988
ext. 3353
mikechang@
deloitte.com.tw
Yes.
The Rules to Recognize Taiwan-Source Income,
released by the MOF on September 3, 2009, accepted
cost sharing agreements for R&D expenses, with the
following conditions:
The cost sharing agreement is a joint research and development project between all participants;
All participants will jointly own the intellectual property
and enjoy its benefits according to the cost and effort
192
contributed by each party, respectively; and

No royalty payment or tax evasion is involved under the
cost sharing agreement.
For other cost sharing expenses, advance application to
the tax authorities on a case-by-case basis would
be required.
Yes.
If the cost sharing payment qualified as a payment
pursuant to a cost sharing agreement according to the
Rules to Recognize Taiwan-Source Income, it will not
be recognized as Taiwan-source income and therefore
will be exempt from Taiwan withholding tax.
of the intangible.
Taxpayers who conduct reportable transactions are
required to disclose related-party information on their
income tax returns.
Contemporaneous documentation has been required since
the 2005 tax year.
Yes, transfer pricing documentation is required annually.
However, if the taxpayer is under the threshold stipulated
by Taiwans safe harbor rules, regulated by MOF Ruling
No. 09704555160 dated November 6, 2008 (operating
revenue plus non-operating revenue is less than NTD 300
million, or the total amount of related-party transactions
is less than NTD 200 million ) it could prepare a transfer
pricing substitute document instead of a full report.
There is no clear regulation that a new comparables

search should be performed annually, but in practice, a
new comparables search is generally conducted for yearly
transfer pricing analysis.
Contemporaneous documentation must be prepared
when taxpayers file their corporate income tax returns. For
calendar-year taxpayers, the period to file the tax return is
May 1 to May 31 of the year following the closing of the
accounting year.
Taxpayers must furnish documentation within one
month after receiving a written request from the tax
authorities. One extension of another month is possible,
for valid reasons.
For calendar-year taxpayers, the period to file the income
tax return is May 1 to May 31 of the year following the
closing of the accounting year. According to Taiwans
transfer pricing guidelines, taxpayers must have transfer
pricing documentation and relevant documents prepared
at the time of filing the annual income tax return, but it is
not necessary to submit the transfer pricing documentation
and relevant documents when filing the income tax return.
Documentation should be in Chinese, except as otherwise
approved by the tax authorities.
Generally, the transfer prices reflected on the income tax
return should be the same as those reflected in financial
statements, except when there are some adjustments for
tax purposes.
A one-time transfer pricing adjustment could be made for
tax purposes only. At present, no public ruling has been
issued by the Taiwanese competent authorities for such
an adjustment. However, the Ministry of Finance did issue
a private ruling on this issue To make a one-time transfer
pricing adjustment in its accounting books, a Taiwanese
taxpayer must obtain prior approval from the Taiwanese
tax authorities. According to the private tax ruling, a
193
taxpayer may apply for approval of a one-time transfer

pricing adjustment if all the following criteria are met:
The parties to the controlled transactions must enter into
an agreement on the terms of the transaction, as well as
on all the factors that would affect the transfer pricing
of the controlled transaction, and submit the agreement
to the Taiwanese tax authorities for their review before
making the one-time transfer pricing adjustment;
The factors mentioned above must be objective (for
example, cost fluctuation of raw materials, market
volatility, or economic cycle) and not subject to the
transaction parties control; and
A one-time transfer pricing adjustment will be recorded
in the accounting books before the annual closing of the
books rather than adjusted only in the income tax return.

Are APAs available?
APAs are allowed for taxpayers who meet the criteria
defined in the transfer pricing guidelines. Eligible taxpayers
must file an application to the tax authorities by the end of
the first year in which the transactions covered in the APA
were conducted.
Based on an MOF ruling, self-initiated upward adjustments
to the median of the interquartile range are allowed under
the comparable profits method.
Competent authority

Generally, five years from the date of filing the return.

Yes.

APA filing fee

There is no filing fee.
An APA will be effective for a period of three to five years,
or the duration of the covered transactions, whichever is
shorter. An extension of up to five years may be allowed.

No. The taxpayer should pay the tax fine
by filing the income tax return.

Taxpayers should make the payment before the due date
indicated on the payment notice.
Substantial adjustments made by the tax authorities based
on the transfer pricing guidelines will trigger a penalty of
up to 200 percent of underpaid taxes under Article 110 of
Taiwans Income Tax Law.
No.
No. If the refund is due to miscalculation or
misapplication of the tax law by the taxpayer,
interest is usually not payable in practice.
No provision.
194
Thailand
Whats new
The Thai corporate tax rate fell from 30 percent for
fiscal year 2011 to 23 percent for fiscal year 2012,
and 20 percent for fiscal years 2013 and 2014,
without any accompanying increase in indirect tax
rates. This reduction in the revenue base has resulted
in a heightened focus on enforcement, including
General information
Revenue Department; Section 65 bis(4), Section 70 ter,
Section 65 bis (7), Section 65 (13), (14) and (15) of the
Thai Revenue Code.
Departmental Instruction No. Paw. 113/2545 (issued
May 16, 2002 Calculation of corporate income
tax in the case of establishing transfer pricing).
Departmental Instruction No. Paw. 113/2545 applies
the definition of Associated Enterprise from the OECD
The transfer pricing rules do not address the determination
of profits attributable to a permanent establishment or
branch. The Thai Revenue Department has typically used
a formulaic approach for determining profits attributable
to a permanent establishment, but they have accepted
transfer pricing analyses in some cases.
Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, and other
methods that are acceptable by international standards
and that appropriately apply to the actual transactions.
Priority of methods
Transaction-based methods are preferred over profit-based
methods.

Audited financial statements filed by all registered (private
and public) companies with the Thai Ministry of Commerce
are available through an online database.
The Thailand Revenue Department has a strong preference for Thai comparables. However, if the taxpayer has
attempted to obtain local comparables and they are not
available, foreign comparables from similar markets are
likely to be accepted by the local tax authorities.
Services Issues
Yes, provided the services result in a benefit to the
Thai company and the fees are determined on an arms
length basis.
Yes, 15 percent withholding tax applies to management
fees paid cross-border. This withholding tax will normally
be exempted under an applicable income tax treaty, unless
the fees are characterized as royalties.
No specific statutory authority. Thailands tax authority is
likely to follow the OECD transfer pricing guidelines.
Stuart Simons
+66 2 676 5700
ext. 5021
[email protected]
Commissionaire Arrangements
Yes, but such arrangements give rise to significant risk of
creating a permanent establishment.
There is no specific statutory authority. Thailands tax
authority is likely to follow the OECD transfer pricing
guidelines.
Yes, provided the taxpayer can substantiate that the cost
relates specifically to the taxpayers business.
195

Yes, depending on the nature of the payment. For
example, if the payment is considered a royalty, withholding tax would apply.

The Thai Revenue Department will accept English documentation in the first instance, but may request that
some or all documentation be translated into Thai.
Documentation for APAs must be in Thai.

of the intangible, depending on specific facts. Payments
must relate directly to the taxpayers business.
Transfer Pricing Adjustments

The transfer prices on the tax return should generally be
the same as those reflected in financial statements. If there
is a transfer pricing adjustment in the tax return only, this
will be subject to significant scrutiny. While an adjustment
to increase taxable profits will likely be accepted, an adjustment to reduce taxable profits will be more difficult for the
Thai tax authorities to accept.
Documentation and Tax Return Disclosures

A Declaration Form attached to the annual corporate tax
return requires answers to questions regarding whether
revenues and expense transactions are based on market
prices.
No statutory requirements, but Instruction 113/2545
indicates that Revenue officers should evaluate certain
documents. There is, therefore, an implicit assumption that
these transfer pricing documents should be maintained.
requirements? If so, what do they involve each year (for
There are no statutory annual requirements. However,
taxpayers should update their transfer pricing documentation annually. Comparables financial data would normally
be refreshed for two to three years after the original
search.
There is no statutory deadline for preparation. However,
because taxpayers are required to respond to questions
in the Declaration Form regarding pricing of transactions,
transfer pricing documentation should be prepared by the
return filing date.
Documentation must be submitted in a timely manner
when requested.
The annual income tax return must be filed within 150
days from the companys year-end. Extensions are not
available.
Adjustments are permitted, whether increasing or
decreasing profit. In the case of a profit increase, a
taxpayer will be subject only to a surcharge of 1.5 percent
per month. In either case, there must be adequate documentation to substantiate the adjustment in the current
period.
A summons for tax examinations must be issued within
two years of the filing date, or five years when tax evasion
is suspected. A tax assessment must be issued within 10
years.
Interest & Penalties
Generally, 30 days from the date of receipt of the assessment notice. An extension may be requested.
There are no specific transfer pricing penalties; the general
corporate tax penalty regime applies. A penalty of up to
100 percent of the additional corporate tax and interest
surcharges of 1.5 percent per month may apply on
outstanding tax.
No interest charged on penalties.
196

Interest is technically available on refunds.
There is no provision; however, the taxpayer may apply
to the assessment officer or appeal to the Board of Tax
Appeal for a reduction of penalties.
Are APAs Available?
According to Departmental Instruction No. Paw. 113/2545
(Clause 5), APAs are available. However, based on current
practice, the Thai Revenue Department is not willing to
accept applications for unilateral APAs. Bilateral agreements may be applied for under the mutual agreement
procedure of treaties. The Thai Revenue Department has
issued a booklet including guidance for bilateral APAs.

The term of bilateral APAs may be three to five years.
Competent authority
There is no formal procedure. Thailand follows the mutual
agreement procedure under the relevant tax treaty (usually
three years).
No. The tax due must be paid or otherwise guaranteed.
APA filing fee

No fee.
197
Turkey
Whats new
With the recent establishment of specialist transfer
pricing audit teams, 2013 was marked by increased
transfer pricing audit activity in Turkey. In more and
more audits, transfer pricing documentation for
multiple years has been requested upfront, with little or
no leeway provided to taxpayers in terms of preparation time.
General information
Ministry of Finance Revenue Administration; New
Turkish Corporate Tax Code (Law No. 5520) Article 13
(effective 1 January 2007), Article 41/5 of Income Tax Law,
Transfer Pricing Decree No. 2007/12888 (announced 6
December 2007), Transfer Pricing General Communiqu
No. 1 and 2 (announced 18 November 2007 and 22
April 2008, respectively), Transfer Pricing Decree No.
2008/13490 (announced 13 April 2008).
Article 13 of the Turkish Corporate Tax Code provides
the general principles. Transfer pricing applications are
explained through examples included in Communiqus No.
1 and 2, as well as Transfer Pricing Decree No. 2007/12888
and Decree No. 2008/13490. A guideline announced in
November 2010 includes detailed explanations regarding
annual documentation requirements and a sample report
format.
Article 13 of The Turkish Corporate Tax Code defines
related parties as: (1) companies own shareholders and
corporations and individuals related to those shareholders; (2) corporations and individuals that directly or
indirectly control or are controlled by a corporation or its
shareholders through management, supervision, or share
capital; and (3) spouses of the shareholders, siblings,
and parents of the shareholders and up to third degree
(inclusive) natural and in-law relatives of the shareholders.
Transactions with parties resident in countries deemed to
cause harmful tax competition (to be determined by the
Council of Ministers) are also considered related-party
transactions. Further details are provided in section 3 of
Transfer Pricing General Communiqu No. 1. Transfer
Pricing General Communiqu No. 2 expands the relatedparty definition by treating the purchase of goods by
a local Turkish distributor from a foreign company as a
related-party transaction, even in the absence of a shareholder relation.

There are no specific local regulations regarding the attribution of profits to a permanent establishment or branch.
Acceptable methods
(TNMM), as well as unspecified methods.
Priority of methods
Transactional methods are explicitly preferred.
No specific regulations. In practice, pan-European comparables may be acceptable in the absence of local data.
Services issues
Yes, provided the following conditions are satisfied: (a)
the management service must actually be performed,
and performance must be verifiable; (b) the management
service must be necessary and beneficial for the recipients
operations in Turkey; and (c) the management fee must
be arms length. Stewardship costs are nondeductible (in
accordance with the OECD transfer pricing guidelines).
Gler Hlya Ylmaz

+90 212 366 60 72
[email protected]
zgr Toros
+90 212 366 62 30
[email protected]

Management fees may be subject to withholding tax,
depending on the nature of the service and the place
where the service is provided. Relevant income tax treaty
provisions may eliminate withholding tax under certain
conditions.
Stock option costs are costs incurred for employees and
deemed a benefit (salary) provided to the employee.
Once charged to a Turkish company with respect to an
employee, those costs should normally be subject to
198
income tax withholding through payroll. Accordingly, stock

option costs should be separately treated from intercompany service charges.
No specific regulations. Such arrangements may give rise
to permanent establishment risk.
Cost contribution arrangements and cost sharing agreements are generally acceptable within the framework of
intragroup services. However, sufficient documentation
must be presented regarding the receipt, benefit, and
arms length nature of services received.
According to Transfer Pricing General Communiqu No. 1,
to ensure tax deductibility, the following conditions must
be satisfied: (a) the services underlying CCAs or CSAs must
actually be rendered, and payments must be related to
services that contribute to the generation and securing
of revenues in Turkey; (b) the group company in Turkey
receiving the service must need the pertinent service; (c)
the portion of the costs to be allocated with respect to the
services provided for the benefit of the Turkish recipient
must meet the arms length principle; and (d) relevant
supporting documentation must be maintained.
Yes, depending on the nature of the payment and the type
of underlying service. Income tax treaties may eliminate
the withholding tax or reduce the rate, depending on the
type of service and where the service has been performed,
and the period of physical presence in Turkey to provide
the services.
There are no explicit regulations on this topic. The issue is
broadly dealt with under the intangible property section of
Transfer Pricing General Communiqu No. 1.
All corporate taxpayers are required to complete a Form
Relating to Transfer Pricing, Controlled Foreign Companies
and Thin Capitalization and submit it to their tax office

together with their corporate tax returns.
Annual transfer pricing documentation is required. The
scope of related-party transactions subject to the documentation requirements varies according to the taxpayers
tax office. Ordinary corporate taxpayers must document
only cross-border related-party transactions, but so called
large taxpayers must document domestic related-party
transactions as well. Transactions between local Turkish
firms and companies in Turkish Free Trade Zones are
treated as cross-border transactions.
Yes. A complete report is required each year. Although
brand new comparable searches are not explicitly required,
in practice the financials of comparables should be updated
each year to reflect the most up-to-date data available.
The deadline to prepare documentation is the same as
the deadline for submission of the annual corporation tax
declaration.
There is no specific deadline. Documentation must be
submitted within 15 days of an official request.
The deadline to file the corporate income tax return is the
25th day of the fourth month following the end of the
fiscal year (April 25 for calendar-year taxpayers).
The only acceptable language is Turkish.
In principle, the transfer prices reflected on an income tax
return must be the same as those in financial statements.
However, some book/tax differences may be allowed
depending on specific circumstances.
199
Based on general provisions, self-initiated adjustments can
be made through regret filing procedures as long as the
adjustment does not result in a decrease in income.

Are APAs available?
Yes. The scope of an APA is limited to cross-border related
party transactions.

Five years from tax year-end.
APA filing fee

Effective 1 January 2014, the APA application fee is TL
45,593.40, and TL 36,474.60 for subsequent renewals.

No specific regulations.

The maximum term for an APA is three years.

Additional tax assessments must be paid within 30 days
from the date of notification of the additional assessment.
Taxpayers may file a lawsuit against the Tax Administration
within this 30-day period. However, the right to request a
reduction of penalties is lost if legal action is taken.
Competent authority
The taxpayer may go to competent authority after the
amount of the proposed adjustment is officially notified in
writing.

No specific transfer pricing penalty. The general penalty
provisions in the Turkish Tax Procedures Code apply: (1)
general tax loss penalty is 100 percent of unpaid tax; (2)
delay interest is applied on additional assessments on a
monthly basis for the period between the normal due date
of the additional tax assessed and the date of assessment
(monthly delay interest rate is 1.40 percent effective 19
October 2010; 1.95 percent between 19 November 2009
and 18 October 2010, and 2.5 percent between 21 April
2006 and 18 November 2009).

It is theoretically possible, but there are very few instances
thus far.
Yes, the taxpayer may, in principle, go to competent
authority after the amount of the proposed adjustment is
officially notified in writing to the taxpayer, before paying
the tax. The Turkish Revenue Authoritys website provides
guidelines in this regard. In practice, it is difficult to finalize
a CA process.

If penalties have already been assessed, and the due date
passed without the penalty being paid, interest is imposed.
However, as long as there is still time to before the due
date, no interest on the penalty is required.
No.
There is no reduction specific to transfer pricing-related
penalty assessments. The general rules in the Tax
Procedures Code apply. Taxpayers may appeal to the
Ministry of Finance for a reduction in the tax loss penalty
through settlement procedures before or after imposition
of the assessment.
200
Ukraine
Whats new
2013 was a breakthrough year for transfer pricing in
Ukraine, as new detailed regulations were introduced
on 1 September 2013. The new regulations are
largely in line with the OECD transfer pricing guidelines, but with several important differences. The
new regulations require submission of transfer pricing
documentation by taxpayers.
The first period to which the new rules apply is
1 September through 31 December 2013. This
nonstandard period creates several additional difficulties for taxpayers as they try to comply with the new
regulations. Starting from 2014 the reporting period
will be a calendar year, more in line with international
practice.
General information
Ministry of Revenues and Duties of Ukraine.
Tax Code of Ukraine, Article 39.
Tax Ruling on Transfer Pricing, approved by Decree of the
Ministry of Revenues and Duties #699 dated 22 November
2013.
Transfer pricing rules apply to the following transactions:
Transactions with resident related parties that:
Have declared income tax losses for the previous
reporting year;
Enjoyed a special tax regime at the beginning of the
current reporting year;
Applied a nonstandard income tax or VAT rate at the
beginning of the current reporting year; or
Were not corporate income tax or VAT payers at the
beginning of the current reporting year.
Transactions with a nonresident entity registered in
a country with an income tax rate at least 5 percent
lower than the rate applicable in Ukraine, or that pays
corporate income tax at a rate at least 5 percent lower
than the rate applicable in Ukraine (the corporate income
tax rate in Ukraine is 18 percent for 2014).

No specific guidance available.
Acceptable methods
The Tax Code provides five methods for transfer pricing
analysis: the comparable uncontrolled price (CUP) method,
the resale price method, the cost plus method, the profit
(TNMM).
Priority of methods
The CUP method should be used if it can be applied with
at least the same degree of certainty as any other method.
Otherwise, taxpayers are free to choose any method
they consider to be most appropriate for the considered
transaction.
No databases have been officially approved for use by the
tax authorities. While many businesses are beginning to
work with universally accepted databases, it remains to
be seen to what extent these will be accepted by the tax
authorities.
Alexander Cherinko
+380 44 490 9000
acherinko@
deloitte.com.ua

No direct prohibition exists in the Tax Code. However,
the Tax Code may be interpreted in a way that would
suggest taxpayers should first attempt to find local comparables, and only if unsuccessful can they look for foreign
comparables.
Services issues
Generally yes. But a number of strict formalities must be
followed to ensure deductibility.
Management fees pooled and recharged under a standard
cost recharge arrangement would not be allowed as a
deduction.
No.
201
Yes. But a series of tax implications (transfer pricing,
permanent establishment, VAT) would have to be considered before implementing such an arrangement.
Generally no. Recharges made to Ukrainian entities under
a CCA or a CSA would not be deductible for tax purposes
in Ukraine. Moreover, currency control regulations would
likely make it impossible to make payments outside
Ukraine under a CCA or a CSA.
Alternative approaches to calculation of recharged
amounts must be considered when implementing such
structures in Ukraine.
No.
No.
Taxpayers must complete a special appendix to the
corporate income tax return to disclose any transfer pricing
adjustments they make.
Two types of documentation are required:
Report on controlled transactions, due 1 May of the year
following the reporting one.
Transfer pricing documentation, due one month after a
request from the tax authorities (two months for large
taxpayers). The request may be issued by the authorities no earlier than on 1 May of the year following the
reporting one.
A calendar year is a reporting period for transfer pricing
purposes.

No specific deadline set.
The report on controlled transactions, a formal document
that details all controlled transactions conducted during
the reporting year, is due 1 May of the year following
the reporting one. Transfer pricing documentation is due
one month after a request from the tax authorities (two
months for large taxpayers).
For taxpayers who submit one annual income tax return,
the deadline is 60 calendar days after the end of the
reporting year (that is, 3 March 2014 for the 2013 income
tax return). For taxpayers who submit income tax returns
on a quarterly basis, the deadline is 40 calendar days after
the end of the reporting year (9 February 2014 for the
2013 income tax return).
Documentation must be in Ukrainian.
Self-initiated adjustment are allowed only if they do not
result in a decrease in tax liabilities. Ukrainian tax legislation forbids downward adjustments.
Three years.
General rules apply. Payment must be made 10 days after
the additional assessment notification is received, unless
the taxpayer challenges the assessment.
No penalties apply for the period from 1 September 2013
to 31 August 2014. Subsequently, standard penalties will
202
apply up to 50 percent of underpaid tax plus interest

penalties.
Fines for nonsubmission of transfer pricing-related
documents:
Report on controlled transactions 5 percent of the
amount of the controlled transactions ; and
Transfer pricing documentation 100 minimal salary
amounts (approximately USD 15,000 as of January
2014).
Yes. Interest is charged at the NBU discount rate (set at 6.5
percent as of January 2014) multiplied by 120 percent.
This issue is subject to dispute between taxpayers and tax
authorities. Some tax practitioners believe interest should
not be paid in these cases, whereas the tax authorities
often insist that it should be paid.

Are APAs available?
APAs are available for large taxpayers. The legislation
foresees both unilateral and multilateral APAs.
APA filing fee
There is no APA filing fee.
Three years, with a possibility to prolong the term of the
agreement for another two years.
Competent authority

No reduction is foreseen by the Tax Code.
203
United Kingdom
Whats new
Transfer pricing in the UK is facing an increasing level
of scrutiny, both from a public and a political perspective. This growing interest is reflected in HMRCs
transfer pricing statistics, which show a growth in
yield from settlements, as well as a higher number of
advance pricing agreements and advance thin capitalization agreements. The recent and ongoing increase
in the number of specialist transfer pricing inspectors
within the UK tax authority is another sign of transfer
pricings growing significance.
The UK patent box regime began to be phased
in effective April 2013, with the full reduced rate
applying from 1 April 2017. Companies that elect
into the regime in due course will be taxed at an
effective 10 percent rate of corporation tax on profits
attributable to qualifying patents.
General information
HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC); following the
UKs Tax Law Rewrite project, effective 1 April 2010
for accounting periods ending on or after 1 April
2010, the UK transfer pricing legislation is found
in Part 4 of the Taxation (International and Other
Provisions) Act 2010 (TIOPA 2010) (S 146 et seq.).
The mutual agreement procedure is set out in
Part 2 of TIOPA 2010 (ss 124-125). APAs are
in Part 5 of TIOPA 2010 (S 218 et seq.).
Permanent establishment rules are in CTA 2010 (ss 11411144). Rules about attribution of profit to permanent
establishments are in CTA 2009 (Chapter 4, Section 20).
UK legislation on transfer pricing incorporates the OECD
model treaty, including the arms length principle as set
out in Article 9 of the OECD Model Tax Convention, and
the OECDs Transfer Pricing Guidelines for Multinational
Enterprises and Tax Administrations. With effect for
accounting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2011,
this is the 2010 version of the transfer pricing guidelines.
In addition to the legislation and reliance on the OECD
model treaty, HMRC publishes guidance on its interpretation of transfer pricing legislation, OECD principles, and UK case law. This guidance is currently
found in the International Manual at INTM410000 et

seq., and includes guidance on thin capitalization.
Guidance on advance rulings is available in Statement
of Practice SP2/10, which provides details on advance
pricing agreements, and Statement of Practice SP1/12
provides details on advance thin capitalization agreements. These statements of practice provide details of
the processes to enter into such agreements in the UK.
Statement of Practice SP1/11 provides guidance
on mutual agreement procedures and arbitration in relation to transfer pricing matters.
Parties are related when one party directly or indirectly
participates in the management, control, or capital
of the other, or when the same person or persons
directly or indirectly participate in the management,
control, or capital of both parties. Generally, there is a
51 percent test of control, but this can be reduced to
40 percent in joint venture situations. Persons acting
together to exert control in relation to financing
arrangements are also treated as being related.
Shaun Austin
+44 121 695 5011
[email protected]

UK chargeable profits of a permanent establishment/
branch are calculated as though the UK operations were
conducted on arms length terms with any connected
parties and the remainder of the entity of which the
permanent establishment/branch is part (the separate
enterprise principle). The profit attribution approach
is consistent with the commentary on Article 7 of the
OECD model treaty and the OECDs guidelines for
attribution of profits to permanent establishments
Accordingly, the arms length principle and OECD transfer
pricing methodology are used for the attribution exercise.
Acceptable methods
the resale price method, the cost plus method,
the profit split method (residual analysis, contribution analysis), the transactional net margin method
(TNMM) and unspecified methods (provided the
derived result satisfies the arms length principle).
204
Priority of methods
The 2010 OECD transfer pricing guidelines, which were
incorporated into UK law for accounting periods beginning
on or after 1 April 2011, do not impose a distinct hierarchy
of methods, because the choice of one method over
another is based on the most appropriate method to the
circumstances of the case. Nevertheless, certain comparisons must be undertaken, in particular with regard to the
availability and reliability of the data. Moreover, the OECD
transfer pricing guidelines state that taxpayers retain the
freedom to apply other unspecified methods, provided the
derived result satisfies the arms length principle.
Detailed financial information on UK registered companies
is available.
HMRCs general preference is for UK comparables.
However, foreign (in particular European Union) comparables are acceptable in practice if appropriately comparable
UK data cannot be identified, or if foreign data sufficiently
meets comparability criteria.
Services issues
Yes.
No.
Historically, UK transfer pricing legislation did not include
specific guidance on the treatment of stock options as
part of a cost plus arrangement. The UK tax authorities
have published guidance that indicate they would like to
see the cost of stock options added to a companys cost
base and recharged with a mark-up. In September 2010,
HMRC released updated guidance in their International
Manual (currently INTM 440210) that confirms HMRC
will accept the spread on vesting or spread on exercise
as pricing methods for share options at the relevant
time. This development provides greater flexibility to
multinational enterprises in deriving arms length share
option charges. However, HMRC have explicitly stated
the importance of applying the chosen method consistently over the full length of the arrangement, and for
all employees to achieve a result that equates to what
might be expected in an arms length situation.
Yes, but such arrangements should be expected to be
subject to HMRC challenge. In the UK, the equivalent of
a commissionaire is an undisclosed agent and the
UKs common law status must be taken into account
in considering the treatment of a UK commissionaire.
Yes. The UK follows Chapter VIII of the
Yes, although taxpayers may be required to recognize
the underlying character of the costs shared and treat
them accordingly.
No.
Tax depreciation may be available on a buy-in payment
for qualifying intangibles. A buy-in may also be structured
as declining royalties. In such a case, the royalties may
be deducted.
No separate disclosure is required (by signing the tax
return, the taxpayer will be implicitly confirming compliance with the arms length standard).
Taxpayers should keep records to support details in the
tax return. However, note the comments in the Deadline
to prepare documentation section. Records should be
retained for the later of (a) six years from the end of the
relevant accounting period; (b) the date when the enquiry
into the return is completed; or (c) the date on which
HMRC are no longer able to open an enquiry
(TIOPA 2010, Part 4).
UK legislation provides for penalties of up to 3,000 per
tax return for failure to compile and retain transfer pricing
documentation (FA 1998, Sch 18, para 23(1)).
205

There is no obligation for a taxpayer to submit its transfer
pricing documentation with its annual tax return. However,
the tax authorities can request that evidence of compliance
with the arms length principle be made available as per
the record-keeping requirements detailed in International
Manual 483030. HMRC expect the taxpayer to prepare
and retain documentation that demonstrates the taxpayers compliance, in accordance with the UK Corporation
Tax Self-Assessment regime. This means that contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation must be prepared in
support of every tax return annually. This documentation
must be made available at the request of the tax authorities within the time specified.
HMRC has issued guidance on documentation requirements in International Manual 483030. There is no
prescribed mandatory format for such documentation, but
the guidance stipulates that the taxpayer must have the
following documentation available to HMRC to demonstrate that the results of transactions with related parties
are determined for tax purposes according to transfer
pricing rules (and, in particular, the application of the arms
length principle):
Primary accounting records these are the records
of transactions occurring in the course of carrying on
a business, and entered into a taxpayers accounting
system. These records are needed to produce a balance
sheet and a statement of profit or loss, and must be
retained for any audit of the accounts; as described
above, there are legal requirements concerning the time
for which such records must be retained. The requirements would still be necessary in the absence of any tax
rules. These records include the results (in terms of value)
of the relevant transactions.
Tax adjustment records these are the records that
identify adjustments made by a taxpayer on account
of tax rules to move from profits in account to taxable
profits, including the value of those adjustments, when
a tax return is made for the period in question. These
adjustments might include the adjustment of actual
results to arms length results on account of transfer
pricing rules.
Records of transactions with associated parties these

are the records in which a taxpayer identifies transactions
to which the transfer pricing rules apply.
Evidence to demonstrate an arms length result
this is the evidence in which a taxpayer demonstrates
that a result is arms length for purposes of the transfer
pricing rules.
Because UK transfer pricing legislation states that the rules
related to an arms length result should be construed in a
manner that ensures consistency with the OECD transfer
pricing guidelines, documentation to demonstrate an
arms length result should therefore follow the guidance
provided in the guidelines.
Records of transactions with associated parties and of any
tax adjustments must be prepared by the filing date of
the annual tax return. Evidence to demonstrate compliance with the arms length principle in relation to each tax
return may be requested by the tax authorities.
Documentation should be contemporaneous (that is,
prepared annually consistent with tax return dates), and
must be made available upon request by the tax authorities within the time specified in the request. It is generally
expected that documentation should be provided within
30 days of the documentation request.
The UK imposes no requirement to file transfer pricing
documentation with tax returns.
The annual corporation tax return is required to be
submitted within 12 months after the end of the period of
account (if the period of account is less than 18 months).
UK taxpayers are obligated to self-assess their taxable
results, which therefore requires upwards adjustment in
the tax return if the results in the financial statements do
not reflect an arms length position, so that UK taxable
profits are understated or losses overstated.
206
The UK imposes a requirement to adjust to arms length
prices only when this increases UK taxable profit or reduces
UK losses; there is no provision for downward profit
or upward loss adjustments. There is an exception for
intra-UK transactions, when an upward profit adjustment
in the return of one party to a transaction can be compensated by a downward adjustment in the other partys tax
return in certain situations on the making of a claim.
Four years from accounting period end. The period for
HMRC to launch an enquiry into a return is extended to
six years only when a company has acted carelessly.
The period may be extended up to 20 years
in case of deliberate misstatement.
The UK follows the OECD transfer pricing guidelines
on separate consideration of transactions and when
aggregation is permitted.
Generally 30 days from the date of receipt of the assessment notice. An extension may be requested.

Yes. Interest is paid by HMRC on both early payments and
overpayments at a commercial rate. Credit interest runs
from the date on which the overpayment arose to the earlier
of the date when the overpayment is repaid or the date on
which tax was originally due (CTA2010, Section 716).
HMRC will not charge a penalty if the taxpayer took
reasonable care but still made an error. Penalties may
be avoided by taking reasonable care to provide correct
returns and documents; keeping adequate records to
enable the taxpayer to provide complete and accurate
returns and documents (that is, effectively reasonably
supporting documentation/economic analysis); requesting
a tax advisors advice; and disclosure on submission of the
return or document.
Are APAs available?
Yes, as per TIOPA 2010, Part 5.
HMRC has published a Statement of Practice, SP 2/10, that
sets out best practices on APAs.
APA filing fee
No fee.

For returns due after 1 April 2009, penalties are linked
to the behavior that gives rise to the error: if reasonable care was taken (no penalty); careless behavior
(minimum 0 percent and maximum 30 percent); deliberate careless behavior (minimum 20 percent and
maximum 70 percent); and deliberate and concealed
error (minimum 30 percent and maximum 100 percent).
If there is no additional tax liability due to losses or
availability of UK group relief, a penalty charged at a
discounted rate of the gross adjustment may still apply.

Generally three to five years forward; either
the taxpayer or HMRC may seek rollback.

No.

Yes.
Competent authority
When an action giving rise to, or likely to give rise to,
double taxation not in accordance with an income tax
treaty has occurred, or when equivalent provisions in the
European Union Arbitration Convention are satisfied.

When an action giving rise to, or likely to give rise to,
double taxation not in accordance with an income tax
treaty has occurred, or when equivalent provisions in the
European Union Arbitration Convention are satisfied.
207
United States
Whats new
Transfer pricing enforcement remains a high priority
for the United States. Newly proposed rules indicate
that the IRS will allow greater use of Competent
Authority in limited situations when the taxpayer has
made a self-initiated adjustment. Increased focus on
and enforcement of transfer pricing issues continues,
with more resources dedicated to the newly created
Transfer Pricing Operations program within the IRS.
The IRS finalized the 2011 temporary and proposed
1.482-7 cost sharing arrangement regulations on the
use of the differential income stream as an application of the income method and as a consideration in
assessing the best method. No changes were made to
the 2011 temporary and proposed regulations. And
in a noteworthy decision, the U.S. Tax Court ruled in
favor of the IRS in BMC Software Inc. v. Commissioner,
141 T.C. No. 5 (2013), which addressed the effect of
an account created pursuant to Rev. Proc. 99-32 on
the taxpayers one-time dividends received deduction
under section 965. This case raises issues regarding
transfer pricing conforming adjustments under the
U.S. Subpart F international tax rules. The taxpayer has
appealed the decision.
General information
Internal Revenue Service (IRS); Internal Revenue Code 482
(latest amendment effective for tax years beginning after
December 31, 1986).
Treas. Reg. 1.482, Treas. Reg. 1.6662-6.
The definition of control for transfer pricing purposes
includes any kind of control, direct or indirect, whether
legally enforceable or not. It is the reality of control
that is decisive, not its form or the way it is exercised.
The definition of control for transfer pricing purposes
includes any kind of control, direct or indirect, whether
legally enforceable or not. It is the reality of control
that is decisive, not its form or the way it is exercised.

Acceptable methods
For tangible property: comparable uncontrolled price method,
resale price method, cost plus method, comparable profits
method, profit split method, and unspecified methods.
For intangible property: comparable uncontrolled transaction method, comparable profits method, profit split
method, and unspecified methods. For platform contributions (buy-ins): comparable uncontrolled transaction
method, income method, acquisition price method, market
capitalization method, residual profit split method, and
unspecified methods.
For services: services cost method, comparable uncontrolled services price method, gross services margin
method, cost of services plus method, comparable profits
method, profit split method, and unspecified methods.
Priority of methods
The best (most reliable) method is required. Treas.
Reg. 1.482-1(c)(1).
Multiple local databases containing sufficient qualitative
and quantitative information to identify comparables exist,
and information from those databases is acceptable to the
local tax authorities.
Todd Wolosoff
+1 212 436 4313
[email protected]

Ordinarily, comparables should be derived from the
geographic market in which the tested party operates.
Treas. Reg. 1.482-1(d)(4)(ii). Geographic market is any
geographic area in which the economic conditions are
substantially the same and may include multiple countries.
Services issues
Yes. IRC 162.
No.
Stock option costs are required to be included in the
cost base for intercompany services charges. Treas. Reg.
1.482-9(j).
208
No.
must have contemporaneous documentation,

which means the taxpayer must update its transfer
pricing documentation on an annual basis.

Yes. Treas. Reg. 1.482-7 (intangible property);
Treas. Reg. 1.482-9(b)(7) (services).

Documentation must be prepared by the filing
date of the annual income tax return.

Whether such payments are deductible or capitalized
is determined under U.S. domestic tax rules.
No.
Whether such payments are deductible or capitalized is
determined under U.S. domestic tax rules.
Documentation and Tax Return Disclosures
Forms 5471 and 5472 require disclosure of detailed
information on controlled transactions with foreign
entities. Treas. Reg. 1.482-7(k)(4) requires a controlled
participant to file a Cost Sharing Statement with the IRS
within 90 days after the first occurrence of intangible
development costs, and to make specified disclosures on
its annual tax return. The new IRS Schedule of Uncertain
Tax Positions (UTPs) is required for certain taxpayers
starting with 2010 tax returns.
Contemporaneous documentation is required for
penalty protection. Treas. Reg. 1.6662-6.
Contemporaneous documentation is also required for all
cost sharing arrangements. Treas. Reg. 1.482-7(k)(2).
Documentation is optional; however, if the taxpayer
wants to have penalty protection, then the taxpayer

Documentation must be submitted within 30 days
of request.
The deadline for corporate federal income tax returns
is the 15th day of the third month following the close
of the tax year (March 15 for calendar-year taxpayers).
Corporate taxpayers may request a six-month extension
to file (September 15 for calendar-year taxpayers).
Transfer Pricing Adjustments
Upward and downward adjustments are allowed on timely
filed original returns. Adjustments on amended returns
are allowed only if they do not decrease taxable income.
Three years from the original due date or filing date
of return, whichever is later. For substantial omissions
of income, the period is extended to six years. In
cases of nonfiling or fraud, the period is unlimited.
Transactions with the same controlled taxpayer in
the same year are taken into account if the taxpayer:
(1) determines an appropriate arms length charge;
(2) documents all correlative adjustments; and (3)
notifies the IRSs district director within 30 days of
the notice of proposed adjustment or deficiency.
209

Interest is assessed from the due date of the
original filing. The interest rules are not specific
to transfer pricing; interest payable is determined under U.S. domestic tax rules.
Competent Authority
When may taxpayer submit tax adjustment to competent authority (CA)?
A request may be submitted after the
amount of the proposed adjustment is
communicated to the taxpayer in writing.

Transfer pricing penalty of 20 percent or 40 percent
of additional tax resulting from adjustments
exceeding objective thresholds may be imposed.

CA may negotiate an agreement based on a different
position from the U.S.-initiated adjustment, unless the
taxpayer has entered into a closing agreement or has
litigated the adjustment.

Generally, yes.
taxpayer?
Yes. Interest is paid on refunds pursuant
to the domestic tax rules.

Yes. The taxpayer may go to CA after the amount
of the proposed adjustment is communicated in
writing to the taxpayer, before paying the tax.

No penalty will be assessed if the best method was reasonably selected and applied, sufficient documentation was
prepared contemporaneously with the tax return filing,
and provided to the IRS within 30 days of a request.
Are APAs available?
Yes. Rev. Proc. 2006-9 allows multilateral, bilateral, and
unilateral APAs. The Internal Revenue Service in November
2013 released a notice on proposed updates to its
guidance on the APA process. Notice 2013-79 on APAs
would supersede Rev. Proc. 2006-9.
APA filing fee
Yes. Rev. Proc. 2006-9 allows multilateral, bilateral,
and unilateral APAs. The Internal Revenue Service in
November 2013 released a notice on proposed updates
to its guidance on the APA process. Notice 2013-79
on APAs would supersede Rev. Proc. 2006-9.
Generally, the term is five years. Longer terms may
be considered as appropriate. Either the taxpayer
or the IRS may seek rollback to open tax years.
210
Uruguay
Whats new
A new law entered into force in Uruguay in 2013
whereby any failure to comply with transfer pricing
documentation requirements will be penalized on
a graduated basis according to the severity of the
failure. Before the law entered into effect, general
penalties applied, but there was no specific punishment for noncompliance with transfer pricing documentation requirements.
General information
Uruguayan Tax Office Direccin General Impositiva
(DGI); Chapter VII Income Tax Act.
Decree 56/009 and Decree 392/009. Resolutions issued by
DGI: 2084/009, 2089/009, 818/010, 819/010, 745/011
Transfer pricing rules apply when transactions are entered
into with nonresident related parties, including those with
a functional relationship. They also apply to transactions
with companies located in tax havens, and with companies
subject to the Uruguayan free zone regime.
Acceptable methods
split method, the transactional net margin method
(TNMM), and a special method for transactions in several
commodities.
Priority of methods
The most appropriate method rule applies, except in the
case of commodities for which a special method applies.
Local comparative data is limited and should be analyzed
on a case-by-case basis.

Local tax authorities may accept foreign comparables
when reliable local comparables data are not available.
Services issues
Yes, subject to the general rules of deductibility.
Yes.
Yes.
There is no formal provision, but generally not.
No, provided they do not include payments for certain services.
Alejandra Barrancos
+598 29160756
abarrancos@
deloitte.com
Gonzalo Lucas
+598 29160756
[email protected]

Taxpayers must disclose the types of related-party transactions entered into, the amount of those transactions
(in local currency), the related parties involved and their
country of residence, the country of origin and destination
of goods and services, the methods used, and the amount
of transfer pricing adjustments, if any.
Depending on the total value of the transactions subject to the
transfer pricing regime, taxpayers must (a) submit documentation on an annual basis (a transfer pricing study and a transfer
pricing return); and (b) prepare and keep documentation.
211

For taxpayers whose transactions subject to the transfer
pricing rules exceed specified amounts, documentation
requirements are annual and consist of a complete report
and a transfer pricing return. There is no mention in the
rules regarding whether comparables can be refreshed or a
new search must be performed annually.

No specific provisions.

There is no formal provision. Generally, documentation is
prepared by the filing date of the annual income tax return
(within the fourth month after year-end).

No.

For those taxpayers that must submit documentation on
an annual basis, the deadline is the ninth month after
year-end. Documentation to be filed includes a transfer
pricing study and a transfer pricing return.
An income tax return must be submitted within four
months of the end of the accounting period.
The starting point of an income tax return is the financial
statements. Subsequently, adjustments are made for tax
differences, one of which might be for transfer pricing
reasons.

Twenty percent of the additional tax payable.
No.

Are APAs available?
Yes.
APA filing fee
Not specified.
The term should not exceed three years.
Competent authority
The mutual agreement procedure under the pertinent
treaty would apply.
Yes.
A company can make a self-initiated adjustment by
including it as a tax adjustment in the income tax return.
General statute of limitation rules apply: generally five
years, but this period might be extended to 10 years in
cases of fraud.
212
Venezuela
Whats new
The Venezuelan tax administration continues to
conduct frequent transfer pricing audits. The country
also has developed jurisprudence in this area, specifically for issues relating to related-party transactions,
for noncompliance with the PDT methodology
established, and the examination of aggregation of
transactions, among others.
General information
National Integrated Tax and Customs Service
Administration (SENIAT); Income Tax Law (ITL) Nr. 38.628
Chapter III Title VII (latest amendment effective February
16, 2007).
SENIAT Providence NR sNAT-2003-2424, dated February
13, 2004 (effective from date of issuance).
A related-party relationship arises in the following
situations:
One companys direct or indirect participation in another
companys management, control, or capital;
Direct or indirect participation of two companies in
another companys management, control, or capital;
Operations with a party located in a foreign tax haven;
and
A third party that operates on behalf of a company in
Venezuela to perform transactions with a related party of
said company in Venezuela.
(Art. 116,117, 118 and 119 ITL).
Yes.
Acceptable methods
(TNMM).
Priority of methods
Taxpayers must use the best method, with priority for CUP.
Yes, but the number of local publicly held companies is
limited.
Yes, there is no legal limitation on using foreign comparable companies.
Services issues
Yes.
Yes. The withholding rate depends on the type of contract.
If it is a professional fees contract, the withholding tax
rate is 34 percent of 90 percent of gross income. If it is a
technical assistance contract, the withholding tax rate is 34
percent on a 30 percent basis.
When an income tax treaty is in effect, taxation will occur
in the country from which the service provision has originated. The company not domiciled in Venezuela will be
taxed according to the treaty, not the local legislation. This
applies to both professional fees and technical assistance
contracts.
Alejandro Gomez
+58 212 206 8732
[email protected]

Considering that the amount of the stock option is a
Venezuela-source cost, it may be included in the cost base.
Yes.
Yes, cost contribution arrangements and cost sharing
agreements are accepted, but for permanent establishments only.
Yes. If a place of business qualifies as a permanent establishment, it can deduct cost contribution or cost sharing
payments, with the exception of cost/expenses for
213
royalties, technical assistance, technological services, and

professional services fees.


No. However, certain treaties may impose withholding tax.

The deadline to file an income tax return is three months
after the fiscal year-end.

Not applicable.

Documentation and information related to transfer pricing
calculations indicated in the tax return or information
return forms must be kept by the taxpayer, duly translated
into Spanish.

Article 168 of the ITL provides that an Informative Return
must be filed in June of each year. However, SENIAT
Providence NR SNAT-2003-2424 of February 13, 2004,
establishes that a return must be filed within the six-month
period following yearend for fiscal years ending in a
month other than December.
Contemporaneous documentation is required under ITL
art. 169, effective for tax years beginning after February
16, 2007.
Transfer pricing documentation may be requested by the
tax authorities at any time; however, the statute of limitations of the tax obligation in Venezuela is four years. The
tax authorities usually request documentation for the last
four years, the information return, income tax return, and
the information provided under article 169 of the Income
Tax Law, which includes accounting information and information that forms part of the transfer pricing documentation, and supporting documents or work papers.
Regarding comparable transactions, the law does not
specify whether they must be refreshed or whether
taxpayers must prepare new searches on an annual basis.
Documentation must be contemporaneously prepared
each tax year.

Yes, all financial information used in the analysis
must be the same. If it is not, the taxpayer must
explain the differences in case of an audit.
Adjustments are permitted. The ITL states that if the
conditions in a transaction between related parties are not
at arms length, the benefit not accounted for must be
included in the companys income, subject to taxation, and
be reflected on the tax return, allocating the proper adjustment to the fiscal year in which the transaction took place.
Four years from the date of filing return, or six years
if overall tax compliance was not accomplished.
Additional payment is due when the assessment is issued.
Ordinary penalties apply, at 25 percent to 200 percent
of additional tax. The penalty for not complying with
the transfer pricing methodology is 300-500 tax units.
The penalty for failure to file the transfer pricing return is
10-50 tax units. Tax Code art. 66, 103, 104, 111, effective
10/2001.
214

No.
Yes, under Tax Code art. 67.
Reduction applies if transfer prices are documented
according to the pertinent legislation (Tax Code art. 96
num. 5).
Competent authority
Yes.
Yes.

Are APAs available?
Yes (unilateral and bilateral). Title VII, Chapter III, fifth
section of ITL (latest amendment effective February 16,
2007).
APA filing fee
Not specified. Taxpayer must bear the cost of an APA
application.
The ITL specifies only that APAs may be longer as a result
of a friendly procedure under the terms of a tax treaty.
215
Vietnam
Whats new
Transfer pricing is an important issue in Vietnam, and
the tax authorities are focusing on it, from increased
requests for transfer pricing documentation to tax
audits. The country also finalized its rules for advance
pricing agreements, effective 5 February 2014. The
final rules closely resemble a draft circular previously
issued, but unlike the draft circular, the final rules
remove the filing fee for an APA application.
General information
General Department of Taxation (GDT); Circular 66/2010/
TT-BTC, dated 22 April 2010, and issued by the Ministry
of Finance provides guidelines on the calculation of arms
length prices in business transaction between affiliated
parties. Circular 66 entered into effect on 6 June 2010,
and replaces Circular 117/2005/TT-BTC dated 19 December
2005.
The Ministry of Finance on 20 December 2013 issued
Circular 201/2013/TT-BTC providing guidance on the
application of advance pricing agreements (APAs) in
tax administration. The circular entered into effect on 5
February 2014.
Circular 156/2013/TT-BTC on Tax Administration, dated
6 November 2013, issued by the Ministry of Finance,
provides a new template for the Transfer Pricing
Declaration Form.
Some official letters have been issued by the local
Departments of Taxation to guide in the implementation of
Circular 66.
New Form 03-7/TNDN is applicable for tax periods/fiscal
years ending after 1 January 2014. Form 03-7/TNDN will
replace Form 01/QLT, and requires enterprises to self-assess
the arms length nature of their related-party transactions
and declare the difference between accounting records
and reassessed price on the basis of market price.
The definition of related parties in Circular 66 is more
extensive and clearer than the definition in Circular 117.
There are two additional criteria to determine related
parties: (i) Two enterprises that hold directly or indirectly at
least 20 percent of the investment capital of a third enterprise are considered affiliated; and (ii) an enterprise that
provides a guarantee or grants a loan that constitutes 20
percent or more of the amount of the investment capital
or that is more than 50 percent of the total value of the
long- and medium-term loans of another enterprise will be
regarded as related.
In addition, Circular 66 quantifies the definition of
material difference that would trigger an adjustment
to the comparable price or transaction. Accordingly,
any factor that triggers at least a 1 percent increase or
decrease in the transaction price, or a 0.5 percent increase
or decrease in gross profit ratio or other profitability ratios
would be considered a material difference; consequently,
appropriate adjustments to the comparable price or transaction should be made.
Yes.
Acceptable methods
resale price method, the cost plus method, the comparable
profits method (CPM), and the profit split method.
Thomas McClelland
+84 8 3910 0751
tmcclelland@
deloitte.com
Priority of methods
Vietnam has not established a priority of methods. The
taxpayer must establish it is using the best method under
the circumstances, including the reliability of supporting
documentation.
Local Vietnamese company comparables are very limited
due to the limited number of public companies and the
quality of information available.
In general, Circular 66 requests that data, vouchers, and
documents used as grounds for comparability analyses
must be from clear sources so that they can be examined
and verified by the tax authorities.
There are no formal provisions or guidelines on this issue,
but in practice, foreign comparables would be acceptable
as supporting documentation if no or limited domestic
216
comparables are available. ASEAN or pan-Asian comparables would be preferable.

Services issues
Management fees charged to local Vietnamese subsidiaries
are not deductible, unless they are for specific services
rendered by the foreign parties. Most management fees
fail to establish this requirement and hence do not get
to the question whether the fees are at arms length.
Allocation of overhead expenses to permanent establishments is limited to a formula apportionment based
on revenue. However, few companies other than banks
operate through permanent establishments in Vietnam
because of licensing issues.
Foreign contractor withholding tax (FCWT) is generally
applicable to payments of management fees to foreign
entities rendering such services for Vietnamese entities.
The FCWT is comprised of both a VAT and a corporate
income tax element, and has various rates of withholding,
depending on the circumstances.
There are no specific provisions in the regulations that
prohibit these costs from being included in the cost base
for intercompany services charges.
Not applicable.
There is no specific statutory authority on this issue.

Taxpayers must prepare a declaration of related transactions Form GCN-01/QLT set out in Appendix 1-GCN/
CC, issued together with Circular 66. The deadline for
submission of this form is the same as the deadline for
submission of the corporate income tax finalization declaration (90 days after the end of the fiscal year).
New Form 03-7/TNDN is applicable for fiscal years ending
after 1 January 2014.
Taxpayers must maintain contemporaneous documentation, including a transactional description including the
related party, product specifications, contractual terms, and
pricing method adopted.
However, there is no clear guidance on template of
documentation.
Yes, the documentation requirements are annual requirements, and call for a complete transfer pricing report.
However, the Circular does not specify whether refreshing
comparables would suffice if there are no significant
changes in the companys functions performed, risks
assumed, and assets employed.
Taxpayers must maintain contemporaneous documentation prepared in advance.

Not applicable.

When the tax office makes a request, a taxpayer must
provide information, documents, and source documents
within 30 working days from the date of receipt of the
request in writing from the tax office. This period may be
extended once for a maximum of 30 additional days from
the expiration of the original 30 working day period for
legitimate reasons.

Not applicable.

The corporate income tax finalization declaration must be
filed 90 days after the end of the fiscal year.

Not applicable.
217

Documentation must be in Vietnamese. Documents in
other languages must be translated into Vietnamese.
In general, the transfer prices reflected on an income tax
return should be the same as those reflected in financial
statements. There may be book/tax differences with
respect to, for example, nondeductible expenditures.
General rules apply: 10 years from the date the violations
are discovered.
If the tax authorities request the additional assessment
payment during a tax audit, the taxpayer must pay by the
deadline set by the tax officer on a case-by-case basis.
Penalties will be levied in addition to transfer pricing
adjustments. Circular 66 does not provide any guidelines
on administrative fines or specific transfer pricing penalties.
Instead, the penalty will be governed by the effective Law
on Tax Management.
Under the Law on Tax Management, there will be an
administrative penalty for failure to comply with tax
regulations. When an enterprise makes voluntary adjustments, the underdeclared amount will be treated as a late
payment, and is subject to late payment interest at the
progressive rate of 0.05 percent per day on the deferred
tax amount if the tax is paid within 90 days, and 0.07
percent if the tax is paid after 90 days. When an enterprise
makes an incorrect declaration, a fine equal to 20 percent
will be imposed on the underdeclared tax, if any, in
addition to the late payment interest. When an enterprise
commits acts of tax evasion or tax fraud, the fine is one to
three times the underdeclared tax. Late filing of 90 days or
more constitutes tax evasion. Failure to file the annual tax

declaration form for related-party transactions and/or to
have documentation may trigger the one-to-three-times
tax evasion penalty.
No.
Yes.
No provision.
Are APAs available?
Yes, unilateral, bilateral, and multilateral APAs may be
entered into. The Ministry of Finance on 20 December
2013 issued Circular 201/2013/TT-BTC providing guidance
on the APAs program. The circular entered into effect on 5
February 2014.
APA filing fee
An APA in Vietnam will have a maximum five-year term
and a maximum five-year extension.
Competent authority
No experience or precedent, because Vietnam is not
known to have ever been involved in a CA procedure
under any of its tax treaties.
No experience or precedent, because Vietnam is not
known to have ever been involved in a CA procedure
under any of its tax treaties.
218
Contacts
Argentina
Horacio Dinice
+54 11 4321 3002
[email protected]
Chile
Alvaro Mecklenburg
+56 2 2729 8314
[email protected]
Ecuador
Jorge Saltos
+593 (2) 3815100 ext. 2203
[email protected]
Hungary
Peter Gemesi
+36 1 428 6722
[email protected]
Australia
Jacques Van Rhyn
+61 8 9365 7122
[email protected]
Alejandro Paredes
+56 2 2729 8216
[email protected]
China
Eunice Kuo
+ 86 21 6141 1308
[email protected]
Martha Cerda
+593 2 3815100 ext. 2236
[email protected]
India
Samir Gandhi
+91 22 6185 8460
[email protected]
Austria
Andrea Lahodny
+43 0 1 537 00 6200
[email protected]
Belgium
Patrick Cauwenbergh
+32 2 600 69 27
[email protected]
Andr Schaffers
+ 32 2 600 67 15
[email protected]
Brazil
Carlos Ayub
+55 11 5186 1227
[email protected]
Bulgaria
Aleksandar Stefanov
+359 2 8023 186
astefanov@
deloittece.com
Georgi Sarakostov
+359 2 8023 118
gsarakostov@
deloittece.com
Canada
Markus Navikenas
+14032671859
[email protected]
Colombia
Jos Erney Guarn
+57 1 426 2315
[email protected]
Costa Rica
Rafael Gonzalez
+506 22568192
[email protected]
Croatia
Draen Nimcevic
+385 1 2351 917
[email protected]
Czech Republic
Marek Romancov
+420 246 042889
[email protected]
Denmark
Asger M. Kelstrup
+45 30 93 45 96
[email protected]
Dominican Republic
Richard Troncoso
+1 809 563 5151, ext. 4717
[email protected]
El Salvador
Federico Paz
+503 2524 4100
[email protected]
Estonia
Ivo Vanasaun
+372 6406557
[email protected]
Finland
Jouni Honka-aho
+358 0 20 755 5344
[email protected]
France
Gianmarco Monsellato
+33 1 55 61 6346
[email protected]
Germany
Jobst Wilmanns
+49 0 69 75695 01
[email protected]
Greece
Eftichia Piligou
+30 210 6781100
[email protected]
Guatemala
Byron Martinez
+502 2384 6500
[email protected]
Hong Kong
Patrick Cheung
+852 28521095
patcheung@
deloitte.com.hk
Indonesia
Carlo Navarro
+62 21 29923100
[email protected]
Ireland
Paul Reck
+353 1 417 2470
[email protected]
Israel
Jacob Houlie
+972 3 608 5424
[email protected]
Italy
Aldo Castoldi
+39 02 83324111
[email protected]
Japan
Michael Tabart
+81 3 6213 3751
[email protected]
Kazakhstan
Anthony Mahon
+7 727 2581340, ext. 2756
[email protected]
Kenya
Fredrick Omondi
+254 0 719 039318
[email protected]
Korea
Tae-Hyung Kim
+82 2 6676 2410
[email protected]
219
Latvia
Janina Landisa
+371 67 074 193
[email protected]
Philippines
Fredieric B. Landicho
+63 2 581 9043
[email protected]
South Africa
Billy Joubert
+27 11 806 5352
[email protected]
United States
Todd Wolosoff
+1 212 436 4313
[email protected]
Lithuania
Tatjana Vaiciuliene
+370 5 2553004
[email protected]
Myra V. Torres
+63 2 857 1559
[email protected]
Spain
Juan Ignacio de Molina
+34 932304848, ext. 5804
[email protected]
Uruguay
Alejandra Barrancos
+59829160756
[email protected]
Sweden
Elvira Allvin
+46 75 24643 70
[email protected]
Gonzalo Lucas
+59829160756
[email protected]
Luxembourg
Stephan Tilquin
+352 45145 2592
[email protected]
Malaysia
Theresa Goh
+6 03 7712 5135
[email protected]
Mexico
Simn Somohano
+52 664 622 7872
[email protected]
Netherlands
Thijs Heijenrath
+31 6558 53691
[email protected]
New Zealand
Diana Maitland
+ 64 4 470 3630
[email protected]
Norway
Hans-Martin Jrgensen
+47 23 27 96 35
[email protected]
OECD
Edward Morris
+44 20 7007 6568
[email protected]
Peru
Gloria Guevara
+51 1 211 8585
[email protected]
Poland
Iwona Georgijew
+48 22 511 08 24
[email protected]
Portugal
Rosa Soares
+351 21 042 75 18
[email protected]
Patrcia Matos
+351 21 042 75 34
[email protected]
Romania
Dan Bdin
+ 40 21 2075 392
[email protected]
Russia
Dmitry Kulakov
+7 495 787 0600
[email protected]
Singapore
Jee Chang See
+65 6216 3181
[email protected]
Slovakia
Marek Romancov
+420 246 042 889
[email protected]
Slovenia
Andreja kofi Klanjek
+386 1 307 2841
[email protected]
Venezuela
Alejandro Gomez
+58 212 206 8732
[email protected]
Switzerland
Hans Rudolf Habermacher
+41 58 279 6327
[email protected]
Taiwan
Mike Chang
+886 2 2545 9988, ext. 3353
[email protected]
Vietnam
Thomas McClelland
+84 8 3910 0751
[email protected]
Thailand
Stuart Simons
+66 2 676 5700, ext. 5021
[email protected]
Turkey
Gler Hlya Ylmaz
+90 212 366 60 72
[email protected]
zgr Toros
+90 212 366 62 30
[email protected]
Ukraine
Alexander Cherinko
+380 44 490 9000
[email protected]
United Kingdom
Shaun Austin
+44 121 695 5011
[email protected]
220
This 2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide has been prepared by professionals in some of the member firms of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Limited. It is intended as a general guide only, and its application to specific situations will depend on the particular circumstances involved.
Accordingly, it is recommended that readers seek appropriate professional advice regarding any particular problems they encounter. This information
should not be relied upon as a substitute for such advice. While all reasonable attempts have been made to ensure that the information contained
herein is accurate, neither Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited nor any of its member firms accepts any responsibility for any errors or omissions it may
contain, whether caused by negligence or otherwise, or for any losses, however caused, sustained by any person that relies upon it.
Deloitte refers to one or more of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, a UK private company limited by guarantee (DTTL), its network of member
firms, and their related entities. DTTL and each of its member firms are legally separate and independent entities. DTTL (also referred to as Deloitte
Global) does not provide services to clients. Please see www.deloitte.com/about for a more detailed description of DTTL and its member firms.
Deloitte provides audit, tax, consulting, and financial advisory services to public and private clients spanning multiple industries. With a globally
connected network of member firms in more than 150 countries and territories, Deloitte brings world-class capabilities and high-quality service
to clients, delivering the insights they need to address their most complex business challenges. Deloittes more than 200,000 professionals are
committed to becoming the standard of excellence.
This publication contains general information only, and none of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, its member firms, or their related entities (collectively, the Deloitte network) is, by means of this publication, rendering professional advice or services. No entity in the Deloitte network shall be
responsible for any loss whatsoever sustained by any person who relies on this publication.
2014 Deloitte Global Services Limited

DTTL Tax Global Transfer Pricing Guide 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DTTL Tax Global Transfer Pricing Guide 2014

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DTTL Tax Global Transfer Pricing Guide 2014

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2014 Global Transfer Pricing

Planning for methods, documentation, penalties

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide 2

For more information regarding transfer pricing issues

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

ment or branch. Transactions between the permanent

Are foreign comparables acceptable to

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Are the documentation requirements annual

Form 741 (semiannual) requires disclosure of imports

Is interest payable when a refund

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

For income years starting Subdivisions 815-B, 815-C

Division 13 of Part III, ITAA

The new laws apply to income years starting on or after 1

entities, 815-C to permanent establishments, and 815-D to

Jacques Van Rhyn

Regulations, rulings, guidelines

TR 2011/1 Application of the transfer pricing provisions

Under the separate-entity approach, taxpayers should

Availability of benchmarking/comparative data

May stock option costs be included in the cost base

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Section A of the IDS requires extensive disclosure of

mentation to be prepared that complies with the ATOs

documentation with the ATO, unless requested. In

has led to insufficient Australian taxable income, upward

Under current law, the penalty rates are as follows:

Advance Pricing Agreements (APAs)

Is interest charged on penalties?

The APA program is currently being updated to reflect

Is interest payable when a refund

APA filing fee

Reduction in transfer pricing penalties

APA term of agreement

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

May stock option costs be included in the cost base

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

provision of technical or commercial consulting services

Acceptable languages for documentation

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Is interest payable when a refund

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

guidance in this respect and rely on the Report on the

May stock option costs be included in the cost

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Are cost contribution or cost sharing

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Acceptable languages for documentation

Reduction in transfer pricing penalties

Is interest payable when a refund

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Do the local transfer pricing rules or tax

For export transactions: (i) CAP (production cost plus 15

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Are foreign comparables acceptable to local tax authorities?

What is the payers tax treatment of payments to a

2014 Global Transfer Pricing Country Guide

Deadline to submit documentation